national power transmission corporation

NATIONAL POWER TRANSMISSION CORPORATION

SOUTHERN VIETNAM POWER PROJECT MANAGEMENT BOARD

REPORT OF

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

(FINAL)

REHABILITATION and UPGRADING

PHU LAM – CAI LAY 2 220KV TRANSMISSION LINE

Ho Chi Minh city, March 2014

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

wb371432

Typewritten Text

wb371432

Typewritten Text

wb371432

Typewritten Text

E4420 V14 REV

NATIONAL POWER TRANSMISSION CORPORATION

SOUTHERN VIETNAM POWER PROJECT MANAGEMENT BOARD

REPORT OF

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (FINAL)

REHABILITATION and UPGRADING PHU LAM – CAI LAY 2 220KV TRANSMISSION LINE

PROJECT OWNER

SOUTHERN POWER PROJECT

MANAGEMENT BOARD

DIRECTOR

CONSULTANT

POWER ENGINEERING &

CONSULTING J.S.C No.2

GENERAL DIRECTOR

Ho Chi Minh city, March 2014

Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Rehabilitation and Upgrading Phu Lam – Cai Lay No.2 220kV Transmission Line sub-project

Project Owner: Southern Vietnam Power Project Management Board - EVNNPT

Consultant: Power Engineering & Consultant J.S.C No.2 Page i

LIST OF CONTENTS

ABBREAVIATION ................................................................................................................. IV

LIST OF TABLE ....................................................................................................................... V

OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................... 1 0.1. PROJECT’S ORIGIN ................................................................................................... 1

0.2. LEGAL AND TECHNICAL BASIS OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT

ASSESSMENT ........................................................................................................................ 1

0..1. Legal basis for EIA ................................................................................................... 1

0.2.2 Legal basis of the Project ............................................................................................ 3

0..2. National Technical Regulations applied ................................................................... 5

0.2.4. Document and data used for EIA ............................................................................... 6

0.3. APPROACHES APPLIED DURING EIA IMPLEMENTATION .............................. 7

0.3.1. Approaches used for EIA ........................................................................................... 7

0.3.2. Other approaches ........................................................................................................ 8

0.4. ORGANIZATIONS APPLY EIA ................................................................................ 8

CHAPTER 1 .............................................................................................................................. 11

PROJECT DESCRIPTION ..................................................................................................... 11 1.1. PROJECT’S NAME ....................................................................................................... 11

1.2. PROJECT OWNER ........................................................................................................ 11

1.3. PROJECT LOCATION .................................................................................................. 11

1.5 STATUS OF POWER GRID IN THE PROJECT’S AREA ........................................... 17

1.6.1. Project’s purpose ...................................................................................................... 20

1.6.2. Scope and scale of the Project .................................................................................. 20

1.6.3. Description of Measures, Volume of Construction Works of The Project .............. 21

1.6.3.1. Electrical engineering mesures .............................................................................. 21

1.6.3.2. Measures to protect transmission line ................................................................... 22

1.6.3.3. Tower Technology Requirements ......................................................................... 23

1.6.3.4. Solution of foundation design ............................................................................... 32

1.6.3.5. Organization of construction activities .................................................................. 34

1.6.4. Production and Operation Technologies .................................................................. 44

1.6.5. List of equiment and machineries ............................................................................. 44

1.6.6. Materials (input) and type of product (output) of the project ................................... 47

1.6.7. The Project’s planned schedule ................................................................................ 47

1.6.8. Project’s investment cost .......................................................................................... 48

1.6.9. Management and Operation Organizations .............................................................. 49

CHAPTER 2 .............................................................................................................................. 54

PHYSICAL, ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC CONDITIONS .............. 54 2.1. NATURAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ........................................................ 54

2.1.1. Topography ............................................................................................................... 54

2.1.2. Geology .................................................................................................................... 57

2.1.3. Climate – Meteorological Conditions....................................................................... 59

2.1.3.1. Air temperature ..................................................................................................... 60

2.1.2.2. Rainfall .................................................................................................................. 61

2.1.3.3. Hours of sunlight .................................................................................................. 62

2.1.4. Hydrologic Conditions ............................................................................................. 63

2.1.5. Present Physical Environmental Qualities ................................................................ 65




Consultant: Power Engineering & Consultant J.S.C No.2 Page ii

2.1.5.1. AMBIENT AIR AND NOISE QUALITY .................................................................... 65

2.1.5.2. SURFACE WATER QUALITY ................................................................................... 67 2.1.6. Existing Biological Resource ................................................................................... 72

2.1.6.1. TERRESTRIAL BIOTA ALONG THE ROUTE ........................................................ 72

2.1.6.2. AQUATIC BIOTA ALONG THE ROUTE .................................................................. 75 2.2. SOCIO-ECONOMIC CONDITIONS ............................................................................ 79

2.2.1. Common economic condition in project area ..................................................... 80

2.2.1.1 HO CHI MINH CITY .................................................................................................... 80

2.2.1.2. LONG AN PROVINCE ................................................................................................ 82

2.2.1.3. TIEN GIANG PROVINCE .......................................................................................... 87 2.2.2. Social conditions ................................................................................................ 88

2.2.2.1. HO CHI MINH CITY ................................................................................................... 88

2.2.2.2. LONG AN PROVINCE ................................................................................................ 89

2.2.3. SOCIO-ECONOMIC CONDITIONS OF PROJECT AFFECTED HOUSEHOLDS

.................................................................................................................................................... 91

CHAPTER 3 .............................................................................................................................. 93

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ................................................................... 93 3.1. IMPACT ASSESSMENT ............................................................................................... 93

3.1.1. Impact Assessment in Preparation Phase ................................................................. 93

3.1.2. Impact Assessment in Construction Phase ............................................................. 103

3.1.3. Impact Assessment in Operation Phase .................................................................. 128

TABLE 3.21: ELECTRIC FIELD INTENSITY AND WORKING HOURS ALLOWED

IN 1 DAY (24HOURS) ........................................................................................................... 133 3.1.4. Impacts of Risks and Incidents ............................................................................... 135

3.1.5. Overall impact assessment...................................................................................... 138

3.2. COMMENTS ON GRANULARITY AND REALIBILITY OF ASSESSMENTS ..... 139

CHAPTER 4 ............................................................................................................................ 141

MEASURES FOR MITIGATING NEGATIVE IMPACTS AND PREVENTING

ENVIRONMENTAL PROBLEMS ...................................................................................... 141 4.1. MEASUREMENTS FOR PREVENTION AND MITIGATION PROJECT’S

NEGATIVE IMPACT ......................................................................................................... 141

4.1.1. The Preparation Phase ............................................................................................ 141

4.1.2. The construction phase ........................................................................................... 149

4.1.2.1. Methods to organize and execute the project construction ................................. 149

4.1.2.2. Minimizing the air pollution ................................................................................ 149

4.1.2.3. Minimizing negative impacts on water environment ........................................... 151

4.1.2.4. Methods of management, collection and treatment of SW, HW .......................... 154

4.1.2.5. Minimizing negative impacts on land and groundwater ..................................... 156

4.1.2.6. Minimizing eboulement and soil erosion ............................................................. 156

4.1.2.7. Minimizing the impacts on traffic in the surrounding area ................................. 156

4.1.2.8. Plan to de-energize for construction ................................................................... 157

4.1.2.9. Minimizing impacts of stringing conductor ......................................................... 158

4.1.2.10. Minimizing impacts of worker concentration .................................................... 158

4.1.2.11. The other methods to minimize the impacts on social economics ..................... 159

4.1.3. The Operation Phase ............................................................................................... 160

4.1.3.2. Methods to protect safety of power grid .............................................................. 161




Consultant: Power Engineering & Consultant J.S.C No.2 Page iii

4.2. MEASUREMENTS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PROBLEMS, PREVENTION AND

RESPONSE TO RISKS, INCIDENTS ................................................................................ 164

4.2.1. The Preparation Phase ............................................................................................ 164

4.2.2. The Construction Phase .......................................................................................... 165

4.2.3. The Operation Phase ............................................................................................... 168

4.2.3.3. MINIMIZING RISKS OF ELECTRIC SHOCK ...................................................... 168

CHAPTER 5 ............................................................................................................................ 170

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING ................................................................................. 170

AND MANAGEMENT PLAN .............................................................................................. 170 5.1. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAM ................................................. 170

5.1.1. Legal basis .............................................................................................................. 171

5.1.2. Implementation Organizations ............................................................................... 171

5.1.3. Environmental Management Plan .......................................................................... 171

5.1.4. The equipments and technologies used in environment management and monitoring

program ............................................................................................................................. 182

5.1.5. Disclosure of project information ........................................................................... 182

5.2. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN.............................................................. 182

5.2.1. Monitoring in construction phase ........................................................................... 182

5.2.2. Monitoring in Operational Phase ............................................................................ 184

CHAPTER 6 ............................................................................................................................ 186

PUBLIC CONSULTATION .................................................................................................. 186 6.1. OPINIONS OF PEOPLE’S COMMITTEE .................................................................. 187

6.2 FEEDBAKCS OF THE PROJECT OWNER ................................................................ 189

CONCLUSION, PROPOSALS AND COMMITMENT ..................................................... 191 1. CONCLUSION ................................................................................................................ 191

2. PROPOSALS ................................................................................................................... 192

3. COMMITMENT .............................................................................................................. 192

REFERENCE ......................................................................................................................... 194




Consultant: Power Engineering & Consultant J.S.C No.2 Page iv

ABBREAVIATION

BOD : Biochemical Oxygen Demand

COD : Chemical Oxygen Demand

DO : Dissolved Oxygen

EIA : Environmental Impact Assessment

FFC : Fatherland Front Committee

HW : Hazardous waste

LEAIII-SRHC : Laboratory for Environmental Analysis region III – Southern Regional

Hydrometeorological Center

PECC2 : Power Engineering Consultant Company 2

PC : People’s Committee

QCVN : National Technical Regulation

ROW : Right of way

SPPMB : Southern Power Project Management Board

SW : Solid waste

TEP : Transmission Efficiency Project

TL : Transmission line

VESDEC : Environmental Protection Center - Vietnam’s Environmental Science and

Development Institute

WB : World Bank

WHO : World Health Organization




Consultant: Power Engineering & Consultant J.S.C No.2 Page v

LIST OF TABLE

Table 1.1: Forecast of load demand in Ho Chi Minh City ................................................... 18

Table 1.2: Forecast of load demand in Long An Province .................................................... 18

Table 1.3 : Forecast of load demand in Tien Giang Province ............................................... 18

Table 1.4: Topography to erect tower .................................................................................... 24

Table 1.5: Towers used in the Project .................................................................................... 31

Table 1.6: Size and quantity of foundations used in the Project ............................................ 33

Table 1.7: Area of construction warehouse ........................................................................... 34

Table 1.8: The amount of domestic sewage in the construction phase .................................. 35

Table 1.9: Source of equipment and materials ...................................................................... 36

Table 1.11: Expectation of main vehicles and machineries ................................................... 38

Table 1.12: Volume of main construction and erection ......................................................... 39

Figure 1.3: Stringing conductor passing roads ...................................................................... 43

Table 1.13: List of equiment and machineries ....................................................................... 45

Table 1.14. Construction schedule of the subproject ............................................................. 48

Table 1.15: Project’s investment cost .................................................................................... 49

Table 1.16: Cost for environment activities ........................................................................... 49

Table 1.17: Machinery and equipment used in the operation, management and repair of the

TL ........................................................................................................................................... 50

Table 1.18: Vehicles and digital communication equipments for the operation, management

and repair of the TL ............................................................................................................... 51

Table 1.19: Safety equipments used for operation, management and repair ......................... 52

Table 1.20: Spare materials used for operation, management and repair .............................. 52

Table 1.21: Demand on fuel .................................................................................................. 53

Table 2.2: Statistic of extreme weather from 1962 to 2008 ................................................... 59

Table 2.3: Average air temperature in three recent years in Ho Chi Minh City (Tan Hoa Son

weather station) ...................................................................................................................... 60

Table 2.4: Average air temperature in three recent years in Long An Province (Tan An

weather station) ...................................................................................................................... 60

Table 2.5: Average tempurature in three recent years in Tien Giang province ..................... 61

Table 2.6: Rainfall in Ho Chi Minh city (Tan Son Hoa weather station) .............................. 61

Table 2.7: Rainfall in Long An province (Tan An weather substation) ................................ 61

Table 2.8: Rainfall in Tien Giang Province ........................................................................... 62

Table 2.9: Hours of sunlight in Ho Chi Minh city (Tan Son Hoa weather station) ............... 62

Table 2.10: Hours of sunlight in Long An province (Tan An weather station) ..................... 62

Table 2.11: Hours of sunlight in Tien Giang province .......................................................... 62

Table 2.12: Air humidity in Ho Chi Minh city (Tan Son Hoa weather station) .................... 63

Table 2.13: Air humidity in Long An province (Tan An weather substation) ...................... 63

Table 2.14: Air humidity in Tien Giang province ................................................................. 63

Table 2.15: Ambient air, microclimate and noise sampling positions ................................... 65

Table 2.16: Monitoring results of microclimate and ambient air quality .............................. 66

Table 2.17: Monitoring result of noise .................................................................................. 66

Table 2.18: Surface water sampling positions ....................................................................... 67

Table 2.19: Kết quả phân tích chât lượng nguồn nước mặt tại khu vực dự án ...................... 67

Table 2.20: Underground water sampling positions .............................................................. 70

Table 2.21: Monitoring result of underground water environment ....................................... 70

Table 2.22: Species structural component of phytoplankton ................................................. 75

Table 2.23: Species structural component of zooplankton .................................................... 76

Table 2.24: Species structural component of large-size invertebrate in the bottom .............. 77

Table 2.25: Current status of land use in Long An province ................................................. 83

Table 2.26: Grain crop ........................................................................................................... 84

Table 2.27: Area and production of some cultivated plant of Long An Province ................. 84

Table 2.28: Area and production of some annual industrial plant ......................................... 84




Consultant: Power Engineering & Consultant J.S.C No.2 Page vi

Table 2.29: Quantities of cattle and poultry of Long An province in 2011 ........................... 85

Table 2.30: Area and production of some crops of Ben Luc district in 2011 ........................ 85

Table 2.31: Area and production of some crops of Thu Thua pistrict in 2011 ...................... 86

Table 2.32: Area and production of some crops of Tan An city in 2011 .............................. 86

Table 2.33: Current status of land use in Tien Giang province ............................................. 87

Table 3.1: Total area of permanent affected land .................................................................. 95

Table 3.2: Total area affected land within the ROW ............................................................. 97

Table 3.3: Affected houses/ structures within the ROW ..................................................... 100

Table 3.4: Quantities of cutting down crops and trees ........................................................ 102

Table 3.5: Potential impacts during construction phase ...................................................... 104

Table 3.6: The amount of diffuse dust at each foundation position .................................... 106

Table 3.7: Dust load generates on transit roads ................................................................... 110

Table 3.8: Diesel’s exhaust gas generation coefficient ........................................................ 112

Table 3.9: Pollutants load from means of construction ....................................................... 112

Table 3.10: Emission of construction machines and equipments ........................................ 113

Table 3.11: Pollutants load in sewage water (unprocessed) ................................................ 115

Table 3.12: Sewage water generating in Project’s construction phase ................................ 115

Table 3.13: Concentration of pollutants in domestic wastewater in construction phase ..... 116

Table 3.14: Capacity of construction waste water ............................................................... 117

Table 3.15: Domestic waste generated in Project’s construction phase .............................. 119

Table 3.16: Quantity of debris generates from dismalting existing foundations ................. 120

Table 3.17: Noise levels of construction equipments .......................................................... 121

Table 3.18: Noise level of machineries and equipment depend on distance to source (dBA)

............................................................................................................................................. 121

Table 3.19: Objects and scale of impacts in the construction phase .................................... 125

Table 3.20: Sources of environmental impacts in operational phase .................................. 128

Table 3.21: Electric field intensity and Working hours allowed in 1 day (24hours) .......... 133

Table 3.22: Objects and scale of impacts in operation phase .............................................. 135

Table 3.23: Overall Project‘s environmental and socio-economic impacts ........................ 138

Table 3.24: The reability of assessment methods. ............................................................... 140

Table 4.1: Implementation of compensention plan ............................................................. 146

Table 5.1: Implementation Arrangement ............................................................................. 170

Table 5.2: Environmental Management Plan of the project ................................................ 172

Table 5.3: Estimated cost of monitoring environmental quality in construction phase ...... 184




Consultant: Power Engineering & Consultant J.S.C No.2 Page vii

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1.1: The Project’s tower models: Suspension (left) and tension (right) .................. 24

Figure 1.2: Stringing conductor crossing rivers ................................................................. 42

Figure 1.4: Stringing conductor passing high voltage of information TL .......................... 44

Figure 2.1: Photos of ROW ................................................................................................ 56

Figure 2.1: The lowest position of the sagging wire, concrete tower has to be inserted to

raise it up ............................................................................................................................ 57

Figure 1.2: Location of natural reserves in the subproject area.......................................... 79

Figure 3.1: Diagram of dust concentration along wind axis at foundation MB8-24x24 .. 108

Figure 3.2: Diagram of dust concentration along wind axis at each construction site ..... 109

Figure 3.3: Diagram of EMF distribution under 220kV TL (double circuit, positive phase)

.......................................................................................................................................... 131

Figure 3.4: Diagram of EMF distribution under 220kV TL (double circuit, reverse phase)

.......................................................................................................................................... 131

Figure 3.5: Diagram of EMF distribution under mixed three –circuit of 500kV and 220kV

TL ..................................................................................................................................... 132

Figure 3.6: Diagram of EMF distribution under intersection of 220kV and 110kV TL .. 132

Figure 4.1: Mobile toilet and composite septic tank ........................................................ 152

Figure 4.2: Figure of sewage treatment of construction ................................................... 153




Consultant: Power Engineering & Consultant J.S.C No.2 Page 1

OVERVIEW

0.1. PROJECT’S ORIGIN

The Phu Lam - Cai Lay 2 220kV transmission line was built in 1977 (that time, it was

one part of Thu Duc - Can Tho 220kV transmission line designed by CGEE ALSTHOM

- France). This transmission line was commissioned at 220kV level in 1987. This TL

goes parallel with Phu Lam - Cai Lay 1 220kV TL which was designed by Power

Engineering and Investigation company No.2 in 1994 and built in 1995.

These transmission lines are single circuit with total length of 71km passing Ho Chi

Minh City, Long An and Tien Giang provinces which play an important role in

supplying power to the Mekong Delta provinces through Cai Lay 220/110kV substation.

Through more than 23 years of operation, conductor deflection has increased greatly in

comparison with the original status. On the other hand, Phu Lam - Cai Lay 2 220kV

transmission line was designed according to the old standards and technical regulations

(1977) which are no longer consistent with the current regulations (2011) resulting in a

lot of difficulties for the operation management and grid safety.

Along with the development of power transmission grid in the region in 2015-2025

period, the rehabilitation and upgrading of Phu Lam - Cai Lay 2 220kV TL is really

necessary because the rehabilitation of this TL can: (i) ensure the immediate safety in

operation management; (ii) become one of the main TLs to transmit load from the

Southwest Thermal Centres to the National electricity system; (iii) ensure stability and

safety of power grid; (iv) enhance the power grid system in the Southwest and Southeast

regions in accordance with the National Power Development Plan in 2011-2020 period,

up to 2030.

According to Paragraph 1, Article 12 and Point a, Clause 2, Article 18 of Decree No.

29/2011/ND-CP dated 18/04/2011 of the Government on environmental impact

assessment strategies, environmental assessment impact, environmental commitment, the

Project "Rehabilitation and upgrading of Phu Lam - Cai Lay 2 220kV TL "’s

environmental impact assessment must be prepared and submitted to the Ministry of

Natural Resources and Environment for approval.

The Project "Rehabilitation and upgrading of Phu Lam - Cai Lay 2 220kV TL " is a new

investment project constructed on the existing ROW of the existing Phu Lam - Cai Lay 2

220kV TL . The Project is approved by National Power Transmission Corporation.

In addtion, the proposed sub-project belongs to component 1 of the Transmission

Efficiency Project (TEP) with the donor of the World Bank (WB). Therefore, besides

applying environmental policy of the Government of Vietnam, Operational Policy of the

WB on Environment Assessment (OP/BP 4.01) and Involuntary Resettlement (OP/BP

4.12) are applied. Thus, the sub-project has been screened on environment and society in

accordance with criteria in OP 4.01 and is graded B on environment.

0.2. LEGAL AND TECHNICAL BASIS OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT

ASSESSMENT

0..1. Legal basis for EIA

- Law on Water Resource, 1998;

- Law on Fire Preventing and Fighting, 2001;

- Law on Land, 2003;





- Law on Electricity, 2004;

- Law on Forest Protection and Development, 2004;

- Law on Environment Protection, 2005;

- Law on Biodiversity, 2008;

- Law on Cultural Heritage, 2009;

- Law on Water Resource, 2012;

- Decree of Government No.149/2004/ND-CP of July 27, 2004 on the issuance of permits

for water resource exploration, exploitation and use, or for discharge of sewage into water

source;

- Decree No.181/2004/NĐ-CP dated 26/11/2004 of the Government on implementation of

Land Law;

- Decree No.197/2004/ND-CP of December 3, 2004 on compensation, support and

resettlement when land is recovered by The State;

- Decree No.188/2004/ND-CP dated November 16, 2004 of the Government on methods of

determining land prices and assorted-land price brackets;

- Decree No.106/2005/NĐ-CP dated 7/8/2005 providing directions and guidances for

implementation of some articles of Electricity Law on safety protection of HV power;

- Decree No.17/2006/ND-CP amending and supplementing a number of articles of the

Decrees guiding the implementation of the Land Law ;

- Decree No.84/2007/ND-CP of May 25, 2007 with additional provisions on issuance of

land use right certificates; on land recovery; on exercise of land use rights; on order and

procedures for compensation, assistance and resettlement when the state recovers land; and

on resolution of complaints about land;

- Decree No.59/2007/ND-CP dated 09/04/2007 of the Government on management of

solid waste;

- Decree No.69/2009/ND-CP of August 13, 2009, additionally providing for land use

planning, land prices, land recovery, compensation, support and resettlement;

- Official Dispatch No.181/DC-CP of October 23, 2009, correcting the Government's

Decree No, 69/2009/ND-CP of August 13, 2009, which additionally provides for land use

planning, land prices, land recovery, compensation, support and resettlement;

- Decree No.81/2009/NĐ-CP dated 12/10/2009 on amending and supplementing a some

articles of Decree No.106/2005/NĐ-CP (Decree 81);

- Decree No.12/2009/ND-CP of February 12, 2009, on management of investment projects

on the construction of works;

- Decree No.98/2010/ND-CP dated 21/9/2010 of the Government detailing the

implementation of some articles and supplementing a number of articles of the Law on

Cultural Heritage;

- Decree No.29/2011/ND-CP of April 18, 2011, on strategic environmental assessment,

environmental impact assessment and environmental protection commitment;

- Circular No.02/2005/TT-BTNMT of June 24, 2005, guiding the implementation of the

Government Decree 149/2004/ND-CP regulating the licensing of water resources





exploration, exploitation, utilization and sewage discharge into water sources;

- Circular No.01/2005/TT-BTNMT dated April 13, 2005 of the Ministry of Natural

Resources and Environment guiding the implementation of a number of articles of the

government Decree No.181/2004/ND-CP of October 29, 2004 on implementation of the Land

Law;

- Circular No.03/2010/TT-BTC of Ministry of Industry and Trade dated 22/01/2010 about

some regulations on safety of High voltage grid;

- Circular No.57/2010/TT-BTC issued on April 16, 2010 prescribing the estimation, use

and settlement of funds for compensation, support and resettlement upon recovery;

- Circular No.26/2011/TT-BTNMT of July 18, 2011, detailing a number of articles of the

Government's Decree No.29/2011/ND-CP of April 18, 2011, on strategic environmental

assessment, environmental impact assessment and environmental protection commitment;

- Circular No.12/2011/TT-BTNMT of April 14, 2011, stipulating hazardous waste

management;

0.2.2 Legal basis of the Project

- Decision No.1208/QD-TTg of July 21, 2011, approving the national master plan for

power development in the 2011-2020 period, with considerations to 2030 (TSĐ VII);

- Document No.0116/NPT-QLDT dated 13/01/2011 of National Power Transmission

Corporation agreeing plan to renovate and upgrade the Phu Lam - Cai Lay 2 220kV TL ;

- Document No.747/SCT-QLNL dated 27/06/2011 of Department of Industry and Trade

Tien Giang Province agreeing alignment of the Project “Rehabilitation and Upgrading the

Phu Lam - Cai Lay 2 220kV TL ” – section passing Tien Giang Province;

- Document No.2071/UBND-CN dated 30/06/2011 of the Long An Province People's

Committee agreeing alignment of the Project “Rehabilitation and Upgrading the Phu Lam -

Cai Lay 2 220kV TL ” – section passing Long An Province;

- Document No.1355/UBND dated 14/11/2011 of Binh Tan district agreeing alignment of

the Project “Rehabilitation and Upgrading the Phu Lam - Cai Lay 2 220kV TL ” – section

passing Binh Tan district;

- Document No.1113/CCDTNDPN-KTKH dated 15/12/2011 of Southern Inland

Waterway Department supplying the span height specification and installation of signs

crossing Vam Co Tay river and Long Dinh canal for the Project “Rehabilitation and

Upgrading the Phu Lam - Cai Lay 2 220kV TL ”;

- Document No.3081/SGTVT-KH dated 22/12/2011 of Tien Giang Province’s

Transportation Department about span height crossing rivers in Tien Giang Province of the

Project “Rehabilitation and Upgrading the Phu Lam - Cai Lay 2 220kV TL ”;

- Document No.922/QSLA-PTM dated 16/12/2011 of Long An Province’s Military

Command about clearing mines and unexploded ordnance for the Project “Rehabilitation and


- Document No.3023/BCH-PTM dated 20/12/2011 of Tien Giang Province’s Military

Command about clearing mines and unexploded ordnance for the Project “Rehabilitation and


http://www.lawfirm.vn/







- Document No.117/UBND dated 31/01/2012 of Binh Chanh District People's Committee

district agreeing alignment of the Project “Rehabilitation and Upgrading the Phu Lam - Cai

Lay 2 220kV TL ” – section passing Binh Chanh district;

- Decision No.1011/QD-EVNNPT dated 14/08/2013 of National Power Transmission

Corporation approving Feasibility study of the Project “Rehabilitation and Upgrading the Phu

Lam - Cai Lay 2 220kV TL ”;

- Document No.4089/EVNNPT-KH-HTQT dated 11/07/2013 of National Power

Transmission Corporation transferring management Smart Grid projects under TEP loan –

WB.

World Bank (WB) Safeguard Policies Apply to the Subproject

The environmental and social screening according to the criteria described in the Bank’s

policy on environmental assessment has been carried out, and the result shows that the WB

policies on Environmental Assessment (OP 4.01) and Involuntary Resettlement (OP/BP 4.12)

are triggered for this subproject. The subproject has also to comply with the WB’s

requirements on public consultation and Policy on Access to Information. The

implementation of the policy on Involuntary Resettlement (OP/BP 4.12) is addressed in the

Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF) of the TEP project and the Resettlement Plan (RP) of

this subproject.

Environmental Assessment (OP/BP 4.01):

Environmental Assessment (EA) is an umbrella policy for the Bank’s safeguard policies. The

overarching objective is to ensure that Bank-financed projects are environmentally sound and

sustainable, and that decision-making is improved through appropriate analysis of actions and

of their likely environmental impacts. The EA process is intended to identify, avoid and

mitigate potential impacts of Bank operations. EA takes into account the natural environment

(air, water, and land); human health and safety; social aspects (involuntary resettlement,

indigenous peoples, and physical cultural resources); and transboundary and global

environmental aspects. EA considers natural and social aspects in an integrated way.

This subproject triggers OP 4.01 because it involves the rehabilitation, upgrading, and

operation of a high-voltage overhead transmission line, requiring the identification,

mitigation and monitoring of potential adverse environmental and social impacts. As required

by OP 4.01 and the government EA regulation, the subproject has prepared an EIA and an

EMP that meet the Government’s and the World Bank’s safeguards requirements. By the

TEP appraisal, the subproject draft EIA and EMP were disclosed locally at the subproject

sites and at the Bank’s InfoShop on January 24, 2014 as required by OP 4.01 and the Bank’s

policy on access to information. The final subproject final EIA and EMP were disclosed

locally at the subproject sites, at the Bank’s InfoShop, and the Vietnam Development

Information Center on April 18, 2014.

Involuntary Resettlement (OP/BP 4.12)

The Involuntary Resettlement policy seeks to prevent severe long-term hardship,

impoverishment, and environmental damage to the affected peoples during involuntary

resettlement. OP 4.12 applies whether or not affected persons must move to another location.

The Bank describes all these processes and outcomes as “involuntary resettlement,” or simply

resettlement, even when people are not forced to move. Resettlement is involuntary when the

government has the right to expropriate land or other assets and when affected people do not

have the option to retain the livelihood situation that they have.





This policy is triggered because the subproject would have impacts involving the temporary

and permanent involuntary taking of land and the loss of structures and assets associated with

the land for the power towers and the right-of-way of the transmission line. By appraisal, the

subproject has prepared and disclosed the RP locally at the subproject sites and at the Bank’s

InfoShop on January 24, 2014. The RP includes the measures to ensure that displaced people

are: (i) informed about the options regarding resettlement; (ii) consulted and offered

alternative resettlement choices; and (iii) provided with effective compensation and

livelihood restoration. The final RP was disclosed locally at the subproject sites, at the Bank’s

InfoShop, and the Vietnam Development Information Center on April 18, 2014.

World Bank Group Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines

World Bank-financed projects should also take into account the World Bank Group

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines1 (known as the "EHS Guidelines"). The EHS

Guidelines are technical reference documents with general and industry-specific examples of

Good International Industry Practice.

The EHS Guidelines contain the performance levels and measures that are normally

acceptable to the World Bank Group and are generally considered to be achievable in new

facilities at reasonable costs by existing technology. The environmental assessment process

may recommend alternative (higher or lower) levels or measures, which, if acceptable to the

World Bank, become project- or site-specific requirements.

This subproject should conform the Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines for

Electric Power Transmission and Distribution and the General EHS Guidelines.

0..2. National Technical Regulations applied

- QCVN 08:2008/BTNMT - National technical regulation on surface water quality;

- QCVN 09:2008/BTNMT - National technical regulation on underground water

quality;

- QCVN 14:2008/BTNMT - National technical regulation on sewage water;

- QCVN 03:2008/BTNMT –National technical regulation on the allowable limits of

heavy metals in the soils;

- QCVN 01:2008/BCT – National technical codes for safety regulations when working

with transmission lines and electrical equipments;

- QCVN 05:2009/BTNMT-National technical regulation on ambient air quality;

- QCVN 06:2009/BTNMT - National technical regulation on hazardous substances in

ambient air;

- QCVN 19:2009/BTNMT - National Technical Regulation on Industrial Emission of

Inorganic Substances and Dusts;

- QCVN 06:2009/BCT – National technical codes for operating and maintenance

power system facilities;

- QCVN 07:2009/BTNMT- National technical regulation on hazardous waste

thresholds;

- QCVN 07:2009/BCT – National technical codes for installation power network;

1The EHS Guidelines can be consulted at www.ifc.org/ifcext/enviro.nsf/Content/EnvironmentalGuidelines.

http://www.ifc.org/ifcext/enviro.nsf/Content/EnvironmentalGuidelines





- QCVN 05:2009/BCT-National technical codes for testing, acceptance test for power

facility;

- QCVN 26:2010/BTNMT - National technical regulation on noise;

- QCVN 27:2010/BTNMT - National technical regulation on vibration;

- QCVN 40:2011/BTNMT - National Technical Regulation on Industrial Sewage;

- Vietnamese standard about Power technology and safety;

- QCVN QTD 08:2010/BCT – Low voltage power technical codes;

- TCVN 5308:1999 – Technical safety regulation for construction;

- TCVN 4086:1995 – Power safety Standard for construction;

- TCVN 3147:1990 – Safety regulation on loading and unloading works;

- TCVN 2292:1978 – General requirement on safety for painting work;

- TCVN 4244:1986 – Safety technical regulation for lifting equipment;

- TCVN 5863:1995 – Safety requirement on lifting equipment, steel strand, drum,

hoist, chain and sprocket.

0.2.4. Document and data used for EIA

a) Documents and data prepared by Project owner

- The investment plan of the Project by - Power Transmission Company 4, 09/2009;

- Survey Report of the Project “Rehabilitation and upgrading of Phu Lam - Cai Lay 2

220kV TL ” (the Project) by PECC2, 09/2011;

- Description of Feasibility study of the Project by PECC2, 12/2011;

- Description of Basic Design of the Project by PECC2, 12/2011;

- Total cost estimate of the Project by PECC2, 12/2011;

- Report on background environment monitoring at the Project area by Environment and

science development center, 12/2012;

- The results of analysis of air samples, surface water and groundwater samples at the

project site in 12/2012 are as follows:

+ Air sampling location: Cai Lay 220kV substation, Than Binh hamlet, Than Cuu Nghia

commune, Chau Thanh district, Tien Giang province; 220kV Long An substation,

Binh Cang 1 hamlet, Binh Thanh commune, Thu Thua district, Long An province;

hamlet No.6, Thanh Duc commune, Ben Luc district, Long An province; Police status

at Tan Tuc town, B2/36 KP2, Tan Tuc town, Binh Chanh district, Long An province;

500kV Phu Lam substation.

+ Surface water sampling location: Moi hamlet, Long Dinh commune, Chau Thanh

district, Tien Giang province; Tan An 2 Bridge (Vam Co Tay River); Ben Luc Bridge

(Vam Co Dong River); wharf (Cho Dem canal); Ba Hom Bridge (Nuoc Len canal).

+ Groundwater Sampling Location: Tran Thanh Du household, 634 Moi hamlet, Long

Dinh commune, Chau Thanh district, Tien Giang province; Chien Thang household,

1/7B My Yen, Ben Luc district, Long An province; Thanh Loi household - 1229

Highway No. 1A, Block 5, Binh Tri Dong ward, Binh Tan district, Ho Chi Minh city.

- Current status of biological resources on land and underwater along the line;





- Legal documents of the Project;

- A map of the overall transmission line and the Project’s designs and drawings.

b) References

- The statistics on the state of the natural environment, socio-economic conditions in the

Project area including: Binh Tan, Binh Chanh - Ho Chi Minh City, Ben Luc, Thu Thua, Tan

An - Long An, Chau Thanh, Cai Lay - Tien Giang prepared by PECC2;

- The document to the construction, installation and security of power grid;

- The EIAs have been prepared in Vietnam recently, especially power transmission

projects’ EIAs;

- The documents on measures to manage and minimize the negative environmental

impacts from project activities;

- Documents on rapid assessment of the World Health Organization (WHO), 1993;

- The EIA technical guidelines of the World Bank (WB);

- Documents of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency USEPA, 1994;

- Documents on Air Pollution, Mc Graw - Hill Kogakuka, 1994.

0.3. APPROACHES APPLIED DURING EIA IMPLEMENTATION

0.3.1. Approaches used for EIA

1/ Checklist and matrix

The report lists the activities of the project, then identifies and lists the sources of

environmental impacts of the project as well as the environmental impact of the project.

Results are showed in tables which help to identify and classify the different impacts on the

environment and specify the direction of research.

2/ Rapid Assessment

This method was introduced by the WHO in 1993. In the report, using a number of the

WHO’s principles, such as diesel’s exhaust gas generation coefficient, emission load of

transportation means, pollutants load in sewage water to calculate pollutants’ concentration in

sewage water; Using some estimated results to quickly assess the sources of SW and HW

generated from the operation of the Project. This method is widely used around the world to

list, identify sources of pollution. This method is used in many countries and in Vietnam.

However, relying on the WHO’s pollution coefficient is not really set in accordance with the

conditions of Vietnam.

3/ Modeling

The report uses empirical equations, the mathematical model of the authors in the country

and abroad to calculate Diffuse dust from grading and excavation; Dust and emission from

construction and transportation; Noise level of equipments according to distance to noise;

Electric field distributed under 500kV TL. The accuracy of the method depends on many

objective conditions, because each region has different conditions.

4/ Remote sensing and GIS

Remote sensing approach bases on interpretation of satellite imagery in the project area

combining with the use of GIS software (Acview, MapInfo ...). This approach can evaluate

holistically resources status quo nature, existing vegetation, tree, soil and land use along with





the natural elements and other economic activities. The report uses this approach to determine

the current state of the vegetation, the canal system and the Project’s location in correlation

with natural and other socio-economic objects.

5/ Counseling

The assessment is based on the experience of experts with years of work in the field of

electrical engineering and the environment so the reliability of this method is relatively high.

0.3.2. Other approaches

1/ Listing

In EIA preparation process it is necessary to use a variety of local statistics data as well as

research document from institutions and agencies involved in the natural environment and

socio-economic environment fields. These documents are filed in a system from time to time,

be corrected and helps to identify the current state of the environment as well as the trend of

environmental change in the Project area, as a basis for predicting the environmental impact

as well as assessing the impacts’ level.

2/ Socio – economic survey

Conduct field surveys at commune, district where the project is going through. Data is

collected through a meeting, questions, and direct interviews. Once collected, the statistical

data is processed through various approaches such as descriptive statistics, inference

statistics, estimation and testing, analysis and processing to investigate environmental factors

(water, air ...) for the analysis of environmental status and environmental impact assessment.

3/ Site visit and laboratory

Implementing sitevisit to collect environmental samples, the data, observe the natural

environment, socio-economic status. Use laboratory to analyze quality of collected

environmental samples as a basis for assessing the current state of the environment

4/ Comparison

The comparison method is applied to evaluate the environmental status in the project area as

well as the level of pollution from emission sources basing on the comparison with the

QCVN, QCVN about environment issued by the Ministry of Science and Technology and the

Ministry of Natural Resources.

0.4. ORGANIZATIONS APPLY EIA

EIA report was prepared by Project owner (National Transmission Power Corporation –

Southern Vietnam Power Projects Management Board), with the participation of consultant

company (Power Engineering Consultant Company 2) and other related agency (Environment

and Science Development Center - VESDEC).

a. Consultant Company:

POWER ENGINEERING CONSULTANT COMPANY 2

- Address : 32 Ngo Thoi Nhiem, District 3, Ho Chi Minh City;

- Tel : 08.2221 1057 Fax : 08.2221 0408;

- General Director: Mr. Nguyen Tai Anh

b. Supporting agency (investigate the environment status in Project area)

ENVIRONMENT AND SCIENCE DEVELOPMENT CENTER





- Address : 179 Bach Đang, Ward No. 2, Tan Binh Dist., Ho Chi Minh City

- Tel : 08. 3848 9284 Fax: 08. 3848 9285

- Director : Mr. Le Trinh

The content and the steps preparing EIA report are in compliance with Decree

No.29/2011/ND-CP dated 18/4/2011 of the Government on strategic environmental

assessment, environmental impact assessment, environment protection commitment and

Circular No.26/2011/TT-BTTMT Circular dated 18/7/2011 of the Ministry of Natural

Resources and Environment about guidelines and strategic environmental assessment,

environmental impact assessment and environment protection commitment.

Staff directly working on EIA:

No Name Degree Majority Company Experience

Project Owner: Southern Power Project Management Board – National Power

Transmission

1 Nguyen Cong Toan Engineer

Power

Technology

SPMB over 20

years

2 Phan Van Tranh Bachelor

Environment SPMB Over 9

years

Consultant company: Power Engineering & Consultant J.S.C No.2

3 Nguyen Trong Nam Engineer

Power

Technology

PECC2 over 20

years

4 Pham Van Thom Engineer Civil work

PECC2 over 20

years

5 Phan Duy Trung MBA Environment PECC2 09 years

6 Tran Thi Thuy Duyen Bachelor Environment PECC2 09 years

7 Nguyen Thi Nhu Quynh Engineer Environment PECC2 03 years

8 Le Van Tuu Engineer Environment PECC2 18 years

9 Nguyen Le Minh Trang Bachelor Economy PECC2 02 years

Steps to prepare EIA:

- Collect, gather document: natural environmental conditions, socio-economic, technical

and economic feasibility study and and other documents related to the Project as well as

geographic location, the legal documents relating to the implementation of EIA;

- Survey the current state of the environmental components by standard approaches

including surveys of socio-economic conditions, surveys of surface water quality,

groundwater, air quality in the Project area;

- On the basis of the above steps, assessing the impact of the project on environmental and

socio-economic factors;

- Propose solutions for environmental protection, environmental monitoring programs to

minimize the negative impacts;





- Compiling EIA report and submitting EIA report to Ministry of Natural Resources and

Environment under the current provisions of the Law on Environmental Protection.





Chapter 1

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

1.1. PROJECT’S NAME

REHALIBITATION AND UPGRADING OF 220KV PHU LAM – CAI LAY 2

TRANMISSION LINE

1.2. PROJECT OWNER

Investor: National Power Transmission Corporation

Headquarters: No. 4, Nguyen Khac Nhu Street, Ba Dinh Dist., Hanoi

Tel: (04)2 220 4444 Fax: (04)2 220 4455

Representative: Southern Power Project Management Board (SPMB)

Director: Mr. Nguyen Tien Hai

Address: 610 Vo Van Kiet Str., District 1, Ho Chi Minh City

Tel: (08) 22100720 Fax: (08)38361096

Location of the

project:

Ho Chi Minh City, Long An, Tien Giang Provinces

1.3. PROJECT LOCATION

Total length of the Project is 71.83 km including (i) maintaining the existing section

(approximately 2,824 m) from Phu Lam 500kV SS to G1, (ii) stringing (approximately

23,627m) on towers G1 - G7 of 500kV Phu Lam - O Mon TL, (iii) upgrading section G7 -

220kV Cai Lay SS (approximately 45,378m) from single circuit to double circuit.

The TL starts from 220kV switchyard of Phu Lam 500kV SS at Block 5 - Tan Tao ward -

Tan Binh district - Ho Chi Minh City and ends at 220kV switchyard of 220kV Cai Lay SS.

The TL travels through Ho Chi Minh City, Long An and Tien Giang provinces, detail as

follows:

Ho Chi Minh City:

- Tan Tao ward – Binh Tan district;

- Tan Nhut, Tan Tuc wards – Binh Chanh district;

Long An Province:

- Thanh Phu, Thanh Duc communes – Ben Luc district;

- Nhi Thanh, Binh Thanh communes – Thu Thua district;

- Huong Tho Phu commune, ward No.2, 4, 6, Khanh Hau ward – Tan An City;

Tien Giang Province:

- Tan Huong, Tan Ly Tay, Tan Ly Đong, Tan Hiep, Than Cuu Nghia, Tam Hiep, Long

Đinh, Nhi Binh, Diem Hy communes – Chau Thanh district





- Tan Hoi, Nhi My communes - Cai Lay district

The Phu Lam - Cai Lay 2 220kV TL passes through densely populated areas of Ho Chi Minh

City, Tan An City - Long An province and Tien Giang province. The TL mainly goes on the

existing Phu Lam - Cai Lay 1 220kV and Phu Lam - Cai Lay 2 220kV TL s’ ROWs. These

existing transmission lines are quite close to Highway No.1A. Economic conditions of people

along the ROW are quite diverse, mostly are farmers, small business and handicraft

producers.

This area’s urbanization process is very fast and complex with a lot of factories, industrial

factories and residential areas.

During the survey to define the Project’s alignment, one of the priorities is not being close,

not crossing, not affecting on the cultural, religious areas, national parks, ... The Project’s

ROW mainly goes on the existing ROWs passing through rice paddies, orchards and

residential areas.

The coordinators of the steering angles are shown in Appendix 4.

The Project’s sections are described as follows:

(1) Phu Lam 500kV SS – G1: 2,824 m

From 220kV switchyard of Phu Lam 500/220/110KV SS to the G1 position (9B tower). Here

is the existing section which will be maintained (approximately 2,824 m). The section mainly

passes through vacant land and ponds in Tan Tao ward, Binh Tan district, Ho Chi Minh City.

This section crosses:

- Nha Be – Phu Lam 500kV TL : 1 time

- 220kV transmission lines : 2 times

- Medium and low voltage TLs : 6 times

- Information TL : 3 times

- Highway No.1A : 1 time

- Roads : 5 times

- Nuoc Len canal : 1 time

(2) G1 – G2: 320 m

- At G1 the TL turns right 06037’23” to G2 (same alignement with Phu Lam – O Mon

500kV TL) in Tan Tao Wward - Binh Tan district - Ho Chi Minh City. This section is located

in the new ROW travelling through residential areas and small rice fields. This section

crosses:


(3) G2 - G4: 6,951 m

At G2 the TL turns right 32042’57” to G2A. At G2A the TL turns left 64033’27” to G3. At

G3 the TL turns left 48009’30” to G4. This section’s alignment goes with Phu Lam - O Mon

500kV TL (in construction) travelling through mostly farmland and a few resident areas in

Tan Tao ward - Binh Tan district and Tan Nhut, Tan Tuc wards - Binh Chanh district - Ho

Chi Minh City. Traffic is rather convenient. This section crosses:

- Phu Lam – Đuc Hoa 110kV TL : 1 time






- Sai Gon – Trung Luong Highway : 1 time

- Road No.8 : 1 time


- Canals : 3 times

(4) G4 - G7: 16,354m

At G4, the TL turns right position 76054’38” to G7 (between two towers 56 and 57). This

section mainly travels through rice fields and residential areas in Tan Tuc - Binh Chanh

district - Ho Chi Minh City and Thanh Phu, Duc Thanh communes - Ben Luc district and Nhi

Thanh commune - Thu Thua district - Long An Province. Traffic is quite convinient. This

section crosses:


- Sai Gon – Trung Luong Highway : 1 time


- Pronvial road No.830 : 1 time

- Roads : 1 time

- Rivers and canals : 3 times

(5) G7 - G8 – 220kV Long An SS: 3,217m

At G7, the 500kV TL will turn left and the 220kV TL will go straight (from here the Project

will no longer go the same alignment with Phu Lam – O Mon 500kV TL) on the ROW of

existing Phu Lam - Cai Lay 1 220kV TL to G8 (tower 64A). At G8, the TL turns left

55041’58’’ to DC1 (tower 121B). At DC1, the TL turns left 12006’50’’ to the 220kV

switchyard of 220kV Long An substation. This section mainly travels through rice fields in

Binh Thanh and Nhi Thanh communes - Thu Thua district - Long An Province. This section

crosses:

- Low voltage TLs : 2 times

- Information TL : 1 time

- Rivers and canals : 1 time

- There are 14 houses in the ROW (12m from the center of the TL to each side).

(6) 220kV Long An SS - G9 - G10: 4,058m

From 220kV Long An SS, the TL goes to DD2 (tower 122B). At DD2 the TL turns left

62047’41” to G9 (tower 122A). At G9, the TL turns 49051’30” From crossing Vam Co Tay

river to G10 (tower 130). From here, the TL will go into the ROW of existing Phu Lam - Cai

Lay 2 220kV TL . This section mainly travels through rice fields and residential areas in Binh

Thanh commune - Thu Thua district, Huong Phu Tho commune, ward No.6 and No.2 - Tan

An city - Long An province. This section crosses:



- Vam Co Tay river : 1 time


(7) G10 - G11:369m





At G10, the TL turns right 00050’24” to G11 (tower 131). This section travels through ward

No.2 and No. 4 - Tan An city - Long An province. This section crosses:


- Highway No.62 : 1 time

- Roads : 2 times


(8) G11 - G12: 3,838m

At G11, the TL turns right 00005’05” to G12 (tower 139). This section mainly travels

through residential areas and paddy fields in Khanh Hau and No.4 wards - Tan An city -

Long An province. Th traffic is relatively convenient. This section crosses:



- Roads : 7 times


(9) G12 - G13: 433m

At G12 the TL turns left 03000’12” to G13 (tower 140). This section mainly travels through

vacant land with flat terrain in Khanh Hau ward - Tan An district - Long An province. This

section crosses:

There are 02 houses in the ROW (12m from the center of the TL to each side).

(10) G13 - G14: 10,230m

At G13, the TL turns right position to 04033'32'' to G14 (tower 171). This section mainly

passes through rice fields, densely populated areas in Khanh Hau ward - Tan An city - Long

An province and Tan Huong, Tan Ly Tay, Tan Ly Dong,Than Cuu Nghia communes, Tan

Hiep town - Chau Thanh district - Tien Giang province. This section crosses:



- Provincial No.866 : 1 time

- Roads : 22 times

- Canals : 2 times

- There are 161 houses in the ROW (12m from the center of the TL to each side)

(11) G14 - G15: 5,462m

At G14 the TL turns right 11013’17” to G15 (tower 182) passing through several residential

areas, orchards and rice fields at Cuu Nghia, Tam Hiep and Long Dinh communes - Chau

Thanh district- Tien Giang province. This section crosses:

- Nha Be – O Mon 500kV TL : 1 time



- Road leading to Sai Gon – Trung Luong Highway : 1 time





- Roads : 6 times

- Canals : 2 times


(12) G15 - G16: 7,552m

At G15, the TL turns right 50036’37’’to G16 (tower 197) passing through mainly fruit trees

and rice fields in Long Dinh, Nhi Binh and Diem Hy communes - Chau Thanh district - Tien

Giang province. This section crosses:


- Inter – communal roads : 8 times



(13) G16 - G17: 8,658m

At G16 the TL turns left 08058’30’’ to G17 (tower 215) passing through mainly fruit trees

and rice fields of Diem Hy commune - Chau Thanh district, Tan Hoi and Nhi My communes

- Cai Lay district - Tien Giang province. This section crosses


- Inter – communal roads : 2 times



(14) G17 - G18: 506m

At G17 the TL turns right 07003’47’’ to G18 (tower 175) mainly passing through rice fields

in Nhi My commune - Cai Lay district - Tien Giang Province. This section crosses:


- Inter – communal roads : 1 time

- Canals : 1 time

- There is no house in the ROW.

(15) G18 - G19: 331m

At G18 the TL turns right 60001’34’’ to G19 (tower 177) mainly passing through rice fields

and fruit trees in Nhi My commune - Cai Lay district - Tien Giang province. This section

crosses:

- My Tho – Cai Lay 110kV TL : 1 time

- Medium voltage TL : 1 time


- Canals : 1 time


(16) G19 – 220kV Cai Lay SS: 807m





At G19 the TL turns right 49045’08” to DC2. At DC2 the TL turns left 23

036'47'' to busbar of

Cai Lay 220kV SS passing through Nhi My commune - Cai Lay district - Tien Giang

province. This section crosses:

- Inter – communal road : 1 time.


1.4. STATUS OF THE TRANSMISSION LINE BEFORE REHILIBITATION

Phu Lam - Cai Lay 2 220kV transmission line was built in 1977 (that time, it was one part of

Thu Duc - Can Tho 220kV transmission line designed by CGEE ALSTHOM - France). This

transmission line was commissioned at 220kV level in 1987. This TL goes parallel with Phu

Lam - Cai Lay 1 220kV TL which was designed by Power Engineering and Investigation

company No. 2 in 1994 and built in 1995.

These transmission lines are single circuit with total length of 71km passing Ho Chi Minh

City, Long An and Tien Giang provinces which play an important role in supplying power to

the Mekong Delta provinces through Cai Lay 220/110kV substation.

Some images of the transmission line before rehilibitation:





Phu Lam - Cai Lay 2 220kV TL (left) and Phu Lam – Cai Lay 1 220kV TL (right)

The lowest position of the sagging wire, concrete tower has to be inserted to raise it up

1.5 STATUS OF POWER GRID IN THE PROJECT’S AREA

Forecast of load demand in 3 City/Provinces in the Project area are prepared basing on the

Decision approving the planning power development for key economic region in the South

by the Ministry of Industry and Trade. In addition, factors such as the growth rate of

electricity in recent years, the adjustment of the scale and progress of the region, the

industrial zones are also considered in the forecast load demand.

a. Ho Chi Minh city:

Binh Tan district: In the recent years, the economy of Binh Tan has strongly increased; total

productive value of the industries in 2010 is VND 1,703.08 billion, increasing VND 447.52

billion in comparison with 2009, gaining the development speed of 135.64%. The current

economic structure of Binh Tan district is transferring to the trend of Industry – Services -

Agriculture.





Binh Chanh district: The economic situation of Binh Chanh in recent years has positively

changed. The industrial productive value out of the Government is VND 4,585,036 million in

2011. The number of state-owned companies is 2,804 in 2011

Table 1.1: Forecast of load demand in Ho Chi Minh City

Category 2009 2010 2015 2020 2025

Electric Commodities (GWh) 13,810 15,410 28,325 42,930 61,600

Electric received (GWh) 14,665 16,376 30,069 45,530 65,330

Maximum power (MW) 2,362 2,600 4,800 7,270 10,440

b. Long An province:

The economic situation of Long An province in 2011 is totaled up with the field of

agriculture, forestry and aquaculture, industry, construction; commercial – services. The area

of agriculture and aquaculture (area I) increases 5.2% exceeding the proposed schedule (1 –

1.2%) and higher than 2010 (5%), in which agriculture increases 5.7%, forestry increases

1.4% and aquaculture increases 3.4%. Cultivation increases 8% due to good crops, good

price, and farmers get benefits, especially from rice; most of production of crop plants

increases in comparison with the previous year.

Table 1.2: Forecast of load demand in Long An province

No Category 2010 2015 2020 2025

1 Electric Commodities (GWh) 1,810 4,160 8,367 13,780

2 Electric received (GWh) 1,900 4,368 8,785 14,469

3 Maximum power (MW) 290 692 1,397 2,300

c. Tien Giang province

The Gross Domestic Product (GDP) of quarter I of 2012 is around VND 4,069 billion,

increasing 9% in comparison with the quarter I of 2011 (expectation in increasing from 10.5-

11%). The area of agriculture, forestry and aquaculture increased 5. 1% in comparison with

the quarter I of 2011.

Table 1.3 : Forecast of load demand in Tien Giang province

No Category 2010 2015 2020 2025

1 Electric Commodities (GWh) 1,165 2,306 4,440 7,220

2 Electric received (GWh) 1,211.6 2,421.3 4,617.6 7,508.8

3 Maximum power (MW) 202 406 782 1,270

Currently, some power centers in the Southern region such as Vinh Tan, Duyen Hai, Long

Phu, and O Mon ... are under construction which plays an important role in the power supply

for the region.





In 2016 – 2020, Duyen Hai, Long Phu, Song Hau and Kien Luong Power Centers will be put

into operation respectively. At this stage, the southeastern region will lack power, while the

southwest power center will be accessed. However, totally, one part of southern region’s

power will be transmitted to the outer region.

In 2021 - 2025 the remaining units of Duyen Hai, Long Phu, Song Hau and Kien Luong

Power Centers will be put into operation. In this period the power needs of the southeast will

be very high, and as a result, from 2023 there may be power shortage in southern region.

d. Status and role of the Project

Phu Lam – Cai Lay 2 220kV TL was built in 1977, the majority of TL passes through the flat

fields and unpopulated areas so average distance of tower is quite far (480m) with the wire’s

lowest deflection to ground ≥ 7.0m.

Before 2008 (when there were no Ca Mau and O Mon power plants yet), the Phu Lam - Cai

Lay 2 220kV TL and Phu Lam - Cai Lay 1 220kV TL played an important role in the

transmit power from Phu Lam 500/220kV substation to Mekong delta provinces with high

load. Currently, after Ca Mau power plant - 1500MW and O Mon power plant -330MW have

been put into operation which met most of the load demand from southwest region, these TLs

still transmit power from Ho Chi Minh city to southwest region. However, the pressure on the

transmission lines in normal condition has decreased compared to the previous period.

Through a long operation time in state of high load carrying ,conductor of the TL had worn

out resulting deflection distance from the lowest conductor to ground is only about 6-7m

which does not ensure safety in management and operation, especially when transmission

line carries high load and passes through residential areas and roads, etc.. To prevent

incidents that may occur, operation unit has implemented some measures such as building

temporary warning signs, restrict the height of vehicles moving below the TL, insert concrete

columns to raise conductor up.

Moreover, given that most of the TL’s foundations degraded. Although operation unit has

repeatedly reinforced, this still affect the long-term operation. These measures do not

guarantee absolute safety for persons and vehicles living below the TL, especially in bad

weather (wind, storm, rain ...). Furthermore, due to rapid urbanization in areas along the TL,

to ensure the safe distance between conductors and residential areas according to the current

regulations is rather difficult.

The Rehabilitation and Upgrading of Phu Lam – Cai Lay 2 220kV transmission line is

aiming to:

- To improve the existing transmission lines which have operated for a long time and have

declined safety.

- Enhance the transmission capacity, network capability and power system stability for

the southwest region in accordance with National Electricity Development Plan in period

2011-2020, referring to 2030.

- This project will create a double circuit transmission line with high load capacity from

the Phu Lam 500/220kV substation to the Cai Lay 220kV substation to replace 2 Phu Lam -

Cai Lay 1 and 2 220kV transmission lines.

After the Thermal Power Centers in southwest are put into operation, this transmission line

will transmit load from the southwest to Ho Chi Minh city, releasing the capacity of thermal

power centers and enhancing regional capacity for Ho Chi Minh City and surrounding areas.

1.6. MAIN INFORMATION





1.6.1. Project’s purpose

The Rehabilitation and Upgrading of Phu Lam – Cai Lay 2 220kV transmission line is

aiming to:

- Improve the existing transmission lines which have operated for a long time and decline

safety.

- Enhance the transmission capacity, network capability and power system stability for

the southwest region in accordance with National Electricity Development Plan in period

2011-2020, referring to 2030.

- This project will create a double circuit transmission line with high load capacity from

the 500/220kV Phu Lam substation to the Cai Lay 220kV substation to replace 2 Phu Lam -

Cai Lay 1 and 2 220kV transmission lines.

- After the Thermal Power Centers in southwest are put into operation, this transmission

line will transmit load from the southwest to Ho Chi Minh city, releasing the capacity of

thermal power centers and enhancing regional capacity for Ho Chi Minh City and

surrounding areas.

1.6.2. Scope and scale of the Project

1.6.2.1. Scope of the Project

Scope of the Rehibilitation and upgrading of Phu Lam – Cai Lay 2 220kV TL Project is as

follows:

- Build the new tower No.9B to connect to Phu Lam – O Mon 500kV TL.

- String double circuit conductor on 3 phase towers in section G1 – G4 (7.27km) of Phu

Lam – O Mon 500/220kV TL.

- String single circuit conductor on 3 phase towers in section G4 – G7 (16.36km) of Phu

Lam – O Mon 500/220kV TL.

- Upgrade from single to double circuit the conductor 2xACSR 666.6MCM in section G7

– ĐC1 –Long An 220kV SS (3.22km).

- Upgrade from single to double circuit the conductor 3xACSR 666.6MCM in section

Long An 220kV SS – ĐĐ2 –My Tho 220kV SS (34.77km).

- Upgrade from single to double circuit the conductor ACSR 795MCM in section My Tho

220kV SS – ĐC2 –Cai Lay 220kV SS (7.4km).

- Upgrade and renovate 02 220kV bays connecting to My Tho 500/220kV SS of Long An

220kV SS.

1.6.2.2. Project’s scale

- Voltage level : 220kV.

- Number of circuit : 02

- Starting point (SP) : 220kV switchyard of Phu Lam 500kV substation.

- End point (EP) : 220kV switchyard of Cai Lay 220kV substation.

- Length of

transmission line

: Apprx. 71,83 km, in which:

Section for remaining: 2,82 km.

Section for stringing two-circuit conductor: 7,27 km.





Section for stringing 1-circuit conductor: 16,36 km.

Section for upgrading from 1 circuit to 2 circuits: 45,38 km.

- Conductors : Aluminum conductor steel reinforced ACSR 795MCM code

name Cuckoo (equivalent to ACSR 400/51) applied to

sections: section for stringing three-circuit conductors on

500kV and 220kV mixed towers of Phu Lam – O Mon 500kV

transmission line and section from My Tho substation – End

point – Cai Lay Substation.

: Aluminum conductor steel reinforced 2xACSR 666.6MCM

Code name Flamingo (equivalent to ACSR 330/43) applied to

section G7 – EP–Long An substation.

: Aluminum conductor steel reinforced 3xACSR 666.6MCM

Code name Flamingo applied to Long An substation – SP –

My Tho substation.

- Earthwires : Aluminum alloy conductor steel reinforced galvanized AWG

7No16AWG and 1 optical ground wire OPGW 90 (12 optic

fibers according to ITU – T/G.655) for section G7 – Long An

substation.

: Aluminum alloy conductors steel reinforced galvanized

AACSR 147.1 code name Pastel147.1 and 1 optical ground

wire OPGW 120 (12 optic fibers according to ITU – T/G.652)

for section from Long An SS to Cai Lay SS .

- Insulators : 220kV composite insulators for one-circuit and two-circuit

sections on three-circuit towers of 500kV Phu Lam – O Mon

transmission line.

: Glass, porcelain insulators applied heavy pollution level with

loads of 70kN, 120kN, 160kN and 210kN.

- Towers : Two-circuit towers manufactured from hot dip galvanized steel

shape towers, connected by bolts

- Foundations : Cast-in-place reinforced concrete slad, pier and pile foundation

wire.

- Earthing : Radial form with galvanized steel wire (Φ12).

1.6.3. Description of Measures, Volume of Construction Works of The Project

1.6.3.1. Electrical engineering mesures

a) Conductor

G1- G7: Using ACSR 795MCM code Cuckoo (equivalent to AC 400/51).

G7 –Long An 220kV SS: Using 2xACSR 666.6MCM code Flamingo (equivalent to 2xAC

330/43);

Long An 220kV SS –My Tho 220kV SS: Using 3xACSR 666.6MCM code Flamingo

(equivalent to 3xAC 330/43);

My Tho 220kV SS –Cai Lay 220kV SS: Using ACSR 795MCM code Cuckoo (equivalent to

AC 400/51).





b) Earthwires and OPGW:

Basing on the results of testing the resistance 1-phase short circuit of a number of wires,

combined with the mechanical and physical properties, deflection …, selected earthwires are

as follows:

- G7 – Long An: Using two earthwires including one wire AWG 7No16AWG and one

OPGW 90.

- Long An – Cai Lay: Using two earthwires including one wire AACSR 147.1 code Pastel

147.1 và 1 OPGW 120.

c) Insulators and fittings

Quality of insulator shall have affection on safety operation for the entire transmission line.

Therefore, reasonable selection of insulator shall play an important and active role in order to

minimize failures on the transmission line. Otherwise, the reasonable selection shall reduce

investment costs for the project due to not only saving of insulators, fittings but also

supporting in reasonable selection of insulator distances on towers that shall reduce cost of

steel towers, foundations and facilitate the project management and operation.

The Project will use four types of insulators : 70kN, 120kN, 160kN and 210kN.

ACSR 795MCM:

- Type 70kN : For single, double suspension string and jumper.

- Type 160kN : For single, double tension string.

2xACSR 666.6MCM:

- Type 70kN : For jumper.

- Type 120kN : For single, double suspension string.


3xACSR 666.6MCM:

- Type 70kN : For jumper.

- Type 120kN : For single, double suspension string.


1.6.3.2. Measures to protect transmission line

a) Protecting against atmospheric overvoltage and grounding

The popular measure to protect against atmospheric overvoltage is stringing earthwires for

the entire line together grounding resistors in order to prevent from reverse discharge through

insulator strings and lightning directly striking on conductors in case that lightning strikes on

tower top or earthwires.

Requirements of earthwires:

- Protection angles.

- Distances between consuctors and earthwires at mid spans (in order to prevent from

discharging between earthwires and grounds when lightning strikes at mid spans).

Protecting against lightning:





To protect against lightning, the Project uses 02 earthwires including 1 earthwire al. alloy

steel reinforced PHLOX116.2 and 1 optical ground wire OPGW-120. Therefore, all

earthwires shall be directly connect to ground at every position of tower on the transmission

line.

Grounding system:

All the towers are grounded, consistent with the earth resistance in the area TL crossing. The

earth resistance must meet the current norms (Article II.5.72-e).

To avoid corrosion and stolen, earthwire is buried in concrete foundation. So the grounding

system must be constructed simultaneously with the foundation.

b) Mechanical protection

Mechanical protection for the transmission line is to protect against vibration for conductors

and earthwires. Popular solution is vibration damper.

Vibration damper for conductors and earthwires that is made of aluminum or al. alloy and

directly installed on conductors and earthwires.

c) Name plate and warning site

All towers must have number plate to serve the management and operation, to avoid

confusion and warning signs to inform people moving under the transmission line. Name

plate and warning signs are made from galvanized steel with thickness of 2mm and directly

mounted on towers by bolts.

At positions crossing roads (national roads and provincial roads) and rivers, in order to ensure

safety for all vehicles, these positions shall be equipped warning signs as regulated by

Ministry of Transportation.

d) ROW

Width of ROW is specified by two vertical planes at two side of the line in parallel with the

line, the distance from the outermost conductor is 6m at static condition.

In order to ensure safety during operation, there must have measures to remove houses, trees

from ROW as Decision No.106/2005/NĐ-CP dated 17/08/2005 of the Prime Minister and

Circular No.06/2006/TT-BCN dated 26/09/2006 of Ministry of Trade and Ministry.

Houses/structures can be kept in the ROW if they meet the safety requirements Article 6 –

Decree No.106/2005/NĐ-CP and Circular No.03/2010/TT-BCT dated 22/01/2010.

1.6.3.3. Tower Technology Requirements

a) Selection of tower

All towers used in the Project steel tower. Steel towers are made from galvanized steel with

hot-dip method. Doubled circuit towers are arranged vertically. The selected kind of tower

must meet the requirement of TCN-19-2006 about electrical equipments.

Suspension tower

A huge amount of tower used transmission line is suspension tower. Using appropriate

suspension tower will bring great technical and economical benefits as well as ensure the

safety and sustainability of the Project.

The expected suspension tower to be used is a double circuit monopole tower, protected by

two earthwires. Basing on the requirements of the distance from the lowest point of the

conductor to the ground, the tower’s lowest arm is 22.5m high.





Tension tower

Tension tower is subject to the effects of heavy loads. In addition to the effects of wind power

on conductor and tower, tension tower also bears conductor’s tension depending on steering

angle’s width.

The expected tension tower to be used is a double circuit monopole tower. The lowest arm is

19.5m and this kind of tension tower will be used for angles from 30° to 90°.

Figure 1.1: The Project’s tower models: Suspension (left) and tension (right)

Table 1.4: Topography to erect tower

No Position Type of

foundation Type of tower

Quantity

Topography

type I

Topography

type II

Topography

type III

66 Ending

tension

MB8.2-

16.5x18.5 2.DE x

67 Suspension MB6.55-

12.5x14 2.DL+9 x


12.5x14 2.DL+9 x


12.5x14 2.DL+9 x


12.5x14 2.DL+9 x


12.5x14 2.DL+9 x

SƠ ĐỒ CỘT ĐỠ 2 MẠCH SƠ ĐỒ CỘT NÉO 2 MẠCH

H1

C1

C1

B1

E1

β

A1

H2

C2

C2

B2

E2

β

A2





No Position Type of


Quantity

Topography

type I

Topography

type II

Topography

type III


12.5x14 2.DL+9 x


12.5x14 2.DL+9 x

74 Angle

tension

MB8.2-

16.5x18.5A 2.D6 x

75 Ending

tension

MB8.2-

16.5x18.5 2.DE x

0 steel gantries at 220kV LONG

AN SS’s switchyard

76 Ending

tension MB8-21x23 2.DtE x

77 Angle

tension MB8-24x24 2.Dt6 x

78 Suspension MB6.1-15x16.5 2.DtL+6 x

79 Suspension MB7-15.5x17.5 2.DtL+12 x


81 Suspension MB6.55-15x17 2.DtL+9 x

82 Angle

tension MB9.8-20x22 2.Dt3+6 x

83 Angle


84 Suspension MB10-19.5x21 2.DtL+27 x


86 Angle








No Position Type of


Quantity

Topography

type I

Topography

type II

Topography

type III






94 Angle


95 Angle





14.5x16 2.DtL+3 x


100 Angle

suspension MB8.2-17x19.5 2.DtA+15 x

101 Angle

suspension MB8.2-17x19.5 2.DtA+15 x













No Position Type of


Quantity

Topography

type I

Topography

type II

Topography

type III








117 Angle













129 Angle








No Position Type of


Quantity

Topography

type I

Topography

type II

Topography

type III













14.5x16 2.DtL+3 x

144 Angle

tension MB8-24x24 2.Dt6 x









153 Angle






No Position Type of


Quantity

Topography

type I

Topography

type II

Topography

type III





17.5x19.5 2.DtL+18 x






163 Angle









11.5x13.5 2.DL+3 x

171 Suspension MB7-13x14.5 2.DL+12 x


12.5x14 2.DL+9 x



12.5x14 2.DL+9 x





No Position Type of


Quantity

Topography

type I

Topography

type II

Topography

type III


176 Suspension MB7.9-14x15.5 2.DL+18 x


11.5x13.5 2.DL+3 x


11.5x13.5 2.DL+3 x


11.5x13.5 2.DL+3 x




12.5x14 2.DL+9 x


184 Angle

tension MB8.2-14x16.5 2.D3 x


11.5x13.5 2.DL+3 x

186 Angle

tension

MB10-

18.5x20.5 2.D6+6 x

187 Angle

tension

MB10-

18.5x20.5 2.D6+6 x


189 Ending

tension

MB8.2-

16.5x18.5 2.DE x

Stringing double circuit conductors (G1-G4)

9 Angle

tension MB8.2-14x16.5 2.D3 x

Total : 111 14 0

Note:





- Topography type I : (acclivity <=15°, water flooding at depthness less than <=20cm)

- Topography type II :( acclivity 15° ÷ 35°, fresh mud at depthness from 20 ÷ 50cm)

- Topography type III : (acclivity >35° , fresh mud at depthness larger than 50cm)

b) Tower material

Tower is made of shaped steels, plate steels and joined by bolts with the following

requirements of technical specifications:

- Normal tensile steel (CT38 or equivalent to SS400 according to JIS G3101): yield point

fy = 2450daN/cm2; tensile strength fu = 4000daN/cm

2; calculated yield point: f=fy/M =

2333.33 daN/cm2; select f = 2300daN/cm

2.

- High tensile steel (SS540 or equivalent according to JIS G3101): yield point fy =

4000daN/cm2, tensile strength fu = 5400daN/cm

2; calculated yield point: f=fy/M=

3545.45daN/cm2; select f = 3500daN/cm

2.

c) List of towers used in the Project:

Table 1.5: Towers used in the Project

No Item Unit Quan

tity

Arm’s

length

Width of

ROW

1 220kV double circuit suspension tower 5 9.2 21.2




5 220kV double circuit 2 phase suspension

tower 7 9.6 21.6


tower 3 9.6 21.6


tower 6 9.6 21.6


tower 18 9.6 21.6


tower 41 9.6 21.6


tower 7 9.6 21.6

11 220kV double circuit 3 phase suspension 1 9.6 21.6





No Item Unit Quan

tity

Arm’s

length

Width of

ROW

tower


tower 4 10 22

13 220kV double circuit 3 phase angle

suspension tower 2 10.8 22.8

14 Double circuit angle tension tower (to

30o)

2 10 22

15 Double circuit angle tension tower (to

60o)

2 10 22

16 Double circuit ending tension tower 2 10 22


tension tower (to 60o)

1 10 22

18 220kV double circuit 2 phase ending

tension tower 2 10 22



9 10 22



2 10 22

21 220kV double circuit 3 phase ending

tension tower 1 10 22

Average width of the ROW m 21.65

Total towers on the TL 126

Total length of new construction m 45,378

Average area of the ROW m2 982,325.66

1.6.3.4. Solution of foundation design

The reasonable and popular type of foundation is slad foundation that is a wide base

supporting for four tower legs.

a) Materials of foundation:

- Bedding concrete is concrete M100, foundation casted concrete is concretes M200 or

M250. Type of cement is Pooclăng PCB – 30 or PCB – 40. The concrete protection layer has

length a=75mm.





- Sand used for foundation casted concrete is yellow sand that shall be transported to

location of foundation cast in accordance with the standard TCVN 7570:2006, TCVN

7572:2006.

- Stone used for foundation casted concrete is crushed-stone or gravel depending on

locations of foundation, dimension of stone used for bedding concrete is 4x6 cm, and

dimension of stone used for foundation casted concrete is 2x4 cm in accordance with

standard TCVN 7570:2006.

- Mixing concrete is required clean water, no impurities and in accordance with standard

TCVN 302:2004.

b) Kinds of foundation used in the Project:

Table 1.6: Size and quantity of foundations used in the Project

No. Foundation Quantity Size (m)

Length

1 MB5.65-11.5x13.5 6 11,5 1 MB5.65-11.5x13.5

2 MB6.55-12.5x14 3 12.5 2 MB6.55-12.5x14

3 MB7-13x14.5 7 13.0 3 MB7-13x14.5

4 MB7.9-14x15.5 1 14.0 4 MB7.9-14x15.5

5 MB6.55-13.5x15.5 2 13.5 5 MB6.55-13.5x15.5

6 MB5.65-14.5x16 1 14.5 6 MB5.65-14.5x16

7 MB6.1-15x16.5 2 15.0 7 MB6.1-15x16.5

8 MB6.55-15x17 1 15.0 8 MB6.55-15x17

9 MB7-15.5x17.5 2 15.5 9 MB7-15.5x17.5

10 MB7.45-16x18 2 16.0 10 MB7.45-16x18

11 MB7.9-17.5x19.5 1 17.5 11 MB7.9-17.5x19.5

12 MB10-19.5x21 1 19.5 12 MB10-19.5x21

13 MB8.2-17x19.5 1 17.0 13 MB8.2-17x19.5

14 MB8.2-14x16.5 1 14.0 14 MB8.2-14x16.5

15 MB10-18.5x20.5 1 18.5 15 MB10-18.5x20.5

16 MB8.2-16.5x18.5 1 16.5 16 MB8.2-16.5x18.5

17 MB8.2-18x20.5 8 18.0 17 MB8.2-18x20.5





No. Foundation Quantity Size (m)

Length

18 MB8.2-18x20.5E 18.0 18 MB8.2-18x20.5E

19 MB9.8-20x22 20.0 19 MB9.8-20x22

20 MB8-24x24 24 20 MB8-24x24

21 MB8-21x23 21 21 MB8-21x23

22 MB8.2-16.5x18.5A 16.5 22 MB8.2-16.5x18.5A

1.6.3.5. Organization of construction activities

a. Warehouses and temporary camps

With total length of 71.83km, the transmission line travels through Ho Chi Minh City, Long

An and Tien Giang Provinces. Topography of regions where the line traverses is quite flat,

however, the line is divided by rivers and canals, canal for planting fruit trees, fish-pond,

shrimp-pond... Thus, transportation is extremely difficult route and mainly based on

waterways. Construction period is expected in about 12 months (excluding the time for site

clearance and compensation) and it should be organized as follows:

There are four (04) construction contractors for the project. Each contractor is in charge of a

section of the transmission line. Site location of the contractors is set close to national

highways for convenient travel and living. At such locations, there are warehouses and

gathering places to store materials, camps for workers, and office for group of site managers,

details as follows:

Outdoor warehouse: Due to construction period of 12 months, the warehouse is made of

bamboo and leaf

Gathering places: is fenced by bamboo or net B40 to protect and be drainage ditch. This place

is used to store steel materials, conductors and insulators...

Indoor warehouses: used to store cements and expensive accessories.

Table 1.7: Area of construction warehouse

No. Type of warehouse Materials Quantity Unit Total

(m2)

I. Indoor warehouse Cement 8,580.22 ton 681.39

Valuable materials 450.00 -

II. Outdoor warehouse Wood 236.98 m3 893.01

Steel tower 2,680.00 ton

Other fittings 200.00 ton

III. Gathering area Steel tower 2,493.41 ton 2,254.89





No. Type of warehouse Materials Quantity Unit Total

(m2)

Insulators and fittings 460.00 ton

Conductors and earthwires 2,800.00 ton

Temporary fence md 189.94

This storage area is calculated for the entire Project.

The work is divided into four segments (in 2 sections) corresponding to four independent

construction sites. Temporary construction site of every segment is located close to

residential area and the highways, Provincial roads to facilitate activities and transportation,

detailed as follows:

- Section I: From Phu Lam 500kV SS to Long An 220kV SS

Segment 1.1: from starting point to G5, at Tan Nhut commune, Binh Chanh district,

HCM City;

Segment 1.2: from G5 to Long An SS, at Thanh Duc commune, Ben Luc district,

Long An Province;

- Section II: from Long An 220kV SS to Cai Lay 220kV SS

Segment 2.1: from Long An SS to G14, at Binh Thanh commune, Thu Thua district,

Long An Province;

Segment 2.2: from G14 to ending point, at Nhi My commune, Cai Lay district, Tien

Giang Province.

b. Electricity and water for construction

The water source for construction is mainly based on the water of rivers and canals along the

route. As for the construction site which is far away from water resources or where the water

resource is contaminated, the clean water shall be transported by tank trucks and laborers to

each tower foundation. Water used for workers is bought from households along the TL. Total

number of workers in the construction phase is 200 divided into four construction units. The

water used is 80 liters/person per day (TCXD 33:2006). The estimated amount of sewage

accounts for 100% of water used. Construction time for one foundation is about 1 month (26

days). Thus the amount of domestic sewage in the construction phase is calculated as follows:

Table 1.8: The amount of domestic sewage in the construction phase

No Construction unit

Number

of

workers

Amount of sewage (m3)

Day Month

1 Each construction unit in Section I 35 2.8 72.8

2 Each construction unit in Section

II

65 5.2 135.2

3 The whole Project 200 16.0 416.0





Power supply for construction and living is generated from movable diesel generators or local

power grid.

c. Construction sites

Land for site filling and leveling is determined at average of 0.3m height for 126 positions;

these sites are used to store equipment and materials that shall be used in construction and

installation of towers. Temporary volume is determined as follows:

- Sites for casting foundations and installing towers: 100-200m2/position (applied to 126

positions).

- Sites for stringing conductors: 400m2/site (applied to 4 sites).

d. Temporary road for construction

Transportation of equipment and materials to position of foundation is mainly based on current

national highways, provincial roads, communal roads, no need to build new road.

e. Sources and transportation of equipment and materials

Sources of equipment and materials:

- Sands, stones, cements, wood, and bamboo: purchased from local agents.

- Reinforcing works, groundings: at local factories.

- Steel towers, conductors and fittings: is manufactured in Vietnam, transported from

SPMB’s warehouse.

- Conductors, insulators and fittings: to be imported and transported from SPMB’s

warehouse.

Table 1.9: Source of equipment and materials

No. Equipment and

materials Sources

Gathering

places

Transportation

vehicles Notes

1 Foundation steel Local site Truck

Convey to

gathering

places

2 Steel tower SPMB’s

warehouse - - -

3 Conductors and

earthwires

SPMB’s

warehouse

-

-

Convey to

gathering

places

4 Insulator strings and

fittings

SPMB’s

warehouse

-

Truck

Convey to

gathering

places

5 Cement PC 30 Local - Truck -

6 Sand Local Construction

site Truck

Convey to

gathering

places





No. Equipment and

materials Sources

Gathering

places

Transportation

vehicles Notes

7 Macadam Local Construction

site Truck -

Long-way transportation:

Long-way transportation is applied to convey equipment and materials stored at SPMB’s

warehouse such as: steel towers, conductors, insulators, fittings. Transportation vehicles are

trucks on national highways, provincial roads with average length of 100km on road type I for

the entire line. Details as follows:

Long distance transportation from Phu Lam to Cai Lay is around 100km.

Section 1: From Starting point - G5, Length (L1) = 17 Km, storage at Tan Nhut commune –

Binh Chanh district - Ho Chi Minh city.

Average distance: 4.56km.

Section 2: From G5 - G7, Length (L2) = 11 Km Storage at Thanh Duc commune –Ben Luc

district, Long An province

Average distance 3.07km

Section 3: From G7 - G14, Length (L3) = 24 Km, Storage at Binh Thanh commune - Thu

Thua district- Long An province

Average distance: 6.49km

Section 4: From G14 – Ending point, Length (L4) = 24 Km Storage at Nhi My commune -

Cai Lay district - Tien Giang province

Average distance: 6.25km

Average distance for the whole route: 2.27km

Internal transportation along the line:

Internal transportation along the line is calculated from main warehouse at each construction

section to positions of tower. This distance is only determined for equipment and material

that are provided by SPMB, these equipment and materials need to be appropriately stored

and processed prior to convey to the site such as: steel towers, conductors, insulators, fittings,

cement, foundation-casted steel, forms. At stage of explanation of construction measures,

these distances have to be determined based on location of warehouse at each construction

section, topography of the line together with current transportation system of Vietnam at

stage of survey. Equipment and materials at warehouse located at site shall be transported to

gathering places by trucks, boats on national highways, provincial roads, big canals, rivers

and other pathways at local areas with average length of 2.27km.

Short-way transportation:

Transportation of equipment and materials from gathering places to each position of the tower

is mainly performed by manual or semi-manual. At locations parallel with and close to national

highways, provincial roads,… materials are gathered along the line. The average manual

transport distance for the entire route is 228.54m.

Table 1.10: Volume of transportation of equipment and materials for each segment





No. Equipment and materials Unit (ton)

Total

ride

Construction

time (day)

Ride/day

I Sub-station 1.1 (from ĐD – G5)

Foundation MB8.2-14x16.5 (Tower

No.9) 510.99 52 20 6

II

Sub-station 1.2 (from G5 – Long An

SS)

1 Average volume for each foundation 405.24 40 20 5

2 Foundation MB8.2-16.5x18.5 (*)

857.61 86 20 10

III

Sub-station 2.1 (from Long An SS –

G14)


2 Foundation MB8-24x24(*)

1,674.69 168 20 18

IV Sub-station 2.2 (from G14 – ĐC)



1,674.69 168 20 18

f) Construction vehicles and machineries

Construction vehicles and machinery:

In order to perform main works on sites, equipment and vehicles, machinery for construction

play very important roles. The main means used for construction and erection of the project are

listed in the following table:

Table 1.11: Expectation of main vehicles and machineries

No Vehicles or machineries Unit Quantity

I Phase I 13

1 Vehicle for transportation of

steel tower

vehicle 1

2 Truck truck 2

3 Dump truck truck 2

4 Vehicle with fuel + water tank vehicle 1

5 Crane pcs 1





No Vehicles or machineries Unit Quantity

6 Bulldozer + excavators pcs 1

7 Vehicle to convey workers vehicle 1

8 Diesel generator pcs 1

9 Water pump pcs 3

II Phase II 46

1 Vehicle for transportation of

steel tower

vehicle 4

2 Truck truck 6

3 Dump truck truck 10

4 Vehicle with fuel + water tank vehicle 5

5 Crane pcs 2

6 Bulldozer + excavators pcs 4

7 Vehicle to convey workers vehicle 5

8 Diesel generator pcs 3

9 Water pump pcs 7

Total 59

Notes: Above vehicles and machineries may be replaced with other types of which properties

and functions are equivalent to the above ones.

Volume of construction:

Volume of main construction and erection for the project as prescribed as the following table:

Table 1.12: Volume of main construction and erection

No. Works Unit Volume Method of

construction

I. Preparation of construction

1 Clearance m2 326,896.00

Manually +

machinery

2 Compensation






construction

- Permanently acquired

- Rice m2 11,739.8

- Crops m2 2,871.3

- Orchards m2 13,648.8

- Residential area m2 6,080.8

- Weed m2 45.0

- Other types of land m2 4,703.1

- Temporarily acquired

- Rice m2 51,092

- Crops m2 12,496

3

Leveling and borrowed land used for

construction (foundation executed site,

warehouse and gathering yards)

m2 67,911.89

Manually +

machinery

II. Digging and leveling

1 Digging foundation m³ 117,655.77 Manually +

machinery

2 Leveling foundation - 91,904.86 Manually +

machinery

3 Additional land m³ 18,380.97

4 Timber and cajuput tree 26,377

5 Bamboo used to avoid erosion m2 42,203

III. Concrete

1 M100 m³ 4,764.66 Manually +

machinery

2 M200 - 20,986.25 Manually +

machinery

IV. Foundation reinforcing






construction

1 Foundation reinforcing of all kinds ton 1,710.71

2 Bolt ton 91.09

3 Digging soil for grounding m³ 1,500.00 Manually

4 Grounding of all kinds ton 10.63

V. Tower erection

Steel tower ton 2,538.60 Manually

VI. Electrical equipment

1 Stringing conductor Km 817.47

Manually +

machinery

2 Earthwire - 47.04

3 OPGW Km 47.28

VII. Recapture

1 Recapture conductor and earthwire

Conductor km 126.73

Earthwire km 84.49

2 Recapture steel tower ton 780.00

3 Recapture foundation

M200 m3 1,778.19

g) Stringing conductors and earthwires over the rivers, roads, high voltage transmission

lines.

Stringing conductors and earthwires over the rivers, roads, and high voltage transmission

lines is illustrated through these figures below:





Figure 1.2: Stringing conductor crossing rivers





Figure 1.3: Stringing conductor passing roads





Figure 1.4: Stringing conductor passing high voltage of information TL

1.6.4. Production and Operation Technologies

The Rehabilitation and upgrading of Phu Lam – Cai Lay 2 220kV TL is aimed to transmit

load from Phu Lam 500/220kV SS to Cai Lay 220kV SS. This is a project concerning

investment of electrical engineering infrastructure, not production activities. After completion

of the project, the line is put into operation to obtain the above objectives. Stage of operation

of the project is mainly management and maintenance. The management and operation of

high-voltage lines must comply with provisions of Decree No.106/2005/ND-CP dated

08/17/2005 of the detailed regulations and guidelines for implementation of some articles of

the electricity Law on safety of high-voltage grid, Decree No.81/2009/ND-CP dated

12/10/2009 of the Government amending and supplementing a number of articles of Decree

No.106/2005/ND-CP and in compliance with processes of operation of national power

system (issued together with Decision No.16/2007/QD-BCN dated Date 28/3/2007 of

Minister of Industry).

1.6.5. List of equiment and machineries

Operation of the line is aimed to transmit electricity; some necessary equipment is listed as

follows:





Table 1.13: List of equiment and machineries

No. Item Code Unit Quantity

I. CONDUCTOR AND FITTINGS

1 Conductor (Code name Cuckoo) ACSR 795MCM m 159,496

2 Conductor (Code name Flamingo) ACSR

666,6MCM m 640,788

3 Compression joint ACSR 795MCM set 86

4 Compression joint ACSR 666,6MCM set 352

5 Repair sleeve ACSR 795MCM set 44

6 Repair sleeve ACSR 666,6MCM set 235

7 Vibration damper set 3,495

8 Spacer for conductor set 3,198

9 Spacer for jumper set 294

10 Single suspension string ĐDD.X1-1x16-70 string 126

11 Double suspension string ĐDD.X1-2x16-70 string 189

12 Jumper ĐLD.X1-1x16-70 string 101

13 Single tension string NDD.X1-1x13-

160

string 123

14 Double tension string NDD.X1-2x13-

160

string 78

15 Single suspension string ĐDD.X3-1x16-

120

string 54

16 Double suspension string ĐDD.X3-2x16-

120

string 438

17 Jumper ĐLD.X3-1x16-70 string 42

18 Single tension string NDD.X3-1x13-

210

string 12

19 Double tension string NDD.X3-2x13-

210

string 144

20 Insulator 70kN U70BS set 5,328









II. EARTHWIRE PASTEL 147.1 AND

FITTINGS

1 Earthwire PASTEL 147.1 m 18,634

2 Vibration jumper set 180

3 Compression joint PASTEL 147.1 set 10

4 Repair sleeve PASTEL 147.1 set 5

5 Suspension string ĐCS.NĐ-147.1 string 38

6 Tension string NCS.NĐ-147.1 string 34

III. EARTHWIRE PHLOX 94.1 AND FITTINGS

1 Earthwire PHLOX 94.1 m 37,795

2 Vibration jumper set 370

3 Compression joint ĐDDB.1-P120 set 21

4 Repair sleeve ĐDDB.1-P120 set 10

5 Suspension string ĐCS.NĐ-94.1 string 86

6 Tension string NCS.NĐ-94.1 string 37

IV. OPGW 120 AND FITTINGS

1 OPGW OPGW 120 m 46,770

2 OPGW reel reel 13

3 Vibration jumper string 454

4 Armour rod string 454

5 Suspension string for OPGW with amour rod ĐCQ-OP120 string 105

6 Tension string NCQ-OP120 string 43






7 Clamp for OPGW string 357

8 Support cleat OPGW on towers string 11

9 Joint box on towers (1 in/ 1 out: 12/12) OPGW/OPGW box 12

10 Joint box on steel gantries OFC/OPGW box 3

V. OTHER EQUIPMENTS

1 Earthing for steel tower TĐ-B2T TĐ-B2T set 124

2 Earthing for metal roof (in the ROW) set 495

3 Earthing for metal roof (out of the ROW 11m -

30m)

set 607

4 Crossing river warning sign (1.2mx1.2m) positions 11

5 Crossing road warning sign set 6

6 Name plate set 124

7 Circuit distribution sign set 124

8 Warning site set 124

Note:

- These equipments can be replaced by technically equivalent kind if necessary

- These equipment are estimated for the whole route. Basing on real conditions, at each

sub-section these equipment will be used reasonably.

1.6.6. Materials (input) and type of product (output) of the project

The Rehabilitation and upgrading of Phu Lam – Cai Lay 2 220kV TL is aimed to transmit

load from Phu Lam 500/220kV SS to Cai Lay 220kV SS. This is a project concerning

investment of electrical engineering infrastructure, not production activities. Therefore,

during operation of the line, it has no demand of materials and fuels. Input energy of the

project is 220kV power source from Phu Lam 500/220kV SS and output product of the

project is 220kV power supply for Cai Lay 220 kV SS.

1.6.7. The Project’s planned schedule

- Technical design: 9/2013

- Technical design approval: 01/2014

- Prepare Bidding document: 02/2014

- Procurement: 04/2014

- Construction drawings: 04/2014





- Start construction: Quarter III/2014

- Commissioning: Quarter IV/2015

Table 1.14. Construction schedule of the subproject

No Work content

Proposed construction schedule will 12 months from

the commencement date

(Excluding period of clearance and compensation)

18 months are

scheduled for

the

compensation

period

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

I. Preparation work

1 Compensation

2 ROW clearance

3 Withdraw of old

transmission line

II. Foundation work

1 Leveling and backfilling for

foundation casting (m²)

2 Excavation for foundation

(m³)

III Concreting work for

foundation

1 Reinforced concrete (ton)

2 Pouring concrete and

backfilling foundation (m³)

IV Erection of tower

V Stringing for deflection

(whole route)

VI Completion work

VII Acceptance and

Commissioning

1.6.8. Project’s investment cost

1.6.8.1. Investment cost





Table 1.15: Project’s investment cost

(Currency: VNĐ)

Items Before VAT VAT Total

Construction cost 505,261,828,223 50,526,182,824 555,788,011,047

Equipment and testing cost 4,223,194,473 399,140,269 4,622,334,742

Compensation cost 20,885,972,140 - 20,885,972,140

Project management cost 7,369,700,853 - 7,369,700,853

Consultation cost 22,710,331,655 2,271,033,166 24,981,364,821

Other cost 189,212,373,770 502,780,806 189,715,154,576

Contingency 181,929,365,297 16,066,216,225 197,995,581,522

Total 931,592,766,411 9,765,353,290 1,001,358,120,000

Cost for environment protection activities

Cost for environment protection activities includes cost for hiring consultants to prepare the

Project’s environment documents in accordance with Government’s Law and the provisions

of the WB and cost for environment protection activities during construction phase of the

Project. Total investment cost for environment protection activities is 1,194,010,000 VND,

detailed as follows:

Table 1.16: Cost for environment activities

No Items Value (VND)

1 Prepare environment documents 466,880,000

1.1 Environment Management Plan (EMP) 234,460,000

1.2 Resettlement Plan (RP) 69,208,000

1.3 Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) 163,212,000

2 Cost for environment protection equipments 20,000,000

3 Cost for environment protection activities 204,000,000

4 Cost for environment monitoring in construction process 36,250,000

Total 1,194,010,000

1.6.9. Management and Operation Organizations

1.6.9.1. Construction phase

Phu Lam – Cai Lay 220kV TL with length of 71.83km, 126 new towers and stringing 23.63

conductors on existing towers. According to norm estimate specialized construction of OHV





No.2005/QD - MPI dated May 09, 1999 issued by Ministry of Industry, construction

conditions and realistic plan of EVN, current capabilities of Electrical Construction

Companies in Vietnam and expected period of construction for the project of 12 months

(excluding time of clearance and compensation), there are 4 contractors specialized

construction and installation of transmission line and 04 independent construction sites.

Arrangement of staff for a construction unit:

- Direct : 60 people.

- Indirect : 03 people.

- Board of site manager : 02 people.

Ancillary units:

- Steel tower manufacturing factory

- Transportation company.

- Reinforcement and form yard.

1.6.9.2. Operation phase

The organization of transmission line management and operation in general will be

performed by National Load Dispatch Centre and regional Power transmission companies.

Based on regional management, Power Transmission Company No.4 empowered from

National Load Dispatch Centre (A0) and south regional National Load Dispatch Centre (A2)

shall take responsibility of management.

Power transmission company No.4 is responsible in managing operation of communication

systems, relay protection system, remote control, implementation of maintenance and repair

works, safety supervision for the line.

Machinery and equipment used in the operation, management and repair of the TL

Existing machinery and equipment of the Power Transmission Company 4 are used for the

management and operation of the TL are equipped basing on norms of labor, production, and

business for power under decisions No.957/QD-EVN dated 30/5/2008 of the Board of the

Electricity of Vietnam as follows:

Table 1.17: Machinery and equipment used in the operation, management and repair of

the TL

No Item Unit Quantity Origin Condition

1 Chain jack unit 7 Japan Good

2 Mobile conductor press unit 1 Japan Good

3 Perforator unit 01 Japan Good

4 Hydraulic shears unit 01 Japan Good

5 12mm flexible steel cable unit 1000 Viet Nam Good

6 Single metal pulley unit 10 Japan Good






7 Double metal pulley unit 04 Japan Good

8 Aluminum pulley unit 10 America Good

9 Strain clamp for conductor unit 08 America Good

10 Strain clamp for earthwire unit 02 America Good

11 Aluminum ladder unit 01 France Good

12 Sawing machine unit 1 Good

13 Spanner (400-5500kg/cm) set 01 England Good

14 Infrared binoculars unit 1 Japan Good

15 Binoculars unit 1 Russia Good

16 Digital camera unit 1 Viet Nam Good

17 Earth resistance meter unit 1 Japan Good

18 Field intensity meter unit 1 America Good

19 Thermometer unit 1 Sweden,

America

Good

20 Corona discharge meter unit 1 England Good

21 Distance meter unit 1 America Good

22 Dynamo meter unit 1 Viet Nam Good

Table 1.18: Vehicles and digital communication equipments for the operation,

management and repair of the TL


1 Vehicle 01 America Good

2 Pickup truck 01 America Good

3 5W walkie-talkie unit 02 Japan Good

4 40W walkie-talkie unit 02 Good





5 Fax unit 01 Malaysia Good

6 Telephone unit 01 Good

7 Computer unit 03 Good

Table 1.19: Safety equipments used for operation, management and repair


1 110-220-500kV tester + hot stick set 01 France Good

2 Flexible copper ground ≥ 35mm2 set 15 France Good

3 Insulation gloves pair 02 Japan Good

4 Insulation boots pair 02 Japan Good

4 Harness unit 20 Japan Good

5 Harness unit 06 France Good

6 Security helmet unit 26 America Good

Table 1.20: Spare materials used for operation, management and repair

No Item Unit Quantity

1 Galvanized steel backing kg 1,200

2 Spare ceramic insulators Bát 600

3 Aluminum steel-reinforced conductor m 1,000

4 Compression joint for conductor set 06

5 Compression joint for earthwire unit 05

Demand for fuel in the operational phase

The operation of the transmission line is transmitting power without using fuel or raw

materials and chemicals. The Project does not use any materials or fuel banned in Vietnam.

The process of maintenance and repair: using gas and oil for cars and equipment for the

periodic technical inspection and maintenance process.

Fuel used for transmission line check in one month is calculated as follows: 01 car, 06

checks/month (regular, irregular, night checks, technical inspections ...), 60km/check, 25

litres/100km. So fuel used in one month is about (6x60) x25/100 = 75 liters and 02 liters of

lubricant.





Table 1.21: Demand on fuel

No Category Unit Quantity of car Volume (liter)

1 Fuel liter/month 01 75

2 Lubricant liter/year 01 24

Number of workers in operation

The Project is operated with 07 workers. At tension towers or span, the checking is more

often. When there is an incident, the number of workers will be increased to solve the

problem.

According to Decision No.727/QĐ-EVN dated December 14, 2011 of of the Board of the

Electricity of Vietnam on stipulated norms of labor, production, and business for power, in

which the rated labor regulated for TL at 220kV in delta region is 13.023km/person/year x

coefficient (coefficient: 1.1 for double-circuit TL).

The sub-project has total length of 71.83 km will be operated with about 07 labors. At

tension and cross-over towers will be enhanced checking more often. When there is a

incident, the number of labors will be strengthened to troubleshoot.

Management, maintenance and repair of the TL

Periodically check the TL in time to detect and solve abnormalities on the TL such as: dirty

insulators, corona discharge, and noise, so that they will not affect surrounding people and

ecology.

Install signs at spans crossing roads and rivers/canals.

Strictly obey environment protection regulations of the Government, EVN and EVNNPT.

Train operation workers about the environment management and protection.

Equip protection clothes for operation workers as regulated.

Train and check operation workers’ health periodically (each 6 month).

Prepare plan and practice flood prevention annually.

Organization propagates electric safety for people living along the TL.

Practice fire prevention and fighting periodically.

Equip KEMA system.

Periodically check the foundations to prevent the risk of landslides and erosion. Renovate and

ground roofs for houses, structures to be kept in the ROW. All towers are mounted warning

signs to reduce the risk of electric shock.

De-energize transmission lines which the Project crosses when stringing conductors to

minimize the accident occurred such as electric shock, fire ... Coordinate with road

management agency of the roads the Project crosses to manage traffic in the process of

stringing...





Chapter 2

PHYSICAL, ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC CONDITIONS

2.1. NATURAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

2.1.1. Topography

a) Ho Chi Minh city

Ho Chi Minh city is located in the transitional zone between the South-Eastern region and the

Mekong Delta, which is lower from north to south and from west to east. Uplands are located

in the north - northeast and a part of northwest with an average elevation from 10m to 25m.

Besides, terrain interspersed some hilly, up to 32m high hill such as Long Binh hill in district

9. In contrast, lowlands are located in the south - southwest and southeast of the city with an

average elevation of less than 1 m, and the lowest place is 0.5 m. The downtown areas, a part

of Thu Duc district, district 2, the whole Hoc Mon district and district 12 have an average

elevation from 5 to 10 meters.

b)Long An province

The topography of Long An Province is mainly flat, characterized of the Mekong Delta,

lowland areas account for 66% of natural area. The average altitude is 0.75m and the highest

one is 6.5m. The topography tends to low from west to north towards to east and south.

Most of the existing residential land areas are non-flooded. However, low points are

scattered along the banks of rivers may be flooded in the rainy season. In general, the terrain

is relatively low, and it is easy affected while floods or tidal waters of Dong Thap Muoi

overflow.

c) Tien Giang Province

Tien Giang Province has flat terrain with gradient less than 1% and altitude ranges from 0m

to 1.6m in comparison with sea level, commonly from 0.8m to 1.1m. Topography is divided

into distinct areas: area of south of National highway No.1A adjacent to Tien river has fresh

water, fertile alluvial soil, and interlacing rivers and canals, which is suitable for irrigation,

and culture. Orchards are alternated with field creating a fertile garden area. Also, this area is

concentrated populous. Area of north of National highway No.1A is paddy field area, towards

the north soil is shallow and aluminated, traffic ways are difficult to travel, and more sparsely

populated.

The terrain along the route is described as below:

The project area is located in suburb of Ho Chi Minh city and Mekong Delta which has low

and flat terrain, crossing Vam Co Dong and Vam Co Tay rivers (width of rivers are less than

300 meters). Flora along the route consists of rice, fruit trees and crops.

Section 1: from Phu Lam 500kV Substation to G1- 2,824meters length

The terrain which the route traverses is flat and mainly unused land and pond land belongs to

Tan Tao ward, Binh Tan district, Ho Chi Minh city.

Section 2: from G1 to G2 – 320meters length

The terrain which the route traverses is flat and goes across settlement and a part of paddy

field belongs to Tan Tao ward, Binh Tan district, Ho Chi Minh city. This section route is new

arising corridor.





Section 3: from G2 to G4 – 6,951 meters length

The terrain which the route traverses is flat and goes across mainly paddy field and a small

part of settlement belongs to Tan Tao ward, Binh Tan district, Ho Chi Minh city and Tan

Nhut and Tan Tuc communes, Binh Chanh district, Ho Chi Minh city.

Section 4 : from G4 to G7 – 16,354meters length

The terrain which the route traverses is flat and goes across mainly paddy field which is

alternated with residental areas of Tan Tuc commune – Binh Chanh district – Ho Chi Minh

city and Thanh Phu, Thanh Duc communes – Thu Thua district – Long An province.

Section 5: from G7 to G8 and Long An 220kV Substation – 3,217 meters length

This section has flat terrain. The route traverses mainly paddy field belongs to Nhi Thanh and

Binh Thanh communes – Thu Thua district – Long An province.

Section 6: from Long An 220kV Substation to G9 and G10 – 4,058 meters length

The route goes across flat terrain which is mainly paddy field xen kẽ with some settlements

belongs to Binh Thanh commune, Thu Thua district; and Huong Tho Phu commune, Ward 6

and Ward 2, Tan An city, Long An province.

Section 7: from G10 to G11 – 369 meters length

The terrain which the route traverses is flat which belongs to Ward 2 and Ward 4, Tan An

city, Long An province.


The terrain which the route traverses is flat and mainly settlement and a little paddy field

belongs to Ward 4 and Khanh Hau ward, Tan An city, Long An province.


The route goes across unused land with flat terrain belongs to Khanh Hau ward, Tan An city,

Long An province.


The terrain which the route traverses is flat with a part of paddy field and focused residential

areas of Khanh Hau ward – Tan An city – Long An province and Tan Huong, Tan Ly Tay,

Tan Ly Dong, Than Cuu Nghia communes and Tan Hiep township – Chau Thanh district –

Tien Giang province.


This section route goes across many settlements, orchards and a little paddy fields. The

terrain is flat belongs to Than Cuu Nghia, Tam Hiep and Long Dinh communes, Chau Thanh

district, Tien Giang province.


The terrain which the route traverses is flat and mainly orchard and paddy field belongs to

Long Dinh, Nhi Binh and Diem Hy communes, Chau Thanh district, Tien Giang province.


The terrain which the route traverses is flat and mainly orchard and paddy field belongs to

Diem Hy and Tan Hoi communes, Chau Thanh district, and Nhi My commune, Cai Lay

district, Tien Giang province.






The terrain which the route traverses is flat and mainly paddy field belongs to Nhi My

commune, Cai Lay district, Tien Giang province.


The terrain which the route traverses is mainly paddy field and a little part of orchard belongs

to Nhi My commune, Cai Lay district, Tien Giang province.

Section 16: from G19 to Cai Lay 220kV substation – 807 meters length

The terrain which the route traverses is flat belongs to Nhi My commune, Cai Lay district,


The transmission line crosses with some important objects as below:

- Cross the existing Nha Be – Phu Lam 500kV TL: 01 time.

- Cross the existing Nha Be – O Mon 500kV TL: 01time.

- Cross the existing 220kV TL: 01 time.

- Cross the existing My Tho – Cai Lay110kV TL: 01 time.

- Cross the existing medium and low voltage TL: 134 times.

- Crossing Ho Chi Minh city – Trung Luong Highway: 02times;

- Crossing National Highway and Provincial highways: 08 times;

- Crossing soil roads and communal roads: 57 times;

- Crossing medium and large rivers, canals: 28 times;

Some photos of the existing Phu Lam – Cai Lay No.2 220kV Transmission line:

Figure 2.1: Photos of ROW





Figure 2.1: The lowest position of the sagging wire, concrete tower has to be inserted to raise it

up

2.1.2. Geology

Geology of the project area can divide into two regions as below:

- High relief region: mmainly components are 1-2 m clay thick, high load capacity 1-2

kg/cm2. Low groundwater level is favorable for construction development. For small and

medium-sized works, surface layer can be used as background. For works have large load, it

is should to take measures to transfer load to the below layers.

- Low relief region: components mainly silt, sand and gravel; and cover a layer of black

soil on the top, with low force capability from 0.3 to 0.5 kg/cm2. High groundwater level is

close to the ground, thus it is difficult for construction development, and construction works

must have a high investment ratio

Project area has the following soil groups:

- Alluvial soil developed on river, sea and river-marsh sediments, which is mainly

distributed in the south and a part of the east. This group has long-term stable historic arable

land with, this soil has diverged into several categories and has made profound changes due

to monoculture rice habit and largely alluvial soil is not sedimented annually.

- Alkaline soils: including potential alum and active alum on marine marsh sediments

located along the northern of National Highway 1A, provincial road 870 and 866. This is

usually flooded and uncultivated long-term area, thus soil has high potential fertility, rich in

protein, mostly concentrated in the surface layer. This is also the area containing alum and

high toxin levels.

- Mound and slopes converge soil: is a small soil group, distributed a narrow corridor

between the two above areas, commonly used cultivated vegetation, and is forming

specialized farming vegetables.

Based on the borehole document fieldwork and laboratory results in physical and mechanical

soil in laboratory shows that stratigraphical survey of the TL to depth of 12.0 m to 45.0 m

consists of the following soil groups:





- Layer 1a (tQIV): soil for levelling is fine-grained sand, brownish-grey, yellowish-grey,

un-compact status. This layer is on topsoil and appeared at borehole at G1 only, depth is

2.1m.

- Layer 1 (amQIV): clay; brownish-grey, yellowish-grey, a little blakish-grey; soft plastic

status with some hard plastic places. Layer 1 is located in surface and distributed widely at

boreholes from T58 to ĐC2, depth of this layer ranges from 1.0 to 2.2 m.

- Layer 2 (ambQIV): clay mud, clay cloam mud; blackish-grey, ashy grey, strain and

saturation status. This layer is located under layer 1 or layer 1a and distributed widely

throughout the survey area, depth of this layer ranging from 1.5 to 28.4m.

- Layer 3 (amQI-III): clay, clay cloam, with brownish-grey, yellowish-grey, greenish-grey,

whitenish-grey, soft-plastic to semi-hard plastic. Layer 3 is located under clay mud with

discontinuous distribution from boreholes T58 to T127; borehole T171; from boreholes T197

to ĐC2, thickness of this layer has not defined yet because thichness of it is larger than 12-

meter designing depth (depth is larger than 4.3m to 8.5m).

- Layer 4 (amQI-III): clay sand, fine-grained to coarse, whitenish-grey, yellowish-grey,

soft-plastic status, section from 30.5 ÷ 35.0m contains less than 15% of rigid quartz gravel

with size less than 2.0cm. Layer 4 is distributed at KG1 borehole and under clay mud layer

from 30.5m depth, thickness of the layer is 9.5m.

- Layer 5 (amQI-III): sand, medium to coarse, yellowish-grey, whitenish-grey and some

reddish-brown, medium compact to compact status, contains less than 10% of rigid quartz

gravel with size less than 2.0cm. Layer 5 is distributed at borehole KG1 only, thichness of

this layer has not defined yet because thickness of it is larger than 45-meter designing depth

(depth is larger than 5.0m).

Table 2.1: Physico-mechanical characteristic of soil along the route

Name of layer

Physico-mechanical

characteristic of soil

Layer 1

Clay

Layer 2

Clay mud,

clay loam

mud

Layer 3

Clay, clay

loam

Layer 4

Clay

sand

Layer 5

Sand

Natural humidity (W%) 37.3 76.9 25.7 18.2 15.7

Natural density w (g/cm3) 1.81 1.54 1.98 2.01 2.04

Dry density K (g/cm3) 1.32 0.87 1.58 1.70 1.76

Density (g/cm3) 2.75 2.71 2.73 2.67 2.66

Pore grade n% 52.0 67.9 42.1 36.3 33.8

Pore coefficient o 1.083 2.115 0.728 0.571 0.511

Saturated degree G% 94.7 98.5 96.5 85.3 81.8

Consistency B +0.53 +1.84 +0.13 +0.11 -

Compressibility coefficient a1–

2 (cm2/kG)

0.056 0.691

(a0.0-0.5) 0.030 0.016 0.012

Angle of interior friction o 090

09’ 020

45’ 160

04’ 260

53’ 330

42’

Cohesion C (kG/cm2) 0.191 0.057 0.256 0.090 0.051

Modulus of deformation Eo 32 5 50 142 201





Name of layer

Physico-mechanical

characteristic of soil

Layer 1

Clay

Layer 2

Clay mud,

clay loam

mud

Layer 3

Clay, clay

loam

Layer 4

Clay

sand

Layer 5

Sand

(kG/cm2)

Standard load pressure Ro

(kG/cm2)

1.0 0.4 1.7 1.6 2.1

Source: Southern General Investigation Enterprise (SGIE)

2.1.3. Climate – Meteorological Conditions

Overall the project area climate is quite stable, characterized by the tropical monsoon

equatorial climate, with high temperature throughout the year.

The climatic factors are divided into two distinct seasons as below:

- Rainy season from May to November: weather regime is dominated by the prevailing

southwest monsoon. In this season, it is monitored temperature and high humidity, rainfall

accounts for 80-90% of the total rainfall in rainy season and in the early rainy season; it is

occurred shower rain with thunderstorms, lightning, and enhanced wind.

- Dry season from December to April of the following year: weather regime is influenced

by the Northeast monsoon with low temperature, rainfall, and humidity. From February,

under the influence of the equatorial low pressure, air temperature is increment.

The project area has little hurricane and flooding damage, thus it does not affect the life and

productive activities of the people.

Extreme weather such as storm and tropical depression in project area from 1961 to 2008 is

recorded as below:

Table 2.2: Statistic of extreme weather from 1962 to 2008

Seaboard Appearance

time Name of storm Intensity of storm

Binh Thuan - Ca Mau 22/01/2008 Tropical depression Level 6 (39 - 49 km/h)


Binh Thuan - Ca Mau 04/11/2007 Peipah Level 6 (39 - 49 km/h)


Binh Thuan - Ca Mau 24/11/2006 Durian Level 13 ( > 133 km/h)


Binh Thuan - Ca Mau 11/11/1998 CHIP (No.4) Level 6 (39 - 49 km/h)

Binh Thuan - Ca Mau 31/10/1997 LINDA (No.5) Level 8 (62 - 74 km/h)

Binh Thuan - Ca Mau 07/11/1996 ERNIE (No.8) Level 6 (39 - 49 km/h)


Binh Thuan - Ca Mau 03/11/1988 TESS (No.10) Level 11 (103-117 km/h)






Seaboard Appearance

time Name of storm Intensity of storm

Binh Thuan - Ca Mau 14/11/1973 THELMA(No.14) Level 10 (89-102 km/h)

Binh Thuan - Ca Mau 18/10/1968 HESTER (No.8) Level 8 (62 - 74 km/h)

Binh Thuan - Ca Mau 28/11/1962 LUCY (No.9) Level 9 (75 - 88 km/h)

2.1.3.1. Air temperature

Average air temperature in three recent years in Ho Chi Minh city (in Tan Son Hoa weather

station), Long An province (Tan An city weather station and Moc Hoa weather station), and


Ho Chi Minh city has regular high annual temperature; its temperature is as below

- Average temperature in 2011: 28.10C;

- The hottest average temperature in 2011: 29.50C (in May);

- The lowest average temperature in 2011: 26.90C (in January).

Table 2.3: Average air temperature in three recent years in Ho Chi Minh city (Tan Hoa Son

weather station)

Unit: 0C

Month

Year

Whole

year Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May Jun. Jul. Aug. Sep. Oct. Nov. Dec.

2009 28.1 25.9 27.7 29.3 29.4 28.5 29.2 28 28.6 27.6 27.7 28.4 27.5

2010 28.6 27.3 28.4 29.4 30.3 31.3 29.3 28.3 27.9 28.6 27.5 27.2 27.4

2011 28.1 26.9 27.6 28.3 29.1 29.5 28.5 27.9 28.4 28.1 28.1 28.1 27.2

Source: Statistic Yearbook in 2011, Ho Chi Minh city

Long An Province is located in the monsoon tropical climate, temperature is high and stable.

The feature of temperature in Long An province is as follows:

- Average temperature in 2011:26.30C;


- The lowest average temperature in 2011: 24.60C (in January)

Table 2.4: Average air temperature in three recent years in Long An province (Tan An

weather station)

Unit: 0C

Month

Year

Whole


2009 26.4 23.4 25.5 27.1 27.9 27.2 27.6 26.4 27.2 26.5 26.4 26.4 25.3

2010 26.7 25.0 25.7 26.8 28.7 29.2 27.6 26.8 26.5 26.8 26.2 25.9 25.4

2011 26.3 24.6 24.8 26.1 27.2 27.9 26.9 26.7 26.8 26.9 26.5 26.5 25.0

Source: Statistic Yearbook in 2011, Long An province





Tien Giang province has 02 clearly seasons: dry and rainy. The feature of temperature of Tien

Giang is as below:

- Average temperature in 2011: 26.80C;


- The lowest average temperature in 2011: 25.40C (in January).

Table 2.5: Average tempurature in three recent years in Tien Giang province

Unit: 0C

Month

Year

Whole


2009 27.0 25.9 26.9 27.4 28.7 28.3 27.2 27.3 26.8 26.7 26.8 27.3 25.0

2010 27.1 25.6 26.2 27.8 28.7 29.9 27.9 27.0 26.6 27.0 26.5 26.5 25.9

2011 26.8 25.4 25.7 26.8 27.5 28.1 26.9 27.0 27.3 26.9 27.1 27.1 25.9

Source: Statistic Yearbook in 2011, Tien Giang province

2.1.2.2. Rainfall

Rain regime will affect the air quality. Rain quality belongs to the atmosphere and

environmental quality. Project area has two seasons include rainy season and dry season.

Rainy season within project area starts from May to November and there is approximately

70% - 80% of total rain fall occur in these months.

Table 2.6: Rainfall in Ho Chi Minh city (Tan Son Hoa weather station)

Unit: mm

Month

Year Total Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May Jun. Jul. Aug. Sep. Oct. Nov. Dec.

2009 1,979.9 0.3 21.4 57.8 187.0 318.5 83.2 223.0 323.9 325.1 249.0 141.2 49.5

2010 2,016.2 23.0 - 3.9 9.9 8.8 160.0 294.3 400.6 373.7 321.8 379.9 40.3

2011 1,953.8 9.4 - 40.3 181.9 124.4 213.1 281.5 244.4 232.1 232.6 321.1 73.0


Table 2.7: Rainfall in Long An province (Tan An weather substation)

Unit: mm

Month


2009 1,485.0 4.9 9.2 6.0 50.9 243.0 74.0 301.5 134.6 305.7 294.9 49.1 11.2

2010 1,713.0 37.0 - 33.4 0.2 136.8 172.2 306.2 260.6 132.6 228.9 369.0 36.1

2011 1,847.0 10.4 - 95.9 52.0 182.6 251.0 356.5 189.1 171.7 176.7 269.5 91.6






Table 2.8: Rainfall in Tien Giang province

Unit: mm

Month


2009 1,427.4 3.5 0.1 33.7 87.7 115.5 222.9 94.6 284.7 355.0 191.1 94.3 48.3

2010 1,734.5 45.0 - 4.1 22.8 117.8 299.8 248.4 301.6 231.6 293.1 124.5 44.8

2011 1,505.9 0.9 - 8.2 15.6 175.9 375.5 120.9 160.5 226.8 161.5 249.0 11.1


2.1.3.3. Hours of sunlight

The following tables are statistic hours of sunlight at weather stations of three city/ provinces

that the transmission line traverses:

Table 2.9: Hours of sunlight in Ho Chi Minh city (Tan Son Hoa weather station)

Unit: hour

Month


2009 2,003.0 174.4 168.1 236.9 186.7 155.9 191.6 149.2 155.7 116.9 132.3 147.7 187.6

2010 2,073.7 157.1 245.3 239.6 240.8 210.4 177.0 150.0 141.2 155.2 102.7 130.6 123.8

2011 1,892.9 120.1 188.9 157.8 187.0 165.0 163.6 162.6 198.1 144.8 154.3 141.0 109.7


Table 2.10: Hours of sunlight in Long An province (Tan An weather station)

Unit: hour

Month


2009 2,159.0 192.0 182.0 257.0 195.0 165.0 189.0 157.0 165.0 116.0 156.0 177.0 208.0

2010 2,251.7 189.0 270.0 241.4 239.9 224.4 192.8 173.6 150.2 159.4 118.6 148.2 144.2

2011 2,122.0 164.0 207.0 176.0 199.0 156.0 176.0 172.0 198.0 144.0 186.0 183.0 161.0


Table 2.11: Hours of sunlight in Tien Giang province

Unit: hour

Month


2006 2,331.1

206.

4

207.

5

235.

4

249.

6

217.

8

167.

8

148.

3

162.

6

144.

8

155.

5

232.

6

202.

8

2010 2,387.1

218.

4

276.

9

276.

8

269.

0

235.

5

204.

1

171.

1

148.

3

172.

3

120.

0

162.

0

132.

7





2011 2,330.6

175.

7

230.

9

200.

5

229.

9

191.

5

182.

4

191.

6

220.

5

151.

3

206.

2

185.

6

164.

5


2.1.3.4. Air humidity

Table 2.12: Air humidity in Ho Chi Minh city (Tan Son Hoa weather station)

Unit: %

Month


2009 76 70 73 71 76 81 77 79 80 83 80 73 74

2010 74 71 70 68 70 70 76 79 80 76 79 80 73

2011 75 70 68 67 70 75 77 79 80 81 80 77 70


Table 2.13: Air humidity in Long An province (Tan An weather substation)

Unit: %

Month


2009 87,6 87 87 84 84 89 88 90 89 91 91 84 87

2010 87,7 87 88 84 80 85 90 90 91 90 90 91 86

2011 85,8 86 84 82 80 85 87 87 88 87 91 88 85

Source: Statistic Yearbook in 2011, Long An Province

Table 2.14: Air humidity in Tien Giang province

Unit: %

Month


2006 83 80 80 80 81 83 87 85 87 88 86 81 81

2010 81.3 79 79 76 76 79 85 81 87 84 84 85 81

2011 83.3 81 78 80 81 85 87 85 86 85 84 86 82

Source: Statistic Yearbook in 2011, Tien Giang province.

2.1.4. Hydrologic Conditions

In general hydrological characteristics of the project area affected by oscillated semi-diurnal

of the East Coast.

a) Ho Chi Minh city

Located downstream Dong Nai - Sai Gon river systems: Thanks to Rach Chiec canal system,

two rivers Dong Nai and Saigon are connected at the expansion interurban city. One more

river of Ho Chi Minh city is Nha Be river, formed at the confluence of Dong Nai and Saigon





rivers, which flows into the East Sea by two main estuaries - Soai Rap and Ganh Rai. In

which, Ganh Rai branch is the main waterway for ships into the Saigon harbor. In addition to

the main river, Ho Chi Minh city also has an interlacing canal systems such as Lang The, Bau

Nong, Tra, Ben Cat, An Ha, Tham Luong, Cau Bong, Nhieu Loc - Thi Nghe, Ben Nghe, Lo

Gom, Te, Tau Hu, Doi canal, etc. River and canals systems in Ho Chi Minh city help to

irrigate, but due to influence of oscillated semi-diurnal of the East sea, the tide has penetrated

deeply and caused adverse impact on agricultural production and restrict drainage in urban

areas.

b) Long An province

Long An is influenced by uneven semidiurnal tide of east sea by Soai Rap estuary. Timing

for one tide day is 24 hours 50 minutes; a tide cycle is from 13 to 14 days. The most affected

areas are districts toward south of National highway 1A, where the salinity influence from 4-

6 months of the year.

Thu Thua and Bo Bo canal systems are also an important source of water supply for

production and people's lives in Thu Thua district. More than 75% of the area towards

northern communes including Long Thanh, Long Thuan, Tan Thanh, My Lac, My Thanh,

Long Thanh, and Tan Lap of Thu Thua district are located in the valley of Dong Thap Muoi

region, frequently flooded.

The system of rivers and canals in Tan An city is relatively interlaced nuanced of the Mekong

Delta and affected by semi-diurnal regime of the East sea. The maximum tidal range in

month from 217-235 cm, the maximum tide is 150 cm in December. A tidal cycle is about 13

to 14 days. Because of near estuaries, large tidal amplitude, tidal peak in the early northeast

monsoon, so rivers are often salinization

c) Tien Giang province

Tien Giang has an interlacing network of rivers, canals, and coastline which facilitate the

exchange of goods with the neighborhood and the environment for the aquaculture and

fishing products.

Most of rivers and canals in the province are affected by semi-diurnal tide. Especially,

estuary area has very strong tidal activity, tidal amplitude in the estuary from 3.5 to 3.6 m,

tidal speed 30km per hour (fold 1.5 times that of Hau River and 3 times that of Red River),

the flow rate of an average 0.8 to 0.9 m/s, the largest up to 1.2 m/s and the flow rate down to

1.5 to 1.8 m/s. On the Tien River in My Thuan (102km from the estuary) the largest tidal

amplitude from 121-190 cm, at two major flood months (September and October); the

smallest tidal amplitude from 10 - 130cm and two months of the dry season (April and May)

the largest tidal amplitude is 190 - 195cm. Tide (max) at My Thuan is 196cm (on 17

October, 1978), tide (min) is minus (-)134cm (on 30 April, 1978).

Aluming posibility:

Alkaline soil is a special soil that centralized mainly in Mekong Delta, and other areas may

exist but just have a little bit area. In aluminated soil areas, the existing aluminated material

in soil and aluming material would be oxidized when they are digged out. And these oxidized

material would become toxins which causing environmental pollutant. When they are cleared

out by rainwater, they will flow into field and canals and generate organic acids to make acid

soil environment and other toxins such as iron Fe2+

, aluminum Al3+

, magnesium Mg2+

,

sulphate SO4

2-

cause water source pollutant and often occurs in the early of rainy season.





Ho Chi Minh city: alkaline soil accounts for 27.5% which are reclamated and exploited to

cultivate annual crops such as rice, sugar cane, pineapple, and peanut at suburban districts

such as Cu Chi, Hoc Mon and Binh Chanh. Other areas are almost not effected.

Tien Giang province: alkaline soil is distributed in lowland of Dong Thap Muoi region,

which belong to northen area of three district Cai Be, Cai Lay and Tan Phuoc; with an area of

45,298 ha, accounting for 19.4% of natural area of the whole province. Alkaline soil often

has high organic content, contains toxins such as SO3, SO42-

, Fe2+,

Fe3+

, and Al3+

; and has

high acidity. The toxins in the alkaline soil are changed quite clearly up to seasons.

In construction phase, excavating and casting foundations where alum can be leaked then

construction unit will be calcultated and considered to give out optimal mitigation measures

to minimized spreading out the surrounding areas. With maximum construction timing at

each foundation is approximately from 15 to 20 days, then effect of alum (if any) is locally at

construction site but not spread out other areas .

For these positions are likely to be aluminates along the route, it is just casted foundations by

concrete with high strength M200, M250 (depending on location) Pooclan cement type

PC30, PC40 and concurrently enhancing a protected concrete layer with a 75mm thick to

enhance protection for foundations.

2.1.5. Present Physical Environmental Qualities

2.1.5.1. Ambient Air and Noise Quality

To assess air environmental quality in project area, on 26 and 27 of December, 2012 PECC2

combined with Environmental Protection Center - Vietnam’s Environmental Science and

Development Institute (VESDEC) to sample and analysis air samples at some positions in

project area. Analysis results are presented in the following Table 2.16 and Table 2.17.

Sampling positions are described in the following Table 2.15.

Table 2.15: Ambient air, microclimate and noise sampling positions

No. Code Coordinates

Sampling positions X Y

1 KK1 106007’31.3” 10

024’22.8” Cai Lay 220kV substation

2 KK2 106019’24.7” 10

025’29.0”

Than Binh hamlet, Than Cuu Nghia

commune, Chau Thanh district, Tien

Giang province

3 KK3 106025’29.6” 10

034’16.1”

220kV Long An substation, Binh Cang 1

hamlet, Binh Thanh commune, Thu

Thua district, Long An province

4 KK4 106027’53.5” 10

038’11.6”

Hamlet 6, Thanh Duc commune, Ben

Luc district, Long An province

5 KK5 106034’22.5” 10

041’28.9”

Police office of Tan Tuc township,

B2/36 KP2, Tan Tuc township, Binh

Chanh district, Ho Chi Minh city

6 KK6 106036’00.5” 10

044’23.2” 500kV Phu Lam substation

Source: VESDEC, December, 2012





Table 2.16: Monitoring results of microclimate and ambient air quality


Table 2.17: Monitoring result of noise

No. Sample code Noise result

Laeq (dBA) Lmax (dBA) Lmin (dBA)

1 KK1 63.2 81.8 48.9

2 KK2 67.8 87.3 53.7

3 KK3 66.5 85.5 49.3

4 KK4 70.1 90.7 55.2

5 KK5 73.4 94.0 63.8

6 KK6 76.8 98.6 68.5

QCVN

26:2010/BTNMT 70.0 - -


Notes:

QCVN 05:2009/BTNMT-National technical regulation on ambient air quality

QCVN 26:2010/BTNMT - National technical regulation on noise

Remarks:

Dust: concentration of total dust (TSP) at sampling positions along the route range from

0.28mg/m3 to 0.42mg/m

3. KK1 position has value equal with allowed value of QCVN

05:02009/BTNMT, dust at positions such as KK2, KK4, KK5, KK6 have value exceed

allowed limit, because these sampling positions are near traffic roads.

No Code

Microclimate indicator Ambient air parameter

Tempe

rature

(oC)

Humid

ity

(%)

Wind

speed

(m/s)

TSP

(mg/m3)

SO2

(mg/m3)

NO2

(mg/m3)

CO

(mg/m3)

1 KK1 31.3 61.0 1.2 0.30 0.040 0.047 2.6

2 KK2 34.1 49.3 0.8 0.33 0.055 0.064 3.8

3 KK3 35.6 47.1 0.8 0.28 0.045 0.048 3.3

4 KK4 33.1 50.8 1.2 0.31 0.069 0.073 5.8

5 KK5 28.5 79.7 0.6 0.38 0.076 0.082 6.2

6 KK6 31.9 61.8 1.6 0.42 0.081 0.086 7.5

QCVN 05:

2009/BTNMT - - - 0.3 0.35 0.20 30





Exhausted gas (SO2, NO2 and CO): Concentrations of exhausted gas are presented as

below:

- Concentrations of SO2 range from 0.04mg/m3 to 0.081 mg/m

3, these values are no

exceed allowed values as 0.35mg/m3;

- Concentrations of NO2 range from 0.048mg/m3 to 0.086mg/m3, these values are lower

many times in comparison with allowed values as 0.2mg/m3;

- Concentrations of CO range from 2.6mg/m3 to 7.7mg/m

3, these values are lower many

times in comparison with allowed values as 30mg/m3

Noise level: noise level at sampling positions range from 63.2dBA to 76.8dBA. Allowed

value at QCVN 26:2010/BTNMT is 70dBA. In 6 sampling locations, three of positions such

as KK4, KK5 and KK6 have values exceed allowed value. The highest value is at KK6

(500kV Phu Lam substation, near National highway 1A).

Conclusion:

Ambient air quality along the route is relatively good. In general, most monitoring

parameters are within permissible limits, except dust content at 4 out of 6 positions are out of

acceptable level. Three positions have content of dust and SO2 exceeded the permitted

level are KK4, KK5 and KK6 because the location is located near traffic roads.

2.1.5.2. Surface Water Quality

a) Surface water quality

To assess surface water quality, on 26 and 27 of December 2012, PECC2 combined with

VESDEC to measure and analysis surface water samples at river and canal positions in

project area. Sampling positions and analysis results are presented in the following table.

Table 2.18: Surface water sampling positions

No. Code Coordinates


1 NM1

106015’16.3” 10

024’14.6” Moi hamlet, Long Dinh commune,

Chau Thanh district, Tien Giang

province

2 NM2 106024’30.2” 10

033’21.0” Tan An 2 bridge (Vam Co Tay river)

3 NM3 106028’31.6” 10

038’21.7” Ben Luc bridge (Vam Co Dong river)

4 NM4 106034’02.7” 10

041’25.2” Boat pier (Cho Dem canal)

5 NM5 106035’15.6” 10

045’24.3” Ba Hom bridge (Nuoc Len canal)

Source: VESDEC, June, 2012

Table 2.19: Analysis results of surface water quality

No Paramete

r Unit

Sampling result QCVN

08:2008/BTN

MT Column

B1

NM1 NM2 NM3 NM4 NM5

1 pH - 7.58 7.01 6.62 7.33 7.33 5.5-9.0





No Paramete

r Unit

Sampling result QCVN

08:2008/BTN

MT Column

B1

NM1 NM2 NM3 NM4 NM5

2 DO mgO2/l 4.5 3.8 3.8 3.2 0.3 ≥ 4

3 BOD5 mgO2/l 6.4 4.5 6.8 11.0 37.0 15

4 COD mgO2/l 15 14 17 25 60 30

5 TSS mg/l 18.8 5.2 5.6 16.0 6.0 50

6 Cl- mg/l 12.41 14.39 141.95 946.57 246.39 600

7 N-NH4+ mg/l 0.066 0.023 0.243 2.913 9.507 0.5

8 N-NO3- mg/l 0.706 1.104 0.729 0.027 0.074 10

9 N-NO2- mg/l 0.064 0.005 0.071 0.010 0.038 0.04

10 P-PO43- mg/l 0.079 0.033 0.057 0.111 5.906 0.3

11 Fe mg/l 0.252 0.597 0.472 0.094 0.669 1.5

12 As mg/l 0.00005 0.00131 0.00069 0.00022 0.00117 0.05

13 Pb mg/l 1.00134 0.00138 0.00138 0.00137 0.00136 0.05

14 Hg mg/l N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D 0.00005

15 Oil mg/l N/D N/D N/D N/D 5 0.1

16 T.Colifor

m

MPN/100m

l

2,400 11,000 11,000 2,100 240,000 7,500

17 E.Coli MPN/100m

l

40 40 150 40 21,000 100

Source: VESDEC and LEAIII-SRHC, December 2012.

Notes:

N/D: not detected

Comments:

pH: value of pH at sampling positions range from 6.62 to 7.58 which are within allowed

limit at QCVN 08:2008/BTNMT as 5.5 – 9.0 at column B1 (water used for irrigation or

other purposes require the same water quality).

DO: concentrations of dissolved oxygen (DO) in water at sampling positions range from 0.3

mgO2/l to 4.5 mgO2/l. In comparison with allowed limit of DO ≥ 4 mgO2/l at QCVN

08:2008/BTNMTm, these analysis results are quite low which are out of allowed limit,

except NM1 position as 4.5 mgO2/l meet the requirements as specified in QCVN

08:2008/BTNMT.

Organic pollutant: level of organic pollutant in surface water is presented by parameters

such as BOD5 and COD. Concentrations of BOD5 range from 4.5 mgO2/l to 37.0 mgO2/l and

concentrations of COD range from 14 mgO2/l to 60 mgO2/l. According to allowed limit at

QCVN 08:2008/BTNMT, at sampling positions such as NM1, NM2, NM3, and NM4

contents of organic pollutant are within allowed limits. At NM5 (Ba Hom river at Nuoc Len





canal) surface water is polluted organic at quite high level.

Nutrient pollutant: nutrient pollutant is presented by parameters such as N-NH4+, N-NO3

-,

N-NO2-, and P-PO4

3-. In general, at five sampling positions, nutrient pollutant is at low level,

except NM5 position has high nutrient pollutant. Concentrations of each parameter are

presented as below:

- Concentrations of N-NH4+ range from 0.023 mg/l to 9.507 mg/l, and acceptable level at

QCVN 08:2008/BTNMT is 0.5 mg/l. At sampling positions such as NM1, NM2, NM3, NM4,

concentrations are in allowed limits, only at NM5 position it exceeded allowed limits around

18 times.

- Concentrations of N-NO3-

range from 0.027 mg/l to 1.104 mg/l, and acceptable level at

QCVN 08:2008/BTNMT is 10 mg/l. Thus, value at all sampling positions are within allowed

limits.

- Concentration of N-NO2-

at all sampling positions range from 0,005mg/l to 0,071 mg/l,

and acceptable level at QCVN 08:2008/BTNMT is 0.004 mg/l. Thus, at all five sampling

positions, NM1 and NM2 have values exceeded allowed limit and the rest have values within

allowed limit.

- Concentration of P-PO43-

at all sampling positions range from 0.033 mg/l to 5.906 mg/l,

and acceptable level at QCVN 08:2008/BTNMT is 0.3 mg/l. Thus, there is monitoring result

at NM5 position if it exceeds allowed limit (5.906 mg/l).

Heavy metal: level of heavy metal pollutant is presented by parameters such as Fe, As, Pb,

and Hg. In general, levels of heavy metals pollutant in the project area are negligible.

Contents of parameters are respectively as below:

- Contents of Fe range from 0.094 mg/l to 0.669 mg/l, and acceptable level is 1.5 mg/l;

- Contents of As at five sampling positions range from 0.00005 mg/l to 0.00131 mg/l, and

acceptable level at QCVN 08:2008/BTNMT (column B) is 0.05 mg/l;

- Contents of Pb at sampling positions range from 0.00134mg/l to 0.00138 mg/l while

acceptable level is 0.05 mg/l;

- Contents of Hg at five sampling positions are not detected in surface water.

Oil pollutant: four out of five sampling positions of the project in December 2012 are not

detected oil content. There is only at NM5 position, content of oil as 5 mg/l exceed allowed

limit at column B of QCVN 08:2008/BTNMT as 0.1 mg/l. At NM5 position, surface water is

contaminated oil quite high.

Microbiological pollutant: level of microbiological pollutant in surface water is presented by

parameters of T.Coliform and E.Coli. Contents of T.Coliform at five sampling positions

range from 2,100 MPN/100ml to 240,000 MPN/100ml which are exceeded allowed limit at

column B of QCVN 08:2008 as 7,500 MPN/100ml. Three out of five sampling positions

have contents of E.Coli as 40 MPN/100ml (NM1, NM2, and NM4), at NM3 it reaches 150

MPN/100ml and at NM5 it reaches quite high value as 21,000MPN/100ml which is

exceeded allowed limit as 100 MPN/100ml. Thus, surface water quality along the route is

contaminated at moderate to high level (at NM5).

Conclusion:

Surface water quality along the survey area in December 2012 has sign of pollution. At the

location NM1, NM2, NM3, NM4 have sign of nutrient pollution and microbial

contamination in low and medium level. At position NM5 has sign of organic, nutrient, and





oil pollutions, and microbial contamination at moderate and high level.

b) Underground water quality

To assess surface water quality in project area, on 26 and 27 of December 2012, PECC2

combined with VESDEC and Laboratory for Environmental Analysis region III – Southern

Regional Hydrometeorological Center (LEAIII-SRHC) to measure and analysis underground

water at 3 positions as below:

Table 2.20: Underground water sampling positions

No Code Coordinate


1 NN1 106015’15.3” 10

024’14.1”

Household Mr.Tran Thanh Du, 634

Moi hamlet, Long Dinh commune,

Chau Thanh district, Tien Giang

province

2 NN2 106033’10.9” 10

040’26.0”

Chien Thanh cattle slaughtering, 1/7B

My Yen, Ben Luc district, Loang An

province

3 NN3 106036’07.4” 10

044’13.1”

Thanh Loi mending car tire – 1229

National highway 1A, quarter 5, Binh

Tri Dong ward, Binh Tan district, Ho

Chi Minh city


Table 2.21: Monitoring result of underground water environment

No Analyzing

criteria Unit

Sampling code QCVN

09:2008/BTNMT NN1 NN2 NN3

1 pH - 6.09 6.71 6.30 5.5 – 8.5

2 Salinity ‰ 1.6 0.7 1.3 -

3 COD mgO2/l 4 3 3 4

4 TSS mg/l 4.4 7.6 10.8 -

5 Cl- mg/l 989.82 11.98 472.46 250

6 N-NH4+ mg/l 0.022 0.025 0.021 0.1

7 N-NO3- mg/l 0.243 0.106 0.482 15

8 N-NO2- mg/l 0.001 0.003 0.002 1

9 SO42- mg/l 7.875 22.994 10.836 400

10 T.Fe mg/l 0.072 6.338 0.105 5

11 Al mg/l 0.023 0.077 0.041 -

12 Pb mg/l 0.0014 0.0014 0.0007 0.01

13 Hg mg/l N/D N/D N/D 0.001





No Analyzing

criteria Unit

Sampling code QCVN

09:2008/BTNMT NN1 NN2 NN3

14 As mg/l 0.0009 0.0025 0.0006 0.05

15 T. Coliform MPN/100ml 23 4 3 3

16 E.Coli MPN/100ml N/D N/D N/D N/D

Source: VESDEC and LEAIII-SRHC.

Notes:

- QCVN 09:2008/BTNMT - National technical regulation on underground water quality

- N/D: not detected

Remarks:

From the analysis of groundwater quality along the route through three provinces as Ho Chi

Minh city, Long An and Tien Giang provinces in December 2012 can remark as follows:

- Underground water at three sampling positions have values of pH are quite stable (range

from 6.09 to 6.71) and in allowed limits of QCVN 09:2008/BTNMT as from 5.5 to 8.5;

- The level of organic pollution characterized by concentrations of COD in groundwater.

In December 2012, concentrations of COD at three sampling positions have values

respectively as follows: at NN1 as 4mg O2/liter, at NN2 as 3mg O2/liter, and at NN3 as

3mgO2/liter. The values of the three positions equal to or lower than allowed limit at QCVN

09:2008/MONRE as 4mg O2/liter;

- Level of nutritive pollution is showed parameters such as N-NH4+, N-NO3-, and N-

NO2-. The specific values in sampling period at three positions as follows: N-NH4+

range

from 0.021 mg/l to 0.025 mg/l which are lower than allowed limit as 0.1mg/l; value of N-

NO3-

range from 0.106 mg/l to 0.482 mg/l which are lower many times than allowed limit at

QCVN 09:2008/BTNMT as 15 mg/l; value of N-NO2-

range from 0.001 mg/l to 0.003 mg/l,

and acceptable value as 1mg/l. Underground water quality at all three sampling positions in

December, 2012 have not sign of nutritive pollution yet;

- Ions in underground water include Cl- and SO42-, contents of ion in underground water

are respectively: content of Cl- at NN2 position as 11.98 mg/l which is lower many times in

comparison with allowed limit, at NN1 position as 989.82 mg/l and at NN3 positions as

472.46 mg/l which is higher many times in comparison with allowed limit as 250mg/l, high

contents of ion Cl- show that signs of salinity; content of SO42-

range from 7.875mg/l to

22.994 mg/l which are lower than acceptable level at QCVN 09:2008/BTNMT as 400mg/l;

- Contents of heavy metal in underground water are respectively: contents of Fe range

from 0.072 mg/l to 6.338 mg/l (at NN2), value at NN2 position is exceeded allowed limit at

QCVN 09:2008/BTNMT as 5 mg/l; Hg is not detected; As is detected at low level and

reached allowed value of national technical regulation on underground water . Thus, contents

of heavy metal at sampling positions have low value except at NN2 has high content of Fe;

- Level of microbiological pollutant is presented by parameter of total Coliform and

E.Coli, specific values as below: T.Coliform at NN1 as 23 MPN/100ml is higher than

allowed limit at QCVN 09:2008/BTNMT (3 MPN/100ml), at the rest positions, values are in

allowed limits; E.Coli at three sampling positions are not detected. Thus, there is only at NN1

position has sign of microbiological pollutant.





Conclusion:

According to the analysis results in Table 2.19, groundwater quality in the project area at

three sampling monitoring points is quite good. There has no sign of organic and nutrient

pollution yet. At NN1 location, content of T.Coliform is high and at NN2 location, content

of Fe is higher in comparison with allowed level in QCVN 09:2008/MONRE on

groundwater quality.

2.1.6. Existing Biological Resource

2.1.6.1. Terrestrial biota along the route

Along the route, research team surveyed around 14 crossovers among the TL and road

routes, detail as below:

1/ Crossover with National Highway No.1A at Phu Lam 500kV substation

- Flora: survey area has habitat of conceQCVNated population and alternating grasslands

characterized by a high diversity of cultivated plants and exotic ornamental plants. Some

cultivated trees such as Cocos nucifera, Terminalia catappa, etc; and ornamental plants such

as Chrysalidocarpus lutescens. Component of grass and shrub species consist of Imperata

cylindrical, Mimosa pudica, Mimosa diplotricha, and Amaranthus spinosus.

- Fauna: popular species are Passer montanus, Rattus flavipectus, Mus musculus,

Hemidactylus platyurus, Mabuya longicaudata, Mabuya multifasciata.

2/ Crossover with Hoang Phan Thai street, Binh Chanh district, Ho Chi Minh city

- Flora: survey area has sparse populated habitat and alternating grasslands and some small

orchards. Cultivated trees are shade trees such as Terminalia catappa; fruit tree consist of

Mangifera indica, Musa sp., Artocarpus heterophyllus and some forest trees such as Acacia

auriculaeformis. Grass and shrub species are mainly popular ones such as Mimosa pudica,

Mimosa diplotricha, Cynodon dactylum, Setaria pallide-fusa, Eupatorium odoratum,

Ageratum conyzoides, Amaranthus spinosus, Ipomoea aquatica, Annona glabra, etc.

- Fauna: popular species are Passer montanus, Rattus flavipectus, Mus musculus,

Hemidactylus platyurus, Mabuya longicaudata, Mabuya multifasciata, Bufo melanostictus,

and Hoplobatrachus rugulosus.

3/ Crossover with Nguyen Huu Tri street, Tan Tuc township, Binh Chanh district, Ho Chi

Minh city

- Flora: survey area has sparse populated habitat and alternating paddy field and some

small orchards. Cultivated trees are mainly Oryza sativa; and cultivated shade trees such as

Terminalia catappa; fruit trees consist of Cocos nucifera, Musa sp. and some forest trees such

as acacia auriculaeformis, Eucalyptus sp.. Grass and shrub species are mainly popular ones

such as Mimosa pudica, Mimosa diplotricha, Cynodon dactylum, Imperata cylindrical,

Amaranthus spinosus, Ipomoea aquatica, and Annona glabra.

- Fauna: consists of Passer montanus, Rattus flavipectus, Mus musculus, Mabuya

multifasciata, and Hoplobatrachus rugulosus.

4/ Crossover with Vam Co Dong river at Ben Luc bridge, Ben Luc district, Long An province

- Flora: survey area has river habitat with popular vegetable species such as Nipa

fruticans, Annona glabra, Cocos nucifera, Polygonum pulchrum, Eichhornia crassipes,

Colocasia esculenta, and Panicum repens.





- Fauna: popular animal species consist of Passer montanus, Egretta garzetta, Centropus

sinensis, Hirundo rustica, Pycnonotus jocosus, Xenochrophis piscato, Hoplobatrachus

rugulosus, Kaloula pulchra, and Fejervarya limnocharis.

5/ Crossover at Hamlet 6, Thanh Duc commune, Ben Luc district, Long An province

- Flora: survey area has paddy field habitat and sparse residential area with small orchard.

The diversity of native plants in this habitat is low. Cultivated crops are mainly Oryza sativa)

and some fruit trees such as Cocos nucifera, Mangifera indica, Musa sp., Artocarpus

heterophyllus; and shade trees such as Flamboyant tree, and Muntingia calabura. Natural

vegetation are mainly species that developed following agricultural land such as Commellna

difiusa, Ludwidgia adscendens, Ludwidgia octovalvis, Polygonum persicaria and some other

species which belongs to Cyperus genus.

- Fauna: animal has only Rattus argentiventer and Mus caroli. Popular species are Egretta

garzetta, Passer montanus, and Centropus sinensis. A few species of amphibians and reptiles

were recorded in the survey such as Bufo melanostictus, Hoplobatrachus rugulosus, and

Kaloula pulchra.

6/ Crossover with Provincial road No.836, Nhi Thanh commune, Thu Thua district, Long An

province

- Flora: survey area has paddy field habitat and sparse residential area with small orchards.

Cultivated trees are mainly Oryza sativa and some fruit trees such as Cocos nucifera, Carica

papaya, Musa sp., and Artocarpus heterophyllus. Component of natural grass and shrub

species are mainly popular ones such as Mimosa pudica, Mimosa diplotricha, Amaranthus

spinosus, Ipomoea aquatica, Annona glabra, Cymbopogon, and Manihot esculentum.

- Fauna: consists of Rattus argentiventer, Mus caroli, Egretta garzetta, Passer montanus,

Bufo melanostictus, Hoplobatrachus rugulosus, and Kaloula pulchra.

7/ Crossover with National Highway No.1A at Long An 220kV substation

- Flora: survey area has grassland habitat, small pond and small orchard. Cultivated trees

are mainly Cocos nucifera, Carica papaya, Musa sp., and Artocarpus heterophyllus; some

shrub, grass and small fauna species such as Annona glabra, Eichhornia crassipes, Panicum

repens, and Ipomoea aquatica.

- Fauna: Rattus argentiventer, Mus caroli, Passer montanus, Bufo melanostictus,

Hoplobatrachus rugulosus, and Kaloula pulchra.

8/ Crossover with National Highway No.62, Tan An city, Long An province

- Flora: survey area has concentrated population with vacant land and some fruit trees.

Main cultivated trees are fruit tree which consist of Mangifera indica, Artocarpus

heterophyllus, Cocos nucifera. Grass and shrub species are mainly popular ones such as

Mimosa pudica, Mimosa diplotricha, Setaria pallide-fusa, Eupatorium odoratum, Ageratum

conyzoides, and Amaranthus spinosus.

- Fauna: Popular species are Passer montanus, Rattus flavipectus, Mus musculus,

Hemidactylus platyurus, Mabuya longicaudata, Bufo melanostictus, and Hoplobatrachus

rugulosus.

9/ Crossover with Provincial road 866, Tieng Giang province

- Flora: survey area has concentrated population habitat with some fruit trees. Cultivated

trees are frui trees such as Mangifera indica, Artocarpus heterophyllus, Musa sp. and some

grass and shrub species such as Mimosa pudica, and Mimosa diplotricha.





- Fauna: Popular species are Passer montanus, Rattus flavipectus, Mus musculus, Bufo

melanostictus, and Hoplobatrachus rugulosus.

10/ Crossover with Provincial road 878, Than Cuu Nghia commune, Chau Thanh district,

Tien Giang province

- Flora: survey area has concentrated population with some fruit trees. Cultivated trees are

frui trees such as Mangifera indica, Musa sp., Syzygium semarangense, Cocos nucifera; and

some shade trees such as Flamboyant tree and Terminalia catappa; and some grass and shrub

species such as Mimosa pudica, Mimosa diplotricha, Amaranthus spinosus, Sida acuta, and

Typhonium trilobatum.

- Fauna: popular species are Passer montanus, Rattus flavipectus, Mus musculus, Bufo

melanostictus, and Hoplobatrachus rugulosus.

11/ Crossover with inter-hamlet road and Xang canal at Long Dinh commune, Chau Thanh

district, and Tien Giang province

- Flora: survey area has habitat of sparse population with small orchards and canal

corridor. Orchards include Mangifera indica, Musa sp., Cocos nucifera, and sugar cane; some

shade trees such as Terminalia catappa. Popular vegetation species along Xang canal consist

of Acacia auriculaeformis, Eucalyptus sp., Melaleuca cajuputi, Annona glabra, Cocos

nucifera, Musa sp., Nipa fruticans, Eichhornia crassipes, Colocasia esculenta, and Panicum

repens.

- Fauna: popular species are Passer montanus, Rattus flavipectus, Mus musculus, Egretta

garzetta, Centropus sinensis, Hirundo rustica, Pycnonotus jocosus, Dicrurus paradiseus,

Xenochrophis piscato, Bufo melanostictus, Hoplobatrachus rugulosus, Kaloula pulchra, and

Fejervarya limnocharis.

12/ Crossover with inter-hamlet road at Nhi My commune, Cai Lay district, Tien Giang

province

- Flora: survey area has habitat of sparse population with small orchards and fishpond.

Orchard included Musa sp., Cocos nucifera, and Artocarpus heterophyllus. Some grass and

shrub species such as Mimosa pudica, Mimosa diplotricha, Amaranthus spinosus, and

Panicum repens.

- Fauna: Popular species are Passer montanus, Rattus flavipectus, Mus musculus,

Centropus sinensis, Xenochrophis piscato, Bufo melanostictus, Hoplobatrachus rugulosus,

Kaloula pulchra, and Fejervarya limnocharis.

13/ Crossover with National Highway No.1A at quarter No.5, Cai Lay district, Tien Giang

province

- Flora: survey area has habitat of sparse population and garden. Cultivated trees are

mainly shade trees such as Terminalia catappa, Mangifera indica, Musa sp., Artocarpus

heterophyllus, Syzygium semarangense, Cocos nucifera and some forest trees such as Acacia

auriculaeformis, Eucalyptus sp., and Khaya senegalensis. Component of grass and shrub

species are mainly popular ones such as Mimosa pudica, Mimosa diplotricha, Cynodon

dactylum, Eupatorium odoratum, Ageratum conyzoides, Amaranthus spinosus, and Manihot

esculentum.

- Fauna: Popular species are Passer montanus, Centropus sinensis, Bufo melanostictus,

Hoplobatrachus rugulosus, Xenochrophis piscator, Trimeresurus stejnegeri; and Mus

musculus.





14/ Crossover with National Highway No.1A at Cai Lay 220kV substation

- Flora: this area has concentrated residential area habitat and some small orchards. Main

cultivated trees are shade trees such as Terminalia catappa, and fruit trees such as Mangifera

indica, Musa sp., Cocos nucifera and some forest trees such as Acacia auriculaeformis,

Eucalyptus sp., and Khaya senegalensis. Component of grass and shrub species are mainly

popular one such as Mimosa diplotricha, Cynodon dactylum, Eupatorium odoratum,

Ageratum conyzoides, and Amaranthus spinosus.

- Fauna: popular species are Passer montanus, Bufo melanostictus, Hoplobatrachus

rugulosus, and Mus musculus.

Remarks:

In general, impact of the project on terrestrial biological resource is not large because of the

following reasons

- Most of the length of the TL traverse field habitat adjacent to the infrastructure of urban

and residential areas, thus natural ecosystem is no longer existed.

- Habitats in the study area of the project are mostly artificial habitats such as grassland,

rice fields, gardens, forest gardens and residential area. They are not agglomeration that has

high value on biological diversity and conservation. The natural habitat is almost no longer

existed, only a few remnants of natural vegetation along rivers corridors or on the flooded

grassland with narrow area;

- In the study area, the large mammal which have conservation value are no longer

existed;

- Bird populations in the study area contain mostly popular birds, these birds are relatively

adapted to the presence of the existing TL and artificial areas;

- Groups of amphibians and reptiles in the region remain mostly fairly common species of

ecosystem fields and canals corridor.

2.1.6.2. Aquatic biota along the route

To assess aquatic biota within areas along the route, the research team surveyed aquatic

systems at Xang canal, Vam Co Tay river, Vam Co Dong river, Cho Dem canal, and Nuoc

Len canal.

a) Phytoplankton

Species structural component

Table 2.22: Species structural component of phytoplankton

Algae branches Number of species Percentage (%)

Cyanophyt 11 12.9

Chrysophyta 43 50.6

Chlorophyta 16 18.8

Euglenophyta 14 16.5

Dinophyta 1 1.2

Total 85 100






Analysis of species structural components of phytoplankton at canals in the project area

shows that Chrysophyta - Bacillariophyceae have up to 43 species, equivalent to half of total

collected species (50.6%) – characteristics of aquatorium that influenced strongly of the East

sea’s tide and can divided to three different groups as below:

- Group of marine invasive species consists of Melosira islandica, Melosira sulcata,

Cyclotella stylorum, Coscinodiscus lacustris, Coscinodiscus subtilis, Leptocylindrus danicus,

Gyrosigma littorale, and Nitzschia lorenziana, etc.

- Group of indicator species for acid water environment consists of Eunotia robusta,

Eunotia tautonensis, Navicula clementis, Navicula palpebralis, Pinnularia divergens,

Pinnularia viridis, Closteriopsis longissima, Actinastrum hantzschii, Closterium acutum,

Cosmarium botrytis, Staurastrum nanator, and Arthrodesmus triangularis.

- Group of indicator species for rich and organic contamination environment includes all

Cyanophyta; Euglenophyta; and Bacillariophyceae species consist of Melosira granulate,

Melosira islandica, Melosira sulcata, Cyclotella meneghiniana, Cyclotella stylorum,

Stephanodiscus sp., Synedra actinastroides, Nitzchia acicularis, Nitzchia longissima, Nitzchia

lorenziana, Nitzchia tryblionella, Pleodorina, Eudorina elegans, Pediastrum biradiatum, and

Scenedesmus (4 species).

Quantity

Quantity of phytonplankton is from 34,700 to 183,200 individual per liter, Cyclotella

meneghiniana, Eunotia sp. indicate for acid water and organic contamination environment

predominate.

b) Zooplankton


Table 2.23: Species structural component of zooplankton

Branches Number of species Percentage (%)

Rotatoria 7 33.3

Cladocera 7 33.3

Copepoda 4 19.1

Ostracoda 1 4.8

Larva 2 9.5

Total 21 100

Source: VESDEC, December 2012

Similarly phytonplankton, species components of zooplankton includes the three following

groups:

- Group of invasive species from estuary to canal within project area has only

Schmackeria bulbosa (Pseudodiaptomidae - Copepoda).

- Group of indicator species for acid water environment consist of Lepadella patella,

Macrothrix triserialis, Ilyocryptus halyi, Oxyurella singalensis, and Alona davidi. This group

is scattered at Vam Co Tay river, Vam Co Dong river and Cho Dem canal.

- Group of indicator species for organic contamination environment from average

contamination to many contaminations included 6 out of 7 rotatoria species such as Philodina

roseola, Rotaria rotaries, Rotaria neptunia, Polyarthra vulgaris, Brachionus urceus, Filinia





longiseta; cladocera species such as Bosminopsis longirostris and Moina dubia; and copepod

species such as Mesocyclops leuckarti and Thermocyclops hyalinus.

Quantity:

Quantity of zooplankton is not large, from 1,600 to 4,000 individual/m3. Copeposa species

such as Schmackeria bulbosa, and Thermocyclops hyalinus; and larva as nauplius copepoda

is dominant at Xang canal (Long Dinh commune area), Vam Co Tay river, Vam Co Dong

river, and Cho Dem canal.

Rotifera belongs to family Philodinidae such as Philodina roseola, Rotaria neptunia –

indicate for very contamination environment which dominate at Nuoc Len canal.

c) Large-size invertebrate in the bottom


Table 2.24: Species structural component of large-size invertebrate in the bottom

Braches Number of species Percentage (%)

Polychaeta 2 22.2

Oligochaeta 2 22.2

Gastropoda 2 22.2

Bivalvia 1 12.2

Insecta 2 22.2

Total 9 100

Source: VESDEC, 12/2012

Species structural component of large-size invertebrate atXáng canal (Long Dinh area), Vam

Co Tay river (Tan An city), Vam Co Dong river (Ben Luc district), Cho Dem canal (Tan Tuc

commune), and Nuoc Len canal consist of the three following groups:

- Group of marine invasive species consists of two polychaeta species such as Nephthys

polybranchia and Namalycastis abiuma; and snail species -Sermyla tornatella. These species

may move to completely freshwater aquarium;

- Group of indicator species for acid water environment consists of two red mosquito

larvae species such as Ablabesmyia sp. and Cryptochironomus sp. which are distributed at

Xang canal and Vam Co Dong river;

- Group of indicator species for organic contamination environment consists of

oligochaete species such as Limnodrilus hoffmeisteri and Branchiara sowerbyi; mussel-

Corbicula tenuis, and snail such as Sermyla tornatella and Melanoides tuberculatus.

Quantity

Quantity of large-size invertebrate in the bottom is from 0 to 240 individual/m2. Two

sampling positions at Cho Dem canal and Nuoc Len canal are very containmination with

rotten black mud, thus there are no large-size invertebrate in the bottom.

Oligochaeta - Limnodrilus hoffmeisteri indicates for water environment from average

containmination to very containmination, and dominates at all three sampling positions at

Xang canal, Vam Co Tay river, and Vam Co Dong river.

Conclusion:





Basing on analysis of species structural component of aquatic, indicator species, dominant

species at canals where the project passing through, it is identified that water environment

within the area are light brackish and aluminated water.

2.1.6.3. Natural reserves where the route traverses

Can Gio Mangrove Biosphere Reserve:

Can Gio Biosphere Reserve is a population including terrestrial and aquatic forest flora and

fauna, is formed at downstream of Dong Nai – Sai Gon river system is located at the South-

East gateway of HCMC, around 40km away from HCMC. Can Gio Biosphere Reserve

bounded by Dong Nai on the north, East sea on the south, provinces of Tien Giang and Long

An on the west and Ba Ria – Vung Tau province on the east. Total area of Can Gio mangrove

forest biosphere reserve is 75,740 hecta, in which the score area is 4,721 hecta, the buffer

zone is 41,139 hecta, and the transitional area is 29,880 hecta.

Can Gio mangrove forest has a very special environmental condition; this is an intermediary

ecosystem (buffer system) between the underwater ecosystem and the terrestrial ecosystem,

the freshwater ecosystem and the salt water ecosystem. Can Gio mangrove forest receives a

large amount of sediment from Dong Nai river, along with the influence of the adjacent sea

and tide that flora is abundant with over 150 species, becomes a source of food and shelter

for many aquatic species, fish and other vertebrate.

Dong Thap Muoi medicine reserve:

Dong Thap Muoi medicine reserve is located in Binh Phong Thanh commune, Moc Hoa

district, Long An province, 110km away from Ho Chi Minh city, 60km away from Tan An

town in road, with the area of 1,041 hecta in which 800 hecta is primeval Melaleuca forest,

100 hecta is a wide pond (in dry season). In the reserve region, there are around 21 kinds of

vascular plants and the native fauna of Dong Thap Muoi such as stork, heron, painted stork,

little cormorant, crane etc.

Lang Sen wetland reserve:

Lang Sen wetland reserve in Dong Thap Muong, in the area of Vinh Loi and Vinh Dai

commune, Tan Hung district, Long An province. Lang Sen has a natural area over

5,000hecta; in which a natural limitation that rather special is a isle with the width of

1,500hecta. This is a diversified ecological area, typically for the flooded wetland area with a

wild flora and fauna system, having many species in the red list.

http://vi.wikipedia.org/wiki/S%C3%B4ng_%C4%90%E1%BB%93ng_Nai





Figure 1.2: Location of natural reserves in the subproject area

The reserves are located out of the scope affected by activities of the subproject and away

from the transmission line. Specifically, Can Gio mangrove biosphere reserve is 30km away

from the transmission line towards the South – East; Dong Thap Muoi Medicine reserve is

35km away from the transmission towards the North - West; and Lang Sen wetland reserve is

around 58km away from the transmission line towards the North-West. Therefore, activities

of the subproject completely do not affect the above-mentioned reserves.

2.2. SOCIO-ECONOMIC CONDITIONS

To survey socio-economy of Rehabilitation and Upgrading Phu Lam – Cai Lay No.2 220kV

TL project, survey team collected socio-economic data of districts within project area.

As mentioned above, total length of the transmission line is approximately 71.83km which

traverses 23 administrations at commune/ ward levels which belong to districts of three (03)

provinces/ city towards South – North, detail as below:

Ho Chi Minh city:

- Tan Tao ward – Binh Tan district

- Tan Nhut and Tan Tuc communes – Binh Chanh district

Long An Province:

- Thanh Phu and Thanh Duc communes – Ben Luc district

- Nhi Thanh and Binh Thanh communes – Thu Thua district

- Huong Tho Phu commune, and ward 2, 4 and Khanh Hau ward – Tan An city





Tien Giang province:

- Than Cuu Nghia, Long Dinh and Diem Hy communes – Chau Thanh district

- Tan Hoi and Nhi My communes – Cai Lay district.

2.2.1. Common economic condition in project area

2.2.1.1 Ho Chi Minh city

The Gross Domestic Product (GDP) in Ho Chi Minh city in 2011 reached VND 512.721

billion, increased 21% in comparison with that of the previous year.

Industrial production value accounted for VND 194.270 billion. In which, extractive industry

accounted for 0.5% of GDP; agro-industry accounted for 97.68% and electrical and water

producing and distributing industry accounted for 2.07%.

Agricultural, forestry and aquacultural production values in 2011 reached VND 11,113,219

billion increased 23.34% in comparison with that of 2010:

- Agricultural production value reached VND8,801,492 billion, increased 25.92% in

comparison with that of the previous year. In which, farming reached VND 2,755,191

million, breeding reached VND 5,311,764 million, agricultural service reached VND 734,537

million.

- Forestry production value reached VND 119.918 billion, increased 3% in comparison

with that of 2010. In which, forestation and growing value was VND 9,670 million;

exploitation of forest products was VND 99,693 million; and other forestry’s was VND

10,555 million.

- Aquacultural production value reached VND 2,191,809 billion, increased 15.13% in

comparison with that of the previous year. In which, aquaculture was VND1,626,803 million,

fishing was VND465,769 million, and fishery service was VND99,237 million.

Cultivation area of some crops in 2011 in Ho Chi Minh city as below:

- Rice: 22,057 ha;

- Maize: 647 ha;

- Carbohydrate plant for tuber (manioc, sweet potato, and others): 159 ha;

- Vegetation and bean: 9,820 ha;

- Annual industrial plant (peanut, tobacco tree, sugar cane, and others): 2,512 ha;

- Other annual plants: 4,524 ha

Number of cattle and poultry of Ho Chi Minh city:

- Buffalo: 5,091;

- Beef: 102,343;

- Horse: 150;

- Pig: 309,704;

- Goat: 2,159;

- Rabbit: 7,039;

- Poultry: 222,276.

(Source: Statistic Yearbook in 2011, Ho Chi Minh city)





Binh Tan District:

In recent years the economy of Binh Tan district have had high growth rates, the total

production value of all branches in 2010 reached VND1,703.08 billion, increased VND

447.52 billion in comparison with that of 2009, reaching 135.64% of development speed.

The current economic structure of Binh Tan district shifted towards Industry – Service –

Agriculture.

Industry – Handicraft:

Currently there are 03 industrial estates such as Tan Tao Industrial zone, Vinh Loc and

Pouyuen and more than 3,500 production bases interspersed in residential areas, with total

area is 801.9 ha, accounting for 15.4% of total district area.

The whole district has 24 warehouses which mainly distributed along main traffic roads such

as Kinh Duong Vuong street, National Highway No.1A, An Duong Vuong street, etc. These

warehouses are located in comfortable positions for flow of goods among the city and

provinces of Mekong Delta and Southeast area.

Trade – Service:

Trade and service branch have 3,960 premises, in which trade has 2,690 premises accounting

for 67.9%, and service has 1,270 premises accounting for 32.1%. Premises belong to

individual households are 3,684 premises accounting for 93.0%, privately-own company: 108

premises (2.7%), limited companies are 154 (3,9%), and 11 joint stock companies (0.3%).

Regarding to statistic data in 2011, number of non-state premises is 5,295 premises, in which:

- Collective business: 11 business with 779 labors;

- Privately-own company: 533 companies with 5,979 labors;

- Limited company: 533 companies with 75,522 labors;

- Joint stock company with state capital: 7 companies with 1,691 labors;

- Joint stock company without state capital: 429 companies with 19,264 labors.

The whole district has 21 markets which included 06 planned ones and 15 spontaneous ones.

In which, An Lac market is a large one, which functioned as a meat focal market of the city.

Besides markets, there is Big C supermarket located in An Lac ward with an area of 2.24ha

(total area is 13 ha), Co.op Mart supermarket located in Binh Tri Dong B ward and other

commercial services in gross such as retail basis, family services, etc. are also developed,

forming an extensive network in residential areas to meet daily keep of the local people.

Agriculture – Aquaculture:

The area of agricultural land reduced sharply due to the impact of urbanization and the

development of infrastructure projects, so the value of agricultural - aquacultural production

tends to decrease over the years. However, the current total value of agricultural production

reached VND41.586 billion (2010) increased by VND7.403 billion in comparison with that

of in 2009 due to increasing production value of livestock sector.

- Farming: in recent years due to the advent of industrial parks and residential areas,

agricultural land has decreased significantly. Agricultural land in 2005 was 2,390.5 ha, up to

2010 it has remained 1,571.8 ha. Cultivated area of paddy: 288 ha with a capacity of 33.5

quintal/ha reached production of 966 tonnes; cultivated area of vegetation: 16 ha with a

capacity of 250 quintal/ha reached production of 400 tonnes;





- Breeding: mainly livestock household. Currently, there are 6,334 pigs, 1,045 dairy cows,

61,250 poultry, and an area of 60 ha water surface for aquaculture with a capacity of 2.5

tonnes/ha, equivalent with fish capacity of 150 tonnes. And a pig herd over two-months with

5,950 head.

(Source: Tan Binh District People’s Committee and Statistic Yearbook in 2011, Ho Chi Minh

City)

Binh Chanh District:

The economic situation of Binh Chanh district in recent years has had many positive changes.

The industrial production value of the non-state sector in 2011 reached VND 4,585,036

million. Number of non-state premises in 2011 is 2,804 premises, in which:

- Collective business: 8 businesses with 109 laborers;

- Privately-own company: 436 companies with 5,132 laborers;

- Limited company: 2,103 companies with 33,554 laborers;

- Joint stock company with state capital: 2 companies with 1,190 laborers;

- Joint stock company without state capital: 255 companies with 15,483 laborers.

Regarding agricultural production, although it is heavily influenced by the speed of

urbanization – industrialization, Binh Chanh district is still have the second large area of

agricultural production within Ho Chi Minh city (after Cu Chi district). Rice production area

of the district was 6,212 hectares.

2.2.1.2. Long An Province

Economic situation of Long An Province in 2011 was statistics for agriculture, forestry,

fisheries, industry, construction, trade and service sectors as below:

- Agriculture, forestry, and aquaculture sector (sector I) increased 5.2% which achieved

the plan (from 1 to 1.2%) and higher than that of 2010 (5%), in which agriculture increased

5.7%, forestry increased 1.4% and aquaculture increased 3.4%. Farming increased 8% due to

bumper crop, bumper price, farmers received benefits, in which, especially rice; most crops

production increased in comparison with those of the previous year. Breeding with buffalo

and bull herd, poultry and aquaculture all increased in comparison with those of 2010; only

pig herd decreased because disease caused severe damage and has recovered very slowly.

- Industry and construction sector (sector II) increased 17.5% which not achieved the plan

(from 21 to 21.5%); in which, industry increased 17.6% and construction increased 17%.

Industrial production value obtained 97.6% of the plan, increased 17.7% in comparison with

that of 2010.

- Trade and service sector (sector III) increased 12.1% which not achieved the plan (from

12.5 to 13% and in 2010 increased 12.3%), in which trade increased 11.5% and service

increased 12.4%. Total retail sales and service reached 100.3% of plan and increased 26.3%

in comparison with that of 2010. Export value obtained 114.3% of plan and increased 33.7%

in comparison with that of 2010. Import value reached 120.5% of plan and increased 21.4%

in comparison with that of 2010. Domestic market audit and price control; and anti-

smuggling are regularly maintained, handled many cases of violation of the provisions of

law.

- Pump-priming was reached 34.8% of GDP, which has not reached 42% of plan by

domestic investment plunged. Investment in capital construction in 2011 has many positive





changes in administration and implementation tasks of branches and People's Committees at

alllevels. By the end of the year, implementation and disbursement quantities at provincial

and district level management and state bonds reached 100% of plan. Domestic and foreign

investment was increased significant. The review of investment progress, inspection,

environmental inspection were carried out by functional agencies to implement regularly.

Area of land use across the province:

Table 2.25: Current status of land use in Long An province

No. Categories of land Area (ha)

I Agricultural land 361,308.36

1 Production agricultural land 309,391.76

Annual crop land 292,079.42

Perennial tree land 17,312.34

2 Forestry land 43,301.80

Production forest land 39,685.34

Protection forest land 1,616.46

Special-use forest land 2,000

3 Aquaculture land 8,490.11

4 Other agricultural land 124.69

II Non-agricultural land 87,926.14

1 Residential land 23,680.73

Urban residential land 3,019.04

Rural residential land 20,661.69

2 Specialized land 43,744.14

Land for building the province’s working offices and

non-business works

384.72

Land for defense and security 809.14

Land for production and business non-agriculture

purpose

10,837.87

Land for public purpose 31,712.41

3 Land of religious and belief establishments 234.90

4 Land for cemeteries 1,079.12

5 Lake and stream land and land with special-use water

surface

19,131.23

6 Other non-agricultural lands 56.02


Area of cultivated plant is 543,186 ha, in which:





- Annual tree : 533,026 ha

Food plant : 489,140 ha

Industrial plant : 24,556 ha

- Perennial tree : 10,160 ha

Perennial industrial plant : 1,550 ha

Fruit tree : 8,564 ha

Area, capacity, and production of grain crops:

Table 2.26: Grain crop

No Categories of

crops

Area

(ha)

Capacity (quintal

/ha)

Production

(tonne)

1 Total 489,140 52.7 2,576,532

2 Rice 484,211 52.7 2,550,597

3 Maize 4,929 52.6 25,935


Table 2.27: Area and production of some cultivated plant of Long An Province

No Categories of crops Area (ha) Production (tonne)

1 Rice

~winter-spring harvest 254,014 1,485,970

~summer-autumn harvest 220,151 1,031,472

season rice 10,046 33,155

2 Maize 4,929 25,935

3 Sweet potato 151 1,197

4 Manioc 1,467 15,448

5 Vegetation and bean 13,250 225,952


Table 2.28: Area and production of some annual industrial plant

No Categories of crops Area

(ha)

Production

(tonne)

1 Jute 3,330 6,222

2 Papyrus 275 2,089

3 Sugarcane 12,586 884,195

4 Arachis 6,188 15,051

5 Tobacco plant 81 130

6 Sesame 1,821 865






Table 2.29: Quantities of cattle and poultry of Long An province in 2011

No Species Quantity (head)

1 Buffalo 14,923

2 Bull 78,835

3 Pig 266,879

4 Goat 5,032

5 Poultry 12,794


Ben Luc district:

Basically, economy of the district is divided into two (02) area as below:

- The southern part of the distric with convenient highway and waterway traffic systems

has potential advantages of industrial development, trade - service, crowded densely

populated, urban areas and many areas – industrial clusters, thus it should be able consider as

"dynamics” geography for development of the district.

- The north is primarily agricultural with the main crop is sugarcane, lemon, and

pineapple, etc. Recently, with the development of the province, many areas - industrial zones

are formed along the provincial road 830 makes many changes for economic situation of

this region.

Area and production of some cultivated crops of the district in 2011:

Table 2.30: Area and production of some crops of Ben Luc district in 2011


(ha)

Production

(tonne)

1 Rice 10,246 41,768

2 Manioc 365 4,260

3 Vegetation and bean 272 4,798

4 Cyperaceae 61 488

5 Sugarcane 8,220 562,056

6 Pineapple 447 7,506

Number of cattle herd of the district in 2011 as below:

- Buffalo: 125;

- Bull: 1,291;

- Pig: 28,370.

(Source: Statistic Yearbook in 2011, Long An Province)

Thu Thua District:





In economic geography partition of Long An province, the north of Thu Thua district belongs

to sub-partition IV (included Thanh Hoa, north of Thu Thua and a part of Tan Thanh

districts). Direction of economic development is mainly agriculture - forestry which is a

leading commercial rice producer and Melaleuca leucadendra cultivation. And the south of

Thu Thua district belongs to sub-partition V (included Tan Tru district, Chau Thanh district,

Tan An city, the south of Thu Thua district, the west of Vam Co Dong of Ben Luc district).

The direction of economic development of the south is production high yielding and specialty

rice, diversification crops on paddy field, and thriving livestock with species such as pig,

industrial chicken, beef cow and dairy cow.

Table 2.31: Area and production of some crops of Thu Thua pistrict in 2011


(ha)

Production

(ton)

1 Rice 32,086 177,679

2 Manioc 473 7,104

3 Vegetation, bean 562 9,587

4 Sugarcane 2,196 176,374

5 Pineapple 128 1,120

6 Maize 3 16

7 Sweet potato 1 5

Number of cattle herd of the district as below:

- Buffalo: 26;

- Beef: 801;

- Pig: 14,885.


Tan An city:

Tan An city is the gateway of Ho Chi Minh city to the western provinces, which impact

directly on the service sectors of the city. Ho Chi Minh city is where the demand for goods is

very large. Thus, it creates powerful impact on production and supply of agricultural

products, strong development processing of industrial goods in Tan An city.

Economic activity of Tan An city in the past years has been good development, especially in

industry, trade and services. Tan An is the motivation for industry of the Long An to develop

with a range of premises having foreign investment in the province.

The average annual economic growth pace according to GDP in the province was 11.4% in

2001-2010, in which it was 10.7% in 2001-2005 and it was 12% in 2006-2010.

Table 2.32: Area and production of some crops of Tan An city in 2011


(ha)

Production

(ton)

1 Rice 9,640 45,555

2 Vegetation and bean 247 4,154





Cattle herd of the city in 2011contains:

- Buffalo: 23;

- Beef: 3,681;

- Pig: 1,484.

(Source: Statistic Yearbook in 2011, Long An province)

2.2.1.3. Tien Giang province

The Gross Domestic Product (GDP) of quarter I of 2012 is around VND 4,069 billion,

increasing 9% in comparison with the quarter I of 2011 (expectation in increasing from 10.5-

11%).

Agriculture, forestry and aquaculture sector: increase 5,1% in comparison with the quarter I

of 2011

Industry and Construction sector: increase 14% in comparison with the quarter I of 2011.

Service: increase 10.3% in comparison with the quarter I of 2012.

Security - defense are continued to hold strongly. Administrative inspection, and justice, etc.

reforms are focused direction and achieve progresses.

Current status of land use in 2011 of the province as below:

Table 2.33: Current status of land use in Tien Giang province


I Agricultural land 191,390.54

1 Production agricultural land 178,390.74

Annual crop land 93,514.25

Perennial tree land 84,876.49

2 Forestry land 5,717.99

Production forest land 4,021.02

Protection forest land 1,590.15

Special-use forest land 106.82

3 Aquaculture land 7,219.86

4 Other agricultural lands 61.95

II Non-agricultural land 50,186.02

1 Residential land 9,098.62

Urban residential land 807.25

Rural residential land 8,291.37

2 Specialized land 21,226.12

Land for building the province’s working

offices and non-business works

251.61

Land for defense and security 2,249.23






Land for production and business non-

agriculture purpose

1,649.96

Land for public purpose 17,075.32

3 Land of religious and belief establishments 228.95

4 Land for cemeteries 812.83

5 Non-agricultural land 2.47

III Unused land 9,253.78


Chau Thanh district:

Agriculture: is mainly orchard economy with an area of 113.59km2 which cultivates plants

such as sapodilla, longan, and other citrus plants with annual production about 135,000 tons.

Industry: the district has 709 cottage industrial production and business premises with total

capital as VND 950.34 billion, and supply work for 18,642 labors. Currently, there is Song

Thuan industrial zone with an area of 5 ha, and Tam Hiep industrial zone is planned with an

area of 80 ha.

Trade: the district has 18 markets, in which there is one wholesale market named Vinh Kim.

It has very large exchange trading. And the district is calling for expansion investment.

Service: service types are relatively diverse and meet requirements of production and

consumption. Also, there are historical monuments such as Long Hung hall, Rach Gam -

Xoai Mut which have possibility of tourism development associated with traditional

education

Cai Lay district:

Beside rice, Cai Lay has many fruit trees in the garden. Being swelled by the Tien River and

irrigation canal system, with abundant fresh water, and fertile land, thus the orchards in this

district successive strips into a vast area in the south with famous fruitrees such as durian (in

Ngu Hiep isle), orange, tangerine, rambutan, longan, etc.

Industrial and cottage industrial sectors in the district focuses on serving agriculture - farmers

- country, which is highlighted in milling, food processing, food export, agricultural and

fishery machinery mechanic, and handicraft villages, etc.

Trade and services sectors are quite developed because the district is located on the National

Highway 1A. Cai Lay town is bustling shopping center. In general development plan of the

province, Cai Lay district will be upgraded to the western town of Tien Giang province.

2.2.2. Social conditions

2.2.2.1. Ho Chi Minh city

a) Binh Tan district

Population, population density and labors:

Binh Tan district has total natural area is 51.89 km2, and population is 611,170 people. The

average population is 11,778 people/km2. Due to the impact of urbanization process, Binh

Tan district's population increased rapidly in recent years are mainly mechanical growth.





Total natural area of Binh Tan district is 51.89 km2, population is 611,170 people. The

average population density in the District is 11,778 people/km2.

The population of Binh Chanh district in 2011 is 465,248 people, The population density is

1,841 people/km2. Number of immigration labor is increasing, mainly from the Western

provinces.

Education:

In 2009 Binh Tan district finished universalization for secondary education and is

implementing universalization for high school education.

Currently the district have 38 nursery schools with 524 teachers and 11,242 pupils; 40 trường

phổ thông trung học (21 primary schools, 10 secondary schools, and 9 high schools) with

1,766 teachers (of which, 799 primary teachers, 529 secondary teachers, and 438 high school

teachers) and 45,572 pupils (of which 26,952 primary pupils, 12,572 secondary pupils, and

6,048 high school pupils).

Health care:

Currently, there are one medical center in An Lac, a regional clinic at Tan Tao, grassroots

clinics and medical health facilities managed by the private sector. In which there is Trieu An

private hospital with large-scale. Also, there is a high-tech medical facility with a scale of

42.5ha in Binh Tri Dong ward is under construction.

b) Binh Chanh District


The population in 2011 is approximately 465,248 people, the population density is 1,841

people/km2. The number of migrant workers is increasing, mainly from western provinces.

Education:

The situations of education of the district in recent years are interested, number of children in

school-age reaches 100%.

Health care:

Most communes have medical aid station. The health situation of children and mothers is

sufficient interest. Hygiene and food safety at production bases are checked regularly and

ensured quality.

2.2.2.2. Long An province

a) Ben Luc district


The population of Ben Luc district is 150,053 people in 2011. The population density is

distributed uneven, and residents are mainly gathered in the communes in the South (the area

bounded by National Highway 1A). The most crowded population density is in Ben Luc

town. The average density of the district is 520 people/km2.

Education:

All communes have primary school and scale of children in school-age goes to school

reaches 100%.

Health care:





Ben Luc district has Ben Luc Polyclinics contents: emergency resuscitation, surgery,

obstetrics, internal medicine - pediatrics, infectious disease, traditional medicine, pharmacy,

scientific laboratory, diagnostic imaging, hygiene and food safety, public health, and disease

prevention. Also, the hospital manages 15 medical aid stations of its communes and

township.

b) Thu Thua district


Population density of the district is lower than average population density of the whole

province.

Population of the district is mostly farmers; the training of skilled labors is the development

direction of the district.

Education:

The situation of district education is increasingly interested. Due to characteristic of

agricultural production, so the district’s education is relatively low in comparison with that of

the neighboring districts.

Children in school-age go to school and universalize education have developed and achieved

much positive results.

Health care:

Thanks to the attention of provincial and district authorities’ health of people in the district is

increasingly more interested, national immunization program for children is fully

implemented.

c) Tan An city


Tan An City is considered the center of commerce and politics of Long An province, so it is

densely populated, high population density.

Also, it is focused industrial areas and administrative offices, then number of labors of Tan

An is larger than the remaining districts of the province.

Education:

Tan An city is where to centralized universities and colleges of Long An province. The

quality of training achieved significant accomplishments, and the number of students

participating in the national exams are many with high achievements.

Some universities of Ho Chi Minh City have branches in Tan An city to facilitate better

learning.

Health care:

Tan An City has poluclinic, and each ward and commune has a medical aid station.

Expanded national immunization for children is fully implemented.

Hygiene and food safety at food and drink production bases are checked regularly.

Restaurants and food shops have to achieve food safety certification issued by the Health

Department

2.2.2.3. Tien Giang Province

a) Chau Thanh District






Average population of the whole district in 2011 is approximately 235,872 people; it is the

second ranked density of the whole province (1,026 people/km2).

Labors of the district are mainly farming, with large fruit growing areas; the number of

employees serving in the agricultural sector is accounted for the majority of the district labor.

Education:

The situation of district education is increasingly interested, number of children in school-age

go to school reached 100%. And the situation of universalize education in recent years has

achieved much better performance.

Scale of communes which have primary school is 100%, and those of secondary school reach

73.9%.

Health care:

All communes of the district have 28 clinics (which have doctors on call 24hrs/7days a

week), expanded national immunization program is done well, children in immunization age

are vaccinated 100%.

In 2011, the district had 02 food poisoning cases. Hygiene and food safety is checked more

closely to serve well for the increasing dietary needs of the local people.

b) Cai Lay District


Average population of the district in 2011 is approximately 307,022 people, average

population density is approximately 704 people/km2. With the highest natural area of the

province (436.2 km2) Cai Lay district has an area of large orchards and the number of labors

serve majority in agriculture.

Education:

The situation of district education is increasingly interested and developed. All communes

have primary schools and 96.4% of communes have secondary schools.

Number of children in school-age goes to school reached 100%, and dropout rate at all levels

in recent years are reduced significantly.

Health care:

The whole district has 28 clinics (100%) which have doctors on call 24hrs/7days a week.

Expanded national immunization program is done well; over 90 percent of children are

properly vaccinated regularly with age.

Hygiene and food safety is concerned more and more, food poisoning in 2011 is one (01)

case.

2.2.3. Socio-economic Conditions of Project Affected Households

Project construction activities affect land of 715 houses and structures, however this is

220kV transmission line project, so there is no households have to relocated. The land

acquisition of the project affects only area of farm land of affected people. It is renovated the

roof and earthing for 38 thatched houses; and 677 houses with fibro roofs are keep at contant

status within the ROW. Regarding to project affected households, the Project Owner

conducted a detailed study for area of all kinds of land acquisitions, number of project

affected households, policy and unit price for compensation, support and resettlement plan.





According to survey data in project area, the local people inhabit mainly by farming, and

some households inhabit by business or small business. Because the route goes parallel to

National Highway No.1A and No.62, provincial roads and highways, then traffic situation of

project area is relatively favorable and developed. Statistic of characteristics of surveyed

households are described as below:

- Average population in a household: 5.5 person/household;

+ Male: 57.5%

+ Female: 42.5%

- Age

+ From 1 – 17: 21.49 %

+ From 18 – 60: 73.51%

+ Over 60: 5.00%

- Sex of head of household

+ Male: 71.75%

+ Female: 28.25%.

- Education: in general, education status of provinces and city where the project passing by

are quite good. Each province/ city has universities, college of education, vocational schools,

etc. Most of districts in the project area has high school, 2-3 secondary schools, and 3-4

primary school. Each commune has from one to two one primary schools and one secondary

schools. Education levels of affected people are as follows:

+ University/college/vocational school: 2.12%

+ High school: 5.85%

+ Secondary school: 73.00%

+ Literacy: 19.03%

- Occupation: as statistic data in the period, most of sub-project affected households earn

living by farming and small business as below:

+ Farming and wage earner: 90.1%

+ Small bussiness: 9.5%

+ Others: 0.4%

- Average annual income of households is approximately 38,000,000 VND/household/year.

- Main sources of income of the local people are primarily base on price of agricultural

products so that their income are unstable and affected by markets.

- Health care: all provinces and city within project area have hospitals which reach national

standards.

- Each district within project area has one (01) hospital (medical center) of city/ district and

each commune has one (01) communal clinic.

- Communal clinic has only examined and treat minor ailments and midwifery for women.

District hospitals examine, treat ailments, and implement activities to protect public health.

However, the quality of medical care for workers and the poor are not ensured due to the lack





of necessary medical equipments.

- Housing: survey result in the project area shows that most of houses/ structures under the

ROW are houses of grade 4 and shelter as follows:

+ Grade 4: 71.00%

+ Shelter: 29.00%

Water source: according to the survey, on the route plan has many canals, ditches and river

cut-over; however, in stead of using these sources for domestic activities, they dig wells to

get water for daily needs.

Chapter 3

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

3.1. IMPACT ASSESSMENT

To have a basis for detailed evaluation of the project’s socio-economic and environmental

impacts, it is necessary to analyze, identify and list the sources of project’s environmental and

socio-economic impacts. The project’s impact can preliminarily be classified into 3 main

groups in accordance with the following phases:

1) Preparation phase;

2) Construction phase;

3) Operation phase.

On this basis, the potential sources of environmental impacts from the implementation of the

project can be identified, listed and rated as follows.

3.1.1. Impact Assessment in Preparation Phase

3.1.1.1. The impact of the project location

Rehabilitation and Upgradding Phu Lam – Cai Lay No.2 220kV TL starts from 220kV

switchyard of Phu Lam 500/220kV substation in Block 5, Tan Tao ward, Binh Tan district,

Ho Chi Minh City and the ending point is 220kV switchyard of Cai Lay 220/110kV

substation in Tien Giang province. The route goes mainly in existing ROW of Phu Lam – Cai

Lay No.1 220kV and 220kV Phu Lam – Cai Lay No.2 220kV TL, which crosses 23

communes and wards of Ho Chi Minh city, Long An and Tien Giang provinces. Economic

conditions are distribute quite diverse along the route which mainly agricultural production,

fruit trees cultivation, small business and handicrafts.

The sub-project with total length of 71.83 km, of which 2.82km will be maintained the

original status and 23.63km will be stringed wire on the existing towers of the Phu Lam – O





Mon 500kV TL. The route location will impact on some infrastructure works, houses, land

and farm of the local people. Specifically, the impact of location characteristics of the

transmission line as follows:

- Crossing high voltage TLs: 04 times;

- Crossing medium voltage and low voltage TLs: 134 times;

- Crossing Ho Chi Minh city – Trung Luong Highway: 02times;

- Crossing National Highway and Provincial highways: 08 times;

- Crossing soil roads and communal roads: 57 times;

- Crossing medium and large rivers, canals: 28 times;

- There are 510 houses located in ROW (12meters from each side of the center).

However, at crossover positions there will be measures to ensure safety which are compliance

with current Electrical Equipment Code. The Phu Lam – Cai Lay No.2 220kV TL is the

rehabilitation and upgrading TL which goes across the existing ROW of Phu Lam – Cai Lay

No.2 220kV TL. The existing route has existed for 23 years but did not cause significant

impacts to people's activities and economy of region where the transmission line goes

through. The influence of the grid safety corridors is acceptable in comparison with huge

benefits that the transmission line brings.

The TL will affect a number of infrastructure works, houses and farms of the people in the

improvement construction process. However, in the crossover position measures will be

taken to ensure safety and minimize the damage to people's activities within the ROW.

Besides, the transmission line is designed according to National Technical Codes for electric

engineering, safe standards of Vietnam and international so that safe conditions are ensured.

Besides, influence of project location on protected areas as well as the migratory birds are

also considered. In project area (in the vicinity of Ho Chi Minh city, Long An province and

Tien Giang province) there are 03 natural reserves such as Can Gio Mangrove Biosphere

Reserve, Dong Thap Muoi medicine reserve, and Lang Sen wetland reserve. However,

distance from each reservation to the project location is larger than 30km. That means all

these reservations are very far away from the range of influence of the ROW. In the vicinity

of Ho Chi Minh city, Long An province and Tien Giang province there are many cultural and

historical monuments are ranked national level. But there are not any monuments within the

affected corridor, most of the monuments are far away more than 5km from the project

location.

The route has total length of 71.83 km goes across parallel to the National highway No.1

from HCM city to Tien Giang province. The route doesnot cross cutting fight direction of

migratory birds. The closest habitat area which has migratory bird to the project location is

Tram Chim National Park (Tam Nong district, Dong Thap province) is far away 70km from

the project towards north-western. Annually, in the early dry season, Grus Antigone fly from

the north of Cambodia and dipterocarp forest in the Central highlands of Vietnam to wetland

forests in the south such as Tram Chim, Hon Chong (Kien Luong), their flight direction are

not cross cutting the route of the project. Besides, as observation by the power grid

management agencies and operators in Southern region, the dead bird cases involving power

lines are rarely happened. Birds and insects are not affected by electric while they are

perching on conductor. When birds perch on conductor, their body are considered branch

circuit with two parallel circuits, the current value of the circuit is inversely proportional to

resistance, while hanging parallel two circuits, then the current values of the circuits are





inversely ratio to the resistance. Resistance of bird is quite high in comparison with resistance

of a short section of conductor that bird perch their feet on. In the other hand, potential

difference between two bird legs is negligible. Therefore, current value in bird is significant.

Electric shock occurs only while bird stands on crossarm and their wings or beaks touch

electric wire which appearing large voltage difference between the wire and the background

(here means the crossarm where bird is perching). However, this case is rarely occured

because ceramic insulator is longer than dimension of normal birds in the area. The TL has

been existed in 23 years and it is showed that the TL’s activities are totally not affected wild

animals, migratory bird even so normal bird in the area.

In brief, the project location is not near or in the area of environmental sensitivity such as

cultural heritage, conservation areas or their buffer zones, wetlands, forests, and estuaries,

etc. Therefore, the project will not have an impact on areas of environmental sensitivity.

3.1.1.2. The impact from land acquisition

The sub-project is entirely consistent with the socio-economic development and Development

Plan of National Grid. The total length of renewal route is 45.38 km (of which 2.82km will be

maintained the original status and 23.63km will be stringed wire on the existing towers of the

Phu Lam – O Mon 500kV TL), traverses along the existing ROW which mainly agricultural

land. However, the project inevitably need some acquisited land for the construction and

installation of new tower foundations. The impacts on land, crops, and trees from the

project’s activities are listed and described as follows:

a.Impact on land

Land used for construction is divided into 3 categories:

- Land acquisited permanently for tower foundation construction: this kind of land is used

only for transmission lines, not used in conjunction with any other work.

- Land affected due to regulations on the ROW of high-voltage lines: This kind of land can

be restrictedly used for some kind of work. Pursuant to Decree 106/2005/ND-CP and Decree

81/2009/ND-CP, the land in the ROW is limitedly used for the following purposes:

Rice, crops and fruit trees with a maximum height of at least 4 meters below the TL

is allowed in the ROW. Rice and crops must be planted at least 0.5 m away from

foundation’s edge.

Allowing for existing or constructing new houses/ structures if they are ensured

detail regulations in Decree 106/2005/ND-CP and Decree 81/2009/ND-CP, in which

distance from any part of house/ structure to the nearest conductor in maximum

inflection state not less than 6meters– for 220kV transmission line.

- In addition to the ROW, in construction phase, some land will be temporarily acquisited

for:

Excavating, erecting and stringing (in the ROW).

Building temporary facilities for the transportation and storage equipment and

material such as indoor storages, outdoor storages, and open storage yards (out of the

ROW).

Temporary land for access roads is not necessary because the existing roads, alleys

and the ROW will be used in construction phase.

Table 3.1: Total area of permanent affected land





No Locality

Total

area

(m2)

Categories of permanent affected land (m2)

Paddy

field Crops

Fruit-

growing

land

Pond Residential

land

Industrial

land Others

I Long An province 13,341.00 6,538.55 891.00 1,498.60 1,537.00 1,093.55 0.00 1,782.30

1.1 Thu Thua district 3,874.25 3,189.25 280.00 405.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

1.1.1 Nhi Thanh 1,758.75 1,353.75 0.00 405.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

1.1.2 Binh Thanh 2,115.50 1,835.50 280.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

1.2 Tan An city 9,466.75 3,349.30 611.00 1,093.60 1,537.00 1,093.55 0.00 1,782.30

1.2.1 Huong Tho Phu 2,315.60 1,271.30 288.00 0.00 0.00 305.30 0.00 451.00

1.2.2 Ward 6 451.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 451.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

1.2.3 Ward 2 1,051.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 280.00 483.00 0.00 288.00

1.2.4 Ward 4 2,815.45 305.30 323.00 1,093.60 483.00 305.25 0.00 305.30

1.2.5 Khanh Hau 2,833.70 1,772.70 0.00 0.00 323.00 0.00 0.00 738.00

II Tien Giang province 25,487.20 9,455.85 0.00 14,384.35 495.00 0.00 1,152.00 0.00

2.1 Chau Thanh district 20,854.60 6,948.15 0.00 12,754.45 0.00 0.00 1,152.00 0.00

2.1.1 Tan Huong 3,221.20 1,763.90 0.00 305.30 0.00 0.00 1,152.00 0.00

2.1.2 Tan Ly Tay 1,111.30 788.30 0.00 323.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2.1.3 Tan Ly Dong 873.30 288.00 0.00 585.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2.1.4 Tan Hiep 305.30 0.00 0.00 305.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2.1.5 Than Cuu Nghia 3,301.50 628.30 0.00 2,673.20 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2.1.6 Tam Hiep 2,695.75 1,797.15 0.00 898.60 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2.1.7 Long Dinh 5,383.55 0.00 0.00 5,383.55 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2.1.8 Nhi Binh 1,491.90 0.00 0.00 1,491.90 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2.1.9 Diem Hy 2,470.80 1,682.50 0.00 788.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2.2 Cai Lay district 4,632.60 2,507.70 0.00 1,629.90 495.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2.2.1 Tan Hoi 1,846.90 1,644.40 0.00 202.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2.2.2 Nhi My 2,785.70 863.30 0.00 1,427.40 49.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Total 38,828.20 15,994.40 891.00 15,882,95 2,032.00 1,093.55 1,152.00 1,782.30

Notes:

Other lands include area of river, canal and traffice ways;

Permanent affected land is area of tower foundations of the transmission line;

The amount above is expected basing on the survey data in the project’s feasibility study

stage implemented by South Survey Integrated Enterprise – Power Engineering Consultant

Company No.2 – SSIE-PECC2(October 2011). The amount of actual impact will be accurated

at a later stage (after demarcation, measurement and detailed inventory).





Table 3.2: Total area affected land within the ROW

No Locality

Total

area

(m2)

Categories of affected land within the ROW (m2)

Paddy Crops Fruit

tree

Residenti

al -

orchard

Gras

s Others

I

Long An

province

302,81

0 148,718 1,056

43,02

0 74,817 0 35,198

1.1

Thu Thua

district 67,428 47,213 0

13,45

5 0 0 6,760

1.1.

1 Nhi Thanh

55,089 37,075 0

11,81

0 0 0 6,204

1.1.

2 Binh Thanh

12,339 10,138 0 1,645 0 0 556

1.2 Tan An city

235,38

2 101,506 1,056

29,56

5 74,817 0 28,438

1.2.

1

Huong Tho

Phu 48,988 27,653 0 0 14,863 0 6,472

1.2.

2 Ward 6

11,891 6,797 0 0 3,912 0 1,182

1.2.

3 Ward 2

28,110 13,823 0 0 11,533 0 2,753

1.2.

4 Ward 4

70,412 36,604 0 1,737 23,668 0 8,403

1.2.

5 Khanh Hau

75,981 16,629 1,056

27,82

8 20,840 0 9,628

II

Tien Giang

province

658,50

4 159,897 67,672

281,33

4 69,642 1,078 78,881

2.1

Chau Thanh

district

537,34

0 96,134 59,849

257,7

96 62,266 0 61,296

2.1.

1 Tan Huong

114,86

4 20,653 2,309

59,00

3 23,779 0 9,121

2.1.

2 Tan Ly Tay

35,013 6,069 706

17,82

0 7,274 0 3,143

2.1.

3 Tan Ly Dong

18,553 3,049 994 9,123 3,627 0 1,759

2.1.

4 Tan Hiep

4,876 285 1,328 2,201 474 0 588

2.1.

5

Than Cuu

Nghia 51,072 2,358 13,937

23,62

7 4,977 0 6,172

2.1. Tam Hiep 52,920 1,258 14,255 26,00 5,091 0 6,313





No Locality

Total

area

(m2)

Categories of affected land within the ROW (m2)

Paddy Crops Fruit

tree

Residenti

al -

orchard

Gras

s Others

6 3

2.1.

7 Long Dinh

145,40

4 6,026 20,244

93,23

6 10,044 0 15,854

2.1.

8 Nhi Binh

42,519 15,653 3,319

14,69

9 2,692 0 6,156

2.1.

9 Diem Hy

72,120 40,782 2,757

12,08

3 4,308 0 12,191

2.2

Cai Lay

district

121,16

3 63,764 7,823

23,53

8 7,376 1,078 17,585

2.2.

1 Tan Hoi 66,232 37,113 2,516

11,54

5 3,932 0 11,126

2.2.

2 Nhi My 54,931 26,651 5,306

11,99

3 3,444 1,078 6,459

Total

961,31

4 308,616 68,728

324,3

54 144,458 1,078 114,080

Notes:

Other lands include area of river, canal and traffice ways;

Temporary affected land within the ROW, section from G1 to G7 (from Tan Tao ward – Binh

Tan district- Ho Chi Minh city to Nhi Thanh commune – Thu Thua district- Long An

province), is belong to scope of the Phu Lam – O Mon 500kV TL project;

Temporary affected land within the ROW equal area of ROW deduct permanently affected

land at tower foundations;

Types of affected land due to location within the ROW is estimated basing on the preliminary

survey data in the project’s feasibility study stage implemented by SSIE-PECC2 (October

2011). Types of actual affected land will be accurated at a later stage (after demarcation,

measurement and detailed inventory).

The process of land acquisition will have an impact on the socio-economic development in

the region, somehow affecting the lives of people who have land to be cleared and acquisited

due to the project.

- The clearance would disrupt the lives of people in areas such as loss of job, loss of

cultivating land, changing careers or moving to a new cultivating land;

- Increasing pressure on management issues in local society, disorder security in the

region.

As shown above, the project’s total area of permanently requisited land is 38,828.2 m2.

However, land area used for a tower foundation is not large with an average of 310 m2/

position. At residential area, renewal tower foundation will be constructed at the same axis of

the existing ones to minimized land loss. According to survey results in feasibility study

stage, there are 113 households (498 people) have permanently affected land by the project,





in which land acquisition scale is from 2.06% to 96.60% out of total their land ownership,

average scale is 29.55%. Number of households have loss of land over 30% out of total land

ownership are 49 households but none of them belong to vulnerable group and most of them

have non-agricultural labor. Affected households can continue farming on the remaining land

and the amount of compensation for the acquired land they can buy other land or invest in

production on the remaining land area. Therefore, land acquisition of the project does not

cause major disturbance to lives of local people, and affected people no need to resettle.

Besides, effect on land use within the ROW of 220kV transmission line is insignificant.

Houses and structures are permitted to exist within the ROW but they must be treated safe,

and ensured safe distance of structures to the TL. Agricultural land within the ROW is

allowed to cultivate however it must to control safe height of trees. Current status of

agricultural activities within the ROW of the upgrading sections are mostly paddy land which

is incapable to encroach distance to the TL towards the vertical. Area of affected land within

the ROW is mainly agricultural land accounted for 73.49%, residential land has very low

scale accounted for 1455%, the remaining area is river, canal and roads. Thus, impact of land

acquisition can be minimized by compensation and support measures in comply with

provisions of the State without a major impact on the lives of affected households.

b.Impact on land use within the ROW

According to Article 4 Decree No.106/2005/ND-CP dated 17/08/2005 detailing and guiding

the implementation of a number of articles of the Electricity law on protection of safety of

high-voltage power grid works, the width of the corridor of the overhead 220kV TL is

delimited by two vertical planes on both sides of the line, running in parallel with the line and

with a distance from the outmost wire to each side when the wire in the static state is 6

meters.

The length of crossarm of each tower is from 9.2to 10.8 meters, the width of corridor is from

21.2 to 22.8 meters, and average width of the ROW along the route is 21.65 meters. The

length of TL of upgradding section is 45,378 m (not included section goes across in the same

route with Phu Lam – O Mon 500kV TL), area of power grid corridor of the project is 98.24

ha. In which, permanentaly land acquisition for tower foundations is 38,828.2 m2.

With hanging height as stipulated of Decree No.106/2005/ND-CP and Decree

No.81/2009/ND-CP people and animal can move or work normally without any effect of

electromagnetic field. Besides, the upgradding section of the project goes across mainly

agricultural area. As regulation of Decree No.106/2005/ND-CP within safety corridor of

220kV overhead power transmission line it is allowed to exist the plant provided that

ensuring the vertical distance from the highest point of trees to the lowest height of a line in

the state must not be shorter than 4meters. Rice and other crops must be grown at least 0.5 m

from the edge of electric post base and support cable foundation. The distance from the

lowest point of transmission cables in the maximum sagging state to the ground surface must

not be lower than 18 meters at residential areas. Thus, cultivated activities within the ROW

will be affected insignificant, the local people can cultivate normal crop, but fruit trees and

other timbers have to be control their height.

The presence of 220kV overhead transmission line will impact on houses and structures

within the ROW. According to Item 4, Article 1, Decree No.81/2009/ND-CP, houses and

works are not required to be relocated from up-to-220 kV power grid safety corridors if the

following conditions are fully met:

- Their roofs and surrounding walls are made of fire-proof materials;

- Their metal structures are earthed according to regulations on earthing techniques;





- They do not obstruct paths for examination, maintenance or replacement of parts of high-

voltage power grid works;

- The distance from any part of houses or works to the nearest transmission cables in the

maximum sagging state is not lower than 6meters.

With the above requirement, area of residential land within the ROW will be restricted space

use landing to restrict value of land use. However, the project is upgradding one and its route

goes along the existing TL corridor. When upgradding suspension height of TL will be

elevated higher than that of the existing TL which ensured compliance with regulation of

Item 1, Article 1, Decree No.81/2009/ND-CP, the distance from the lowest point of

transmission cables in the maximum sagging state to the ground surface must not be lower

than 18 meters. Thus, impact due to restriction of height for works within the ROW after

upgradding will be reduced in comparison with that of the existing TL.

According to survey report, total of residential land within the ROW of upgradding section is

144,458m2 with the corridor is limited to 11 meters from the center of the route on each side.

There is no house and structures in the area of permanently acquisition land, and there are

510 houses within the ROW (11 meter from the center of the route to each side) with

rehabilitation measures to be retained within the ROW as follow.

Table 3.3: Affected houses/ structures within the ROW

No. Locality Quantity Roof structure

Thatch Metal Fibro Tile

I Long An province 198 4 22 161 11

1.1 Thu Thua district 14 0 0 13 1

1.1.1 Nhi Thanh 11 0 0 11 0

1.1.2 Binh Thanh 3 0 0 2 1

1.2 Tan An city 184 4 22 148 10

1.2.1 Huong Tho Phu 23 0 4 17 2

1.2.2 Ward 6 35 0 4 31 0

1.2.3 Ward 2 27 0 2 23 2

1.2.4 Ward 4 78 1 10 61 6

1.2.5 Khanh Hau 21 3 2 16 0

II Tien Giang province 312 11 38 225 38

2.1 Chau Thanh district 281 9 28 209 35

2.1.1 Tan Huong 44 2 3 35 4

2.1.2 Tan Ly Tay 47 0 1 39 7

2.1.3 Tan Ly Dong 25 0 0 21 4

2.1.4 Tan Hiep 2 0 0 2 0

2.1.5 Than Cuu Nghia 63 2 1 50 10

2.1.6 Tam Hiep 39 0 4 31 4





No. Locality Quantity Roof structure

Thatch Metal Fibro Tile

2.1.7 Long Dinh 33 5 9 16 3

2.1.8 Nhi Binh 22 0 7 13 2

2.1.9 Diem Hy 6 0 3 2 1

2.2 Cai Lay district 31 2 10 16 3

2.2.1 Tan Hoi 18 0 3 13 2

2.2.2 Nhi My 13 2 7 3 1

Total 510 15 60 386 49

Notes: Affected houses and structure within the ROW are defined basing on the survey data in

the project’s feasibility study stage implemented by SSIE – PECC2 (October 2011). Types of

actual affected houses and structures will be accurated at a later stage (after demarcation,

measurement and detailed inventory)

House and works are existing within the ROW have height from 2.5meters to 11meters, and

average height is 4.8meters. The TL is designed crossing by residential areas with conductor

suspension height ensuring that the distance from the lowest point of transmission cables in

the maximum sagging state to the ground surface must not be lower than 18 meters. When

the route is upgraded, the existing houses within the ROW are ensured the distance from any

part of houses or works to the nearest transmission cables in the maximum sagging state is

not lower than 6 meters. The existing houses and works within the ROW when are renovated

roof and earthed will be ensure safe conditions to exist within 220kV safety grid corridor.

Thus, acquisition land of the 220kV power grid corridor may restrict space to develop high-

rise building within the ROW but not cause relocation or resettlement for the existing houses.

Houses and works within the ROW of stringing two circuit section at the below circuit on

mixed collumn of three circuits of 500kV Phu Lam – O Mon have to relocated out of the

ROW of 500kV TL are belong to scope of Phu Lam – O Mon 500kV TL.

Overall, the impact on socio-economy due to compensation, land acquisition and effect of the

ROW is not large because permanent land area in each tower foundation is not large and no

household have to resettled. The damage of crops, trees in the construction process and

restrict ability of land use within the ROW can be overcome by measures of compensation

and assistance in accordance with the provisions of the State on land acquisition, ensuring

living and social security for those affected.

3.1.1.3. Impact of clearing, leveling and constructing temporary road

a) Impact of clearing construction site

Area of construction site and the ROW will be cleared and elevated prior to construction

phase. The sub-project cause depletion vegetation within the ROW with an average of 21.65

meter wide (due to cutting and pruning trees which its height exceeds 4meters safe distance

to ensure safety for the TL). During site preparation process, construction contractors will

clear and elevate 38,828 m2 of permanently acquisition plan for tower foundations, 74,796 m

2

of borrowed construction plan, and 3,829 m2 of borrowed plan for temporary works (such as

warehouse) for construction and wire drawing yard. The popular trees will be cut down are

rice and fruit trees.





Table 3.4: Quantities of cutting down crops and trees

No. Types of

plant Unit

Ho Chi

Minh

city

Long An

province

Tieng

Giang

province

Notes

I Tower foundation and borrowed construction site

Rice m2 - 23,703 15,613

Crop m2 - 75 7.404

Fruit tree tree - 193 1.602

Grass m2 - - -

II Borrowed plan for warehouses and yards

Rice m2 154 1,745 1,929 04 warehouse positions

III Clearance and pulling conductor

Rice m2 - 27,578 31,442 ROW, 2 paths x2m/path

Crop m2 - 125 12,371 ROW, 2 paths x2m/path

Fruit tree tree - 1,672 14,442

Pruning trees have

height pass safe height

Grass m2 - - 196 ROW, 2 paths x2m/path

Note: Number of affected crops and trees are estimated amount basing on the preliminart

survey data in the project’s feasibility study stage implemented by SSIE – PECC No.2

(October 2011). The amount of actual affected plants will be accurated at a later stage (after

demarcation, measurement and detailed inventory)

Impact on ecology:

The current status of the area where the TL passes through and the adjacent area characterizes

field habitat which is adjacent to infrastructural urban and rural residential, thus natural

ecosystem no longer exist. Most of habitats in the project are grassland, rice fields, garden,

and residential area, etc. These habitats do not play an important role in biodiversity and

conservation. The natural habitat is almost gone; it remains only a few natural vegetation

along river or on flooded grassland which is very small. The whole area of permanently

acquisition and temporarily borrowed construction site does not affect forests and natural

ecosystems. Therefore, clearance, leveling and construction of the Project only cause damage

to the economic value of the affected crops, but they not affect the natural ecosystem.

In addition, clearing trees can impact the lives of animals living in the area where the route

passing through. However, for this project, as mentioned above, habitats along the route are

most of human habitat. The large mammals have conservation values in the area are no

longer. Bird populations in the project area is mostly popular birds, these birds are relatively

adapted to the presence of the existing TL and artificial areas. Groups of amphibians and

reptiles in the region remain mostly fairly common species of ecosystem fields and canals

corridor. Therefore, clearance of corridor and construction affect only some of the most

common species in the area. However, level of impact is assessed low due to these species

live on artificial habitat have adapted to human activities and these effects will gradually

stabilized after construction is completed.





Assess impact due to cleared vegetation:

In preparation phase, trees in tower foundation area will be cut down and uprooted, and trees

within the ROW will be cleared. To reduce compensation cost, temporary warehouse and

yard will be chose paddy or crop cultivated area after harvest season and avoid perennial fruit

trees cultivated area. Thus, affected area is mainly paddy field, except tower foundations in

fruit tree cultivated area that cannot adjust. For annual crops (rice and crops), the project will

be arranged construction timing as soon as harvest season, so vegetation quantity from annual

crops generates in clearance is low.

With permanently affected area at foundation pits, temporarily affected area for construction

sites and type of vegetation on areas requiring clearance, amount of vegetation that need to

clear is estimated about 80-120 tons. Vegetation will be moved manually and mechanically to

uprooted at foundation pit. If the amount of this vegetation is not collected and cleanup, it

would cause loss of aesthetics of the area. In rainy season, they would be decomposited fast

or washed away by rain water causing water source pollutants and clog the drainage system.

In the dry season, the leaves are dried and ignition sources should be concerned.

However, the project is mostly constructed in rural areas, so the amount of vegetation,

including cutting trees will be recovered completely for firewood. Thus, the actual volume of

vegetation has to disposed is very low.

b) Impact due to leveling

Prior to construction, the work sites at foundations and temporary borrowing sites for

contractor’s yards will be leveled an average of 0.3 m. The leveling will generate dust by

grading and emissions of graders. The leveling positions are not focus. They are scattered at

tower foundation positions, and ground leveling at each foundation is not large, averaging

200m2. Thus, the amount of arising dust and emission at tower foundation is not large. Also,

the route goes across mainly in rural areas, and there is only a short section traverses the

residential area in Tan An city, section from G9 to G11 with 4,246 m length. Therefore, most

of foundations are placed in paddy fields or orchards.

Dusts generated in rural areas with the surrounding areas are fields and trees; thus, this

impact is negligible. The amount of dust is deposited easily in a short time after diffusion.

Therefore, the dust generated by leveling just impact significantly on foundations within Tan

An city area where the people living around the foundation construction positions will be

affected by diffuse dust. However, diffuse dust can be control can be effectively by making

humidity measures for leveling soil.

Soil leveling for foundations is taken from the soil excavation, so diffuse dust in the leveling

process is diffused by excavation and backfill of foundations. This load of dust is calculated

in the assessment of the impact of dust and gas emissions in the construction phase.

Also, the temporary borrowing site for storage and yards will be leveled for storage of

materials, gathering construction means, and camps. The leveling will also cause similar

effects as leveling at the foundations. The project has four contractor’s yard positions that

serve four sub-section of construction. Each position area is not large, averaging about 960

m2. Besides, to decrease compensation cost, construction contractors will rent paddy field for

temporary construction sites. These construction sites will be leveled after harvest. Soil

characteristics in paddy fields have large moisture, so amount of diffuse dust is not large.

And diffused positions are located in paddy fields, thus this impact is insignificant.

3.1.2. Impact Assessment in Construction Phase

3.1.2.1. Sources of impacts during construction phase





The sub-project is proposed to implement at flat terrain area, which has quite convenient

traffic systems, goes mainly through agricultural areas. The total length of the route is 71.83

km, with total proposed towers are 125, permanently acquisition land for tower foundations is

38,282.2 m2, temporary borrowed area for foundation construction site is 74,796 m

2 (this area

is located in the ROW). Depending on particular activities in construction and installation

process, the most basic sources of impacts can be identified as follows:

Table 3.5: Potential impacts during construction phase

No. Activities Sources Environment impact

A. Waste – relating sources

1 Earthwork,

excavation,

backfilling.

Bulldozer, excavator,

compressor;

Potential construction

risk.

+ Increasing noise, dust and exhaust

gases which impacts on air

environment;

+ Rising solid waste and vegetation

cover in construction process which

impacts on soil environment;

+ Impact on water sources’ quality,

soil structure and organism resource.

2 Transportation Trucks transporting

material and equipments

+ Increasing noise, dust and emission;

+ Rising wasted oil which impacts on

soil, water and organism

environments.

3 Construction

and installation

Construction machines

Waste in construction

process.

+ Increasing noise, dust and emission

which impacts on air environment;

+ Increasing construction waste

which impacts on soil and water

environments;

+ Rising waste lubricant which

impacts on soil, water and organism

environments.

4 Workers’

activities on

project site.

Workers’ camps;

Workers on project site.

+ Increasing domestic solid waste and

sewage;

+ The risk of polluting the soil and

water environments due to sewage.

B. Non Waste – relating sources

1 Clearing ROW, leveling, excavating the

foundations, changing land usability.

Changing terrain and vegetation

cover leads to changing landscape,

ecosystem and biological

diversification in the region.

2 Activities of means of construction and

transportation.

Raising noise and vibration impacts

on people nearby;

Raising heat from machines.

3 Gathering machines, material, equipments + Labor accident in transportation





No. Activities Sources Environment impact

and fuel at Project site. and discharge material and

equipment;

+ Increasing traffic density on roads

nearby the Project site.

4 Gathering a large number of workers at the

Project area.

+ Impacts on social security in the

region.

The construction and installation items of 220kV TL in the project area (including the

gathering of workers, materials and equipment, earthworks, construction and installation) will

cause some forms of impact on the natural resources and ecological environment in the area

affected by the project. The level and nature of pollution sources’ impacts on environmental

components in this period as follows:

3.1.2.2. Assess the impact from relating – waste sources

a) Impact from dust and emission

Due to activities potentially affecting air environment which has been identified above, it is

found that the cause of air pollution is dust and emission.

- Diffuse dust from earthworks and transportation;

- Dust and SOx, NOx, COx, THC gases eliminated by means of the construction and

transportation.

Diffuse dust from grading, excavation, and leveling process:

Diffuse dust from construction activities of the project is mainly from grading, excavation.

Due to calculations, the total volume of the excavated and leveled soil of Project’s 125

positions is 114,371 m3 of excavated soil and 87,953 m

3 leveled soil.

It is estimated that average density of soil is 1.56 tonnes/m³, friable soil coefficient kr = 1.3,

then the volume of excavated soil is approximately 231,944 tonnes and volume of leveled

soil is 178,368 tonnes.

Diffusion rate of dust depends largely on the volume of excavation and leveling. Diffuse dust

is calculated basing on the coefficient of pollution and earthworks. Based on World Bank’s

Guideline of environmental impact assessment (Environmental assessment sourcebook,

Volume II, sectored guidelines, environment, World Bank, Washington DC, 8/1991),

pollution coefficient is determined by the formula:

3,1

4,1

2

2,20016,0

M

U

kE

Note:

E: Pollution coefficient (kg/tonne)

k: grain structure with an average value of 0.35

U: Wind velocity (2.8 m/s)

M: Average moisture of material is 20 %





Using the above formula we calculate the pollution coefficient E = 0.0157 kg/tonne of

excavated (leveled) soil. The total dust eliminated into the atmosphere from the activities of

the Project’s foundation excavation is 3,632kg and from leveling is 2,793kg. The amount of

diffuse dust in the ambient air environment at each position is calculated as follows:

Table 3.6: The amount of diffuse dust at each foundation position

No. Categories of

foundations

Quan

tity

Volume (tonne) Dust load

(kg)

Execution

time (day)

Dust load

(mg/s)

Excavati

ng

Levelin

g

Excav

ating

Leveli

ng

Exca

vatin

g

Leveli

ng

Excava

ting

Levelin

g

I Section I 10

1

MB8.2-

16.5x18.5 1 3,056.7 2,297.4 47.9 36.0 2 1 831.1

1,249.

3

2

MB6.55-

12.5x14 7 1,014.4 791.6 15.9 12.4 2 1 275.8 430.5

3

MB8.2-

16.5x18.5A 1 3,112.2 2,664.4 48.7 41.7 2 1 846.2

1,448.

9

4 MB8.2-14x16.5 1 1,787.8 1,340.1 28.0 21.0 2 1 486.1 728.7

II Section II 115

1

MB8.2-

16.5x18.5 2 3,056.7 2,297.4 47.9 36.0 2 1 831.1

1,249.

3

2

MB6.55-

12.5x14 3 1,014.4 791.6 15.9 12.4 2 1 275.8 430.5

3 MB8-21x23 1 5,234.7 4,144.4 82.0 64.9 2 1

1,423.

3

2,253.

6

4 MB8-24x24 2 6,564.2 5,092.6 102.8 79.8 2 1

1,784.

8

2,769.

2

5 MB6.1-15x16.5 6 1,369.5 1,030.6 21.4 16.1 2 1 372.4 560.4

6 MB7-15.5x17.5 43 1,484.5 1,119.8 23.2 17.5 2 1 403.6 608.9

7 MB6.55-15x17 16 1,406.1 1,058.3 22.0 16.6 2 1 382.3 575.5

8 MB9.8-20x22 9 4,646.7 3,864.1 72.8 60.5 2 1

1,263.

4

2,101.

2

9 MB10-19.5x21 4 2,142.8 1,452.6 33.6 22.7 2 1 582.6 789.9

1

0 MB7.45-16x18 8 1,565.1 1,131.6 24.5 17.7 2 1 425.5 615.4

1

1

MB5.65-

14.5x16 2 1,294.2 973.8 20.3 15.3 2 1 351.9 529.5

(2,8/2,2)1.

4 (0.20/2)1,3 E = 0.0016 x 0.35 x = 0.0157 kg/tonne





No. Categories of

foundations

Quan

tity

Volume (tonne) Dust load

(kg)

Execution

time (day)

Dust load

(mg/s)

Excavati

ng

Levelin

g

Excav

ating

Leveli

ng

Exca

vatin

g

Leveli

ng

Excava

ting

Levelin

g

1

2 MB8.2-17x19.5 2 2,323.7 1,808.8 36.4 28.3 2 1 631.8 983.6

1

3

MB7.9-

17.5x19.5 1 1,819.7 1,290.3 28.5 20.2 2 1 494.8 701.7

1

4

MB5.65-

11.5x13.5 5 916.4 715.9 14.4 11.2 2 1 249.2 389.3

1

5 MB7-13x14.5 4 1,081.2 845.4 16.9 13.2 2 1 294.0 459.7

1

6 MB7.9-14x15.5 4 1,221.1 917.7 19.1 14.4 2 1 332.0 499.0

1

7 MB8.2-14x16.5 1 1,787.8 1,340.1 28.0 21.0 2 1 486.1 728.7

1

8

MB10-

18.5x20.5 2 3,635.0 2,746.4 56.9 43.0 2 1 988.3

1,493.

4

Notes:

- Section I: from Phu Lam 500kV substation to Long An 220kV substation;

- Section II: from Long An 220kV substation to Cai Lay 220kV substation.

The calculated data in the above table based on data from the average wind speed in the

region and the lowest soil moisture. In fact, majority tower foundations are located in the area

of rice fields, orchards which have great soil moisture, thus actual load of dust emission will

be lower than the calculated results. Diffuse dust during excavation causes adversely

influence only at positions close to the local’s houses. The route has 18 towers are located in

residential land near the local’s houses. However, these are kind of foundations have low

diffusion dust load in the table above. The remains are located mainly in paddy fields, crops

and orchards. Typically, these positions have very large soil moisture, thus dust emission load

is low and negligible.

To assess concentration of diffuse soil dust in the ambient air environment, it is assumed that

diffuse dust at each constructed tower foundation is point source. Apply Gauss model for the

dust diffusion (aerosol) - the deposition of dust in the diffusion process, the dust

concentration on the ground along wind axis is calculated by the following formula:

2

2

)(2

exp2

z

r

zy

b

xb

u

xvH

u

MC

In which:





Cb(x): the dust concentration on the ground at a distance of x (m) along the wind axis,

mg/m3

Mb: dust load, mg/s

u: wind velocity, m/s

vr: dust concentration velocity, m/s

H: diffuse dust height, m

x: distance to source of diffuse dust, m

σy: diffuse component coefficient along horizontal axis, m

σz: diffuse component coefficient along vertical axis, m

The level of atmospheric stability (Pasquill by F.) in the chosen project area is B, assume that

diffuse dust’s height is H = 10 m, the falling velocity of chosen particle is vr = 0.036 m/s, the

dust concentration on the ground at a distance of x (m) from diffuse dust’s sources along the

wind axis is calculated at some positions having the largest diffuse dust load (tower

foundation MB8-24x24, at position No.77 and No.144) and shown in the chart below.

Figure 3.1: Diagram of dust concentration along wind axis at foundation MB8-24x24





Figure 3.2: Diagram of dust concentration along wind axis at each construction site

Comment: The calculation of dust spread above shows the maximum dust concentration of at

a distance of 40 m away from dust sources. At construction position MB8-24x24 (position 77

and 144), dust generated during excavation with maximum concentration in the ambient air is

0.54 mg/m3 exceeding allowed standards (QCVN 05:2009/MONRE, 0.3 mg/m

3) and dust

concentration at a distance of 112meters far away from the source is allowed at Technical

Regulation; dust concentration during levelling with a maximum value of 0.85 mg/m3 and its

reaches Technical Regulation at a distance of 154meters far away from the source. However,

dust concentration along wind axis at each construction site reachs maximum concentration is

0.3 mg/m3 reachs allowed standard of QCVN 05:2009/BTNMT. Diffuse dust from the

excavation and leveling almost deposit at a distance of 400 m from the source. Type of

foundation MB8.2-19x21.5DC is calculted in the above table has the largest load and larger

than 2 – 3 times in comparison with dust load at foundations in Tan An city area. Thus,

diffuse dust concentration in the air at foundations passing through Tan An City area is very

low, and no significant impact to the local’s houses near the construction positions.

Diffuse dust from pavement due to means of transportation:

Transportation construction material process to construction site will cause diffuse dust on

pavement along transportation route. Dust load is diffused into air environment due to

activities of mechanic transportation means depends on mainly in quality of traffic ways. For

national highways and provincial roads which were asphalted, diffuse dust level is

insignificant. For soil roads, dust diffuse into the air environment is very large while

motorized mean goes across. Thus, diffuse dust load from pavement due to transportation

activities of the project is concentrated mainly at soil roads from national highways and

provincial roads to construction sites.

According to guideline of WHO (Rapid inventory techniques in environmental pollution -

World Health Organization, Generva, 1993), coefficient of dust generation due to

transportation on aggregate road is estimated by the following formula:

5,07,05,07,0 610157,37,3 wWSE = 681 kg/1,000 km.turn

In which:

E: coefficient of pollution (kg/1,000km.turn)

S: average speed (15 km/hour)

W: average load of vehicle (10 tonnes)

w: average number of wheel (6 wheels/vehicle)

Using the above formula, it is calculated coefficient of pollution E= 681kg/1,000km.turn,

equivalent to 0.681 kg/km.turn. The route of the project goes parallel with National highway

No.1A, near and crossly with arterial roads such as National highway No.62, Provincial road

No.830 and No.866. Thus, transportation activity of material and equipment to constractor’s

yard of each sub-section is quite advantage. According to construction report of the project,

average distance of each sub-section as below:

- Sub-section 1.1: 0.3 km, distance of vehicle to come in and come out is 0.6 km








Base on construction material quantity and equipment need to transport to construction site,

diffuse dust load into air environment of transportation means on roads to tower foundations

of the project are calculted as below:

Table 3.7: Dust load generates on transit roads

No. Transportation items

Quantit

y

(tonne)

Total

turn

of

mean

Constru

ction

timing

(day)

Turn

per

day

Load per

day

(kg/day)

I

Sub-section 1.1 (from starting point to

G5)

Foundation MB8.2-14x16.5 (position 9)

Construction material 495.84 50 10 5 2.04

Galvanized steel shape towers,

anchored bolt 15.15 2 10 1 0.41

II

Sub-section 1.2 (from G5 to Long An

Substation )

1 Average of each tower foundation



anchored bolt 14.05 1 10 1 0.41

2 Foundation MB8.2-16.5x18.5 (*)



anchored bolt 20.19 2 10 1 0.41

III

Sub-section 2.1 (from Long An

Substation to G14)




anchored bolt 22.75 2 10 1 0.61


Construction material

1,637.7

6 164 10 17 10.42


anchored bolt 36.93 4 10 1 0.61

IV

Sub-section 2.2 (from G14 to ending

point)






No. Transportation items

Quantit

y

(tonne)

Total

turn

of

mean

Constru

ction

timing

(day)

Turn

per

day

Load per

day

(kg/day)



anchored bolt 19.15 2 10 1 0.34


Construction material

1,637.7

6 164 10 17 5.79


anchored bolt 36.93 4 10 1 0.34

Note: (*)

foundation position has the largest construction quantity at each sub-section.

Estimated results show that dust diffuses into ambient air environment along transit roads to

foundation construction sites are very low. The largest is 10.42 kg dust/day (at acess road to

construction site of foundation MB8-24x24, position 77) equivalent to average 362 mg/s

(average working timing within a day is 8 hours). Load of diffuse dust on road surface during

a turn of tranporter travel on road is 2.839 mg/s.

To estimate dust concentration emit in ambient air environment due to transporters, it is

applied ‘box-pattern block” method. In which, it is assumed that total effected volume as a

box-pattern with dimensions (length, width) equivalent to deposition length of dust grain and

track length of a transporter in a unit time of dust generation. The height of box is defined

basing on feature of terrain, wind and other related characteristics that influence dominantly

to the process of mixing the dust in the air environment. Assuming generated dust completely

dispersed in the affected volume, concentration of dust along transportation route is estimated

as below:

SuH

vMCC r

20 2,7

In which:

C: average diffuse dust concentration in project area, mg/m3

C0: average dust concentration in background, mg/m3

M: diffuse dust load, mg/s

u: average wind speed in project area, m/s

S: average speed of vehicle, 15 km/hour

H: diffuse dust height, 10 m

vr: sedimentation velocity of dust grain, 0.036 m/s

Due to number of transporters at foundations that have largest construction quantity is 17

turns/day, timing for transporter driving on transit route is from 1.5 to 3.6 minutes, so at

estimated timing there is one transporter only driving on the road. Concentration of dust

diffuses from the road surface due to tranportation of construction material and equipment to





ambient air environment is estimated during a transporter turn driving on the road at each

sub-section are respectively 0.6 mg/m3 at sub-section 1.1; 0.49mg/m

3 at sub-section 1.2; 0.46

mg/m3 at sub-section 2.1; 0.48 mg/m

3 at sub-section 2.2, exceed the allowed maximum value

of QCVN 05/2009/BTNMT from 1.5 to 2 times. However, number of transporters to

construction sites is not high, total turns of transporter to tower foundations that have medium

construction quantity at sub-section 2.1 is 54 turns within construction timing as 1 to 2

months. For tower foundations that have largest construction quantity (MB8-24x24, position

77 and 144), total turns of transporter are 164 turns. Besides, areas along the route are mainly

paddy field and orchards with sparse settlement, thus impacts of diffuse dust from transport

activities are significant. This kind of dust affects households live near tower foundations in

Tan An and Ho Chi Minh city area with small level.

Dust and emission from means of construction and transportation:

Operation of construction equipments and transportation will discharged a large amount of

gas contains air pollutants. Its composition is primarily COX, NOX, SOX, cacbuahydro, dust.

Depending on utilization capacity, pollution load can be calculated basing on the pollution

load factor of World Health Organization (WHO). According to WHO, diesel’s exhaust gas

generation coefficient is as follows:

Table 3.8: Diesel’s exhaust gas generation coefficient

Pollutants Dust SO2 NO2 CO THC

Coefficient (kg/tonne) 0.71 20S 9.62 2.19 0.791

Source: World Health Organization (WHO), 1993

Note: S is the sulfur content in diesel oil, S = 0.25%.

According to the construction equipment’s fuel consuming (Ministry of Construction’s

Circular 06/2010/TT-BXD dated 26/05/2010 guiding the method valuation of construction

equipment) and the Project’s expected main construction equipment and machinery for each

construction section, emission load generated from construction equipment and machines is

calculated as follows:

Table 3.9: Pollutants load from means of construction

N

o Means

Quantit

y

Norm (*)

(liter

DO/ca.pt)

Pollutants load (kg/shift)

Dust SO2 NO2 CO THC

I Section I 13 0.24 1.70 3.28 0.75 0.27

1

Truck (for

transportation

of tower)

1

37.8

0.02 0.16 0.32 0.07 0.03

2 Truck 2 38 0.05 0.33 0.64 0.14 0.05

3 Dumper 2 45.9 0.06 0.40 0.77 0.17 0.06

4 Tank truck (for

fuel and water) 1 25.5 0.02 0.11 0.21 0.05 0.02

5 Crane 1 43 0.03 0.19 0.36 0.08 0.03

6 Bulldozer + 1 33.48 0.02 0.15 0.28 0.06 0.02





N

o Means

Quantit

y

Norm (*)

(liter

DO/ca.pt)

Pollutants load (kg/shift)

Dust SO2 NO2 CO THC

excavator

7 Shuttle bus for

workers 1 25 0.02 0.11 0.21 0.05 0.02

8 Diesel

generator 1 36 0.02 0.16 0.30 0.07 0.02

9 Water pump 3 7.65 0.01 0.10 0.19 0.04 0.02

II Section II 46 0.91 6.40 12.32 2.80 1.01

1

Truck (for

transportation

of tower)

4 37.8

0.09 0.66 1.27 0.29 0.10

2 Truck 6 38 0.14 0.99 1.91 0.43 0.16

3 Dumper 10 45.9 0.28 2.00 3.84 0.87 0.32

4 Tank truck (for

fuel and water) 5 25.5 0.08 0.55 1.07 0.24 0.09

5 Crane 2 43 0.05 0.37 0.72 0.16 0.06

6 Bulldozer +

excavator 4 33.48 0.08 0.58 1.12 0.26 0.09

7 Shuttle bus for

workers 5 25 0.08 0.54 1.05 0.24 0.09

8 Diesel

generator 3 36 0.07 0.47 0.90 0.21 0.07

9 Water pump 7 7.65 0.03 0.23 0.45 0.10 0.04

Total 59 1.15 8.11 15.60 3.55 1.28

Source: (*)Ministry of Construction’s Circular 06/2010/TT-BXD dated 26/05/2010

Normally, the residual gas after combusting fuel is 30%. It is estimated emission flow

generated from the combustion of diesel oil is 22.6 m3/kg fuel (at 180

oC – exhaust gas’s

temperature). According to above DO consuming norm and DO’s proportion as of 0.87, total

consumption of diesel oil in one machine’s shift of section I and II is alternately 341kg/shift

and 1,281kg/shift, and the correlative emission flow is 7,698m3/shift and 28,946 m

3/shift,

equivalent to 962m3/working hour and 3,618m

3/working hour (1 shift = 8 working hours).

Emission of construction machines and equipments is calculated as follows:

Table 3.10: Emission of construction machines and equipments

No Pollutants

Concentration

in reality

(mg/m3)

Concentration in

standard condition

(mg/Nm3)

QCVN

19:2009/BTNMT

– Column B

(mg/Nm3)

1 Dust 31.42 47.76 240





2 SO2 221.24 336.31 600

3 NO2 425.66 647.07 1,020

4 CO 96.90 147.31 1,200

5 THC 35.00 53.20 -

Notes:

- mg/Nm3: Emission concentration specified in the standard condition.

- QCVN 19:2009/BTNMT: National Technical Regulation on industrial emissions of dust and

inorganic substances (Kv = 1.2 and Kp = 1).

Remarks:

The results in Table 3.10 show that concentrations of SO2 and NO2 in the exhaust gases of

construction means are less than the allowed limit (QCVN 19:2009/ BTNMT - Column B).

However, to ensure ambient air environment regulation, the project owner should have a plan

to control construction vehicles to minimize the impact of emissions on the ambient

environment.

In addition to air pollution sources from construction means, there is a source of huge

emissions arising from transportation (transport of materials and equipment from providers to

warehouse and construction site). Project’s motorized means of transport using diesel engines

and diesel oil have sulfur content of 0.25%. Therefore, emissions from motor vehicles are

similar to emission of construction machines and equipments shown in Table 3.10, reaching

QCVN 19:2009/MONRE. However, the sources of emissions from vehicles are not

concentrated, they are distributed along the TL with an average of 15km to local supply and

100 km to supplies from SPMB’s warehouse in Ho Chi Minh city, thus the degree of impact

of emissions from transportation is negligible.

b) Impact from wastewater

Sewage water of construction workers:

Normally, in construction projects, gathering workers to construction sites will bring about

the construction of camps and temporary houses for work and rest.

Daily activities of workers at the site will also generate wastes such as sewage and solid

wastes which are likely to cause locally pollution to local water sources. The level of

pollution and its impact on the environment depends basically on the number of workers

staying in the camp and waste management methods implemented.

The project with total length of 71.83km passing through the territory of the two provinces of

Long An, Tien Giang and Ho Chi Minh city. To facilitate construction activities, the work is

divided into four construction sub-sections correlative to four independent construction sites.

Auxiliary’s works of each sub-section are located in the nearby residential area and close to

the national highway and provincial road to facilitate living and transport machineries along

the route, detail as below:

- Section I: from 500kV Phu Lam Substation to 220kV Long An Substation

Sub-section 1.1: from starting point (ĐĐ) to G5, located in Tan Nhut commune, Binh

Chanh district, Ho Chi Minh city;

Sub-section 1.2: from G5 to 220kV Long An substation, located in Thanh Duc

commune, Ben Luc district, Long An province;





- Section II: from 220kV Long An Substation to Cai Lay 220kV substation

Sub-section 2.1: from 220kV Long An Substation to G14, located in Binh Thanh

commune, Thu Thua District, Long An Province;

Sub-section 2.2: from G14 to the ending point (ĐC), located in Nhi My Commune,

Cai Lay District, Tien Giang Province.

Total number of workers of the project during construction phase is 200, divided into four

execution units in four independent construction sites. Each execution unit at section I

consists of 35 people, and each execution unit at section II consists of 65 people. Basing on

the pollution coefficient identified by WHO and the number of workers, pollutants load in

sewage water can be calculated as shown in Table 3.11 below:

Table 3.11: Pollutants load in sewage water (unprocessed)

No. Pollutants

WHO’s

pollution

coefficient (g/

head.day)

Load (kg/day)

Project

Each

execution

unit in

section I

Each

execution

unit in

section II

01 BOD5 45 - 54 9.00-10.80 1.58-1.89 2.93-3.51

02 COD (dicromate) 72 - 102 14.40-

20.40 2.52-3.57 4.68-6.63

03 Suspended solid (SS) 70 - 145 14.00-

29.00 2.45-5.08 4.55-9.43

04 Non-mineral oil 10 - 30 2.00-6.00 0.35-1.05 0.65-1.95

05 Total Nitrogen (N) 6 - 12 1.20-2.40 0.21-0.42 0.39-0.78

06 Amoniac (N-NH4) 2.4 - 4.8 0.48-0.96 0.08-0.17 0.16-0.31

07 Total Phosphorus (P) 0.8 - 4.0 0.16-0.80 0.03-0.14 0.05-0.26

08 Coliform

(MNP/100ml) 10

6 - 10

9

106 - 10

9 10

6 - 10

9 10

6 - 10

9

Source: WHO, 1993

The level of water use is 80 liters /person.day (TCXD 33:2006), waste water accounts for

about 80% of water use. Construction time for each foundation is about 1 month (26 days).

So, wastewater amount in the construction phase is calculated as follows:

Table 3.12: Sewage water generating in Project’s construction phase

No. Organization

Number

of

workers

Amount of wastewater (m3)

Per day Per month

1 Each execution unit at section I 35 2.8 72.8

2 Each execution unit at section II 65 5.2 135.2

3 Whole Project 200 16.0 416.0





Workers on the construction site are not concentrated but chronologically distributed into

several locations. Organizations on the site is divided into 4 main units, there will be about 15

workers at each foundations, so the amount of wastewater at a foundation is only about

1.2m3/day (31.2 m

3/month). There are 125 foundations spread over 45.378 km (part of

improvement), average distance between each is about 366m, so the amount of waste water

will also spread evenly on the entire route, the impact of sewage water from workers is

negligible

Sewage water contains bacteria, organic matter, suspended solids, etc. The concentration of

pollutants in the domestic waste water is calculated basing on the pollution load (kg/day),

waste water flow (m3/day) and performance of septic tank treatment, results are presented in

Table 3.13 below

Table 3.13: Concentration of pollutants in domestic wastewater in construction phase

No. Pollutants Concentration of

pollutants (mg/l)

QCVN 14:2008/BTNMT

(Column B, K = 1.2)

1 BOD5 563 - 675 60

2 COD 900 – 1,275 -

3 Suspended solid 875 – 1,813 120

4 Non-mineral oil 125 - 375 24

5 Total nitrogen 75 - 150 -

6 Ammoniac 30 - 60 12

7 Total phosphorus 10 - 50 12

8 Coliform 106 - 10

9 6,000

Notes:

- QCVN 14:2008/BTNMT - National technical regulation on sewage water, column B, K =

1.2 (applied for production base that below 500 people).

In comparison with National Technical Regulation on waste water (QCVN

14:2008/MONRE) concentrations of pollutants in waste water, most parameters exceed

allowed standards. However, waste water flow at each foundation is not high, generation time

is only one (01) month per foundation, and quality of waste water do not contain harmful

component, thus the impact of waste water has been identified as negligible which causes

insignificant pollution to environment.

Wastewater from construction:

Wastewater generated in construction process is primarily from the pump pit drainage and a

little capacity from equipment and machinery’s sanitary process. Main components of the

pollutants in construction wastewater are soil and sand without harmful component. Sediment

in water is easily deposited and accumulated right on the temporary drainage route. Thus,

penetration contaminates surface waters of the area only at low levels.

The amount of waste water depends on many factors such as weather conditions, engineering

geological characteristic, scale of the project, construction methods and technology, and

materials’ quality. This report is estimated wastewater basing on number of main

construction facilities at site. It is assumed that amount water for facilities sanitary from 0.5to

0.8 m3/facility/ day. At foundation construction position, because construction site is cramped





and construction timing is short, facilities are not washed at construction site. After

construction at a foundation position, facilities will be gathered to the yard of each sub-

section to wash before they are circulated to another construction site. Sanitation wastewater

of construction facilities of the project arises only at the four yards of four sub-sections of the

construction. Based on the amount of main construction means each sub-section and timing

for facilities rotation through each foundation positions with an average of 7 days. Capacity

of wastewater for equipment sanitary at each sub-section is calculated as below.

Table 3.14: Capacity of construction waste water

No. Construction site Quantity of main facility (*)

Capacity (m3/day)

I Section I 13 0.93 – 1.49

Sub-section 1.1 0.47 – 0.75

Sub-section 1.2 0.47 – 0.75

II Section II 46 3.29 – 5.26

Sub-section 2.1 1.65 – 2.63

Sub-section 2.2 1.65 – 2.63

Also, in some cases, water can be contaminated if waste oil from construction vehicles is not tightly

controlled. Waste oil entering the water environment will affect the ecological environment,

affecting plants and animals, aquatic farming activities of the locals.

Besides, at foundation construction in low-lying areas, when excavation foundation pit, there

will have a underground water amount seepage into foundation pit. The amount water is

pumped out regularly. In areas not affected by acidity, water pumped from the foundation pit

does not cause a significant impact on the environment because wastewater contains high

turbidity due to soil and sand contamination in the excavation process.

For foundation pit in alkaline soil areas, foundations in sections from G7 to G9 and from

G11 to G14, the excavation have the potential to leak alum and underground water is pumped

from the foundation pit will be aluminated. The activated alkaline soil has large levels of

Fe2+

, when it is flooded, volume of Fe2+

is reduced to Fe3+

and produce H+ to decrease pH of

the environment. Fe3+

is insoluble matter can form infinitesimal grain that obstruct breathing

and much disadvantage for some aquatic species. The generated H+ is acidulated surface

water due to reduced pH. When pH of the environment is low, exchange and buffering

capacity of the soil environment is broken and the soil itself cannot be cleaned anymore.

Thus, the environment is critical polluted, animals, plants, and microorganisms would be

mass destruction, even the rice plants at low concentrations. If aluminated water is not control

strictly, it will affect greatly farming activities of the people. If this water encroaches on

paddy fields, crops or tree plantations, it will cause death or reduced productivity. And if it

intrudes the fish pond, it will cause mass mortalities. Thus, at alkaline soil positions, water

from foundation pit should be controlled and neutralized prior to discharge into the

environment.

However, the construction period lasts only 12 months and this type of wastewater is not

concentrated, scattered in the foundations at low or shallow underground water floor areas,

each foundation may be constructed for about 1 month. Therefore, the impact of construction

waste water has been identified as not significant and can be control by appropriate drainage

measures.

Overflow rain-water:





The quality of overflow rain-water depends on many different factors, especially the hygiene

conditions in the collecting water area. When constructing the 220kV TL project it’s easy to

occur overflow rainwater on the ground of foundations which can swept sand down the drain;

without good drainage measures, it will cause stagnation of rainwater, creating negative

impact on the environment.

According TCN51-84, overflow storm water through the project area (mainly in the rainy

season) is determined by the method of limits and intensity according to the following

formula:

Q = q.ψ.F (l/s)

(source: TCN51-84)

In which:

q: Calculated rain intensity liter/second.ha;

ψ: Average flow coefficient;

F: Collecting rainwater area (ha).

Alter the formula above we have the following:

Q = 0,278.10-3

.I. ψ.f (l/s)

In which:

0.278.10-3

: Unit exchange coefficient

I: The max rain intensity in one hour, I = 50 mm/h

ψ: Average flow coefficient, ψ = 0.6

f: Collecting rainwater area (m2), f = 4,897.54 m

2 (the largest construction area at

foundation MB8-24x24)

Q = 0.278.10-3

x 50 x 0.6 x 2,720.64 = 22.69 (l/s)

The greatest amount of overflow rainwater at foundation is 22.69 l/s, equivalent to 81.68

m3/hr. In general, the impact of pollution caused by overflow rainwater during construction

phase is not significant. Rainwater has high turbidity due to entrained soil and part of

construction materials in the construction process.

In brief: Despite some negative impacts on the water environment during the construction

and improvement of 220kV TL Project as described above, these impacts are not continuous

throughout the process of project activities. These effects will disappear after the Project are

completed.

c) Impacts from solid waste (SW) and hazardous waste (HW)

The construction of the project will produce a huge amount of SW including vegetation

biomass arising from clearance, vegetation clearance, SW from workers’ activities, SW and

waste oil from construction and machinery maintenance.

Domestic solid waste:

The domestic SW generating from daily activities (eating and other activities) of workers...

Domestic SW usually are plastic bags, shredded paper, Styrofoam boxes, food waste, ... and

some other inorganic solids which can pollute local land and water environments. Basing on

the estimated waste of 0.6 kg waste/head.day and the number of workers on site, the amount

of waste generated during construction of the project is calculated as follows:





Table 3.15: Domestic waste generated in Project’s construction phase

No. Execution organization

Number

of

workers

Waste (kg)

Per day Per month

1 Execution unit at section I 35 21 546

2 Execution unit at section II 65 39 1,014

3 Whole project 200 120 3,120

The amount of waste generated in whole Project is 120kg/day. If this amount of waste is not

collected satisfactorily, it can affect groundwater and soil quality in the area, making good

conditions for bacteria and harmful insects.

However, the construction workers are not concentrated but chronologically distributed at

many positions, the amount of domestic waste is only about 9kg/ day in one position (each

team consists of 15workers at one tower foundation). Because the construction positions go

along the route, typically 366m apart from each other, the amount of domestic waste is spread

evenly over the entire route. Thus, the impact of waste at each position will be negligible if

waste is collected and handled satisfactorily.

Construction solid waste:

During the construction phase total volume of excavated soil in the foundations is

114,370.89m3, total volume of landfill is 87,952.66m3. Thus, the volume of excess soil from

the excavation and filling is 26,418.23m3. This volume will be fully utilized to slope banks

against erosion in the foundations. Therefore, there is no excess soil in Project’s construction

phase. Yet, if they are not tightly compacted in the embanking process, they are likely swept

by overflow rainwater into the fields drainage systems causing salutation and clog in canals.

In the process of casting and installing Project’s tower foundation, there will be a lot of

construction waste such as concrete debris, false work, steel scrap, crates ... Without

reasonable measures to collect and handle, this type of SW can be accumulated which will

interfere the construction process, locally pollute soil environment, block the flow on having

rain leading to flood. However, most of the SW can be recycled and re-used, so it would be

easy to control and collect this kind of waste.

In addition, parallel with upgrading the route, the existing 220kV route will be dismantled

and recovered. All the materials, equipment and steel tower on the existing routes will be

dismantled recovered transported to warehouses of PTC4. From here, the device that have

reuse capabilities will be recovered and used for other projects or other purposes. The

damaged equipment with incapable of re-use will be classified, stored and periodically

transferred to the functional units collected. However, most of equipment and material on the

existing route after dismantling are capable of reused or recycled and considered as valuable

scrap. Thus, they will be collected completely, not disposed of outside construction sites.

Arising solid waste need to be treated from the dismantling of the existing route is debris

from dismantling concrete foundations. The foundation location on the existing towers that

have the same centre line with the upgrading route will be dismantled totally. There are 26

tower foundation positions would be completely dismantled on the whole route. The tower

foundation positions are located on the existing routes which do not have the same centre line

with tower foundations on the upgrading route and located in residential areas will be

demolished foundation level to natural ground, there are 50 positions will be demolished

from the neck foundation to the natural ground l. The remaining positions are dismantled





towers only. Based on the foundations need to dismantle, volume of debris generated in each

sub-section is calculated as follows:

Table 3.16: Quantity of debris generates from dismalting existing foundations

No. Construction site Quantity of dismantling

foundation concrete (m3)

Quantity of debris

(ton)

I Section I 228.9 503.5

1.1 Sub-section 1.1 56.7 124.7

1.2 Sub-section 1.2 172.2 378.9

II Section II 1,562.4 3,437.3

2.1 Sub-section 2.1 693.0 1,524.7

2.2 Sub-section 2.2 869.4 1,912.6

Hazardous waste (HW):

In construction works, generated hazardous waste includes waste oil and oily rags from

maintenance activities of machinery and construction equipment. Pursuant to Circular

12/2011/TT-BTNMT, waste oil is classified as hazardous waste (Code: 17 02 03) and oily

rag (code 18 02 01). Waste oil and oily rags are inevitable in activities of maintenance and

repair motor vehicles and transportation means. The amount of hazardous waste generated

during Project’s construction phase depends on the number of motor vehicles used for

construction and transportation, the amount of oil emitted from motor vehicles, oil change

and machinery maintenance cycle.

According to the result of Military Technology and Science Centre – Ministry of National

Defense’s research conducted in 2002 on recycling waste oil into liquid fuel, the average

amount of waste oil generated by transportation and construction means after oil change is 7

liters/each time, oil change and machinery maintenance cycle is from 3 to 6 months

depending on the operation intensity of vehicles.

The number of vehicles and motorized machines serving for the Project’s construction and

installation activities is approximately 59 vehicles. The amount of waste oil generated from

the Project’s construction activities is estimated at 413 liters/each change, around 68 to 138

liters/month. The amount of waste oil generates at section I and II alternates from 15 to

30liters/month and from 53 to 107 liters/ month. However, most of this amount is generated

in the maintenance centers and thus collected by these centers (the collection and handling of

hazardous waste after maintenance and repair of motor vehicles are the responsibility of the

centre). Therefore, the volume of waste oil generated at construction sites is very low, arising

from small repair at the construction site.

3.1.2.3. Access impacts from non-relating waste sources

a) Impact on environmental landscape:

The process of clearing, grading, excavating and other construction works of the project will

have an impact on the top soil environment in the region. Firstly, the excavation and

embankment will change the top soil’s structure. Grading and dumping waste soil (including

soil, roots) unreasonably would adversely affect the sightseeing, causing erosion and sand

corrosion (in rainy season).

However, excavation and leveling only taken place at foundation with a medium area of





843.59m2 (including permanently requisited area to build foundation and temporarily

requisited area to use for construction). There are 125 foundations which is executed in

succession. Excavation, construction and returning the temporarily requisited land are

completed for each foundation in order to minimize the impacts. There will be only local

effects at the construction site. The volume of excavated soil will be used entirely for

leveling, sloping foundation and embanking to avoid erosion. After the TL is completed,

temporarily requisited land will be return to the initial state. Thus, the impact of changes in

top soil structure at Project site is identified as negligible.

b) Noise from vehicles and construction equipments

During the construction and improvement of the 220kV TL, noise mainly generating from

construction equipments such as excavators, cranes, concrete mixers, pile drivers,

compressors. Predicted noise levels generated from construction equipment are shown in

Table 3.17

Table 3.17: Noise levels of construction equipments

Equipments Noise level at distance of 15m (dBA)

Documents (1) Documents (2)

Bulldozer 93.0

Compressor 72. 0 – 74.0

Grader 80.0 – 93.0

Van 82.0 – 94.0

Concrete mixer 75.0 – 88.0 75.0

Shotcrete machine 80.0 – 83.0

Generator 72.0 – 82.5

Source: Documents (1): Nguyen Dinh Tuan et al, 2000; Documents (2): Mackernize, 1985.

The table above showed that biggest noises during Project’s construction and installation are

generated by excavation and transportation (80-94 dBA at a distance of 15m from noise

sources) which exceeds the permitted standards in the manufacturing sector (85 dBA).

Radius of noise influence is calculated using this following formula (U.S department of

transportaion, 1972):

M1 – M2 = 20log(R2/R1)

In which:

M1 : Noise level at postion 1

M2 : Noise level at postion 2

R1 : Distance from noise source to postion 1

R2 : Distance from noise source to postion 2

Table 3.18: Noise level of machineries and equipment depend on distance to source (dBA)

Macheneries Distance (m)

15 30 60 120 250





Bulldozer 93 87 81 75 73

Scraper 80-93 87 81 75 73

Van 82-94 88 82 76 74

The results presented in Table 3.18 shows that when the distance is doubled, the noise will be

reduced by about 6dBA. Thus, beyond a radius of 250 m from the source, the noise generated

by the vehicle is less than 75dBA (maximum permissible noise in common areas during the

time from 06:00AM – 18:00PM)

In excavation and construction activities, noise is inevitable, but this is only temporary during

construction. Therefore, the contractor will have specific plans to use construction

equipments in a reasonable way in order to reduce the sources of noise, avoid simultaneously

use noisy equipments and place them away from the affected area.

c) Landslide and erosion

Landslide:

According to design, the TL traverses medium and large rivers and canal 28 times. The

construction of concrete foundations at positions near rivers and canals may cause landslides

of riverbanks and failures lead to reduction of natural drainage in the area.

In addition, during the excavation if there is no measure to reinforce the foundation or secure

the foundation slope, landslide may occur make it difficult to return to the initial state.

Erosion:

The terrain of area that transmission line traverses is relatively flat. Moreover, excavation,

embankment and ground leveling are executed in dry season; the impact of soil erosion is

identified as negligible.

d) Impact on traffic of locals

The process of gathering equipment and materials for construction of the project will involve

transport activities. The activity should to concern is the transport of construction materials

and equipment from the provider of the Project area. It affects major traffic areas. It increased

motor vehicle traffic on the roads around the area, and can affect the movement of people in

the area.

The impacts of materials and equipments transportation from the supplies (Ho Chi Minh City

and the local supply) on Project area are negligible. The transportation does not stress the

transport system on the national highways and provincial highways. Besides, the TL crosses

National highway No.1; thus, the long-distance transportation from the supplies to each

section’s yard does not impact on inter-provincial and inter-district transportation system

The mobilization of transport means to transport materials, machineries, equipment from

other areas of the construction sites and local project area cause increasing density of vehicles

and can cause ground subsidence at inter-commune concrete roads in the project area. If the

traffic does not have a combination of harmony, arrangement and scientific management,

then stages will influence each other and may affect the environment and causing traffic

accidents. Concurrently, the regular transport process reduces the quality of the road base,

and degradation routes in the project area.

Therefore, to minimize the environmental impact as well as the impact of traffic accidents,

Project owner and contractors must calculate transportation options, optimize transportation





schedule as well as construction site to minimize adverse impacts and limit the traffic

accidents.

In addition to the impacts from transportation activities of the project, the traffic of locals is

also affected by the stringing across roads and waterways. Stringing across roads will disrupt

traffic at each crossing location at least 30 minutes. Stringing across rivers, especially rivers

have high density of boat delivery, may disrupt waterway about 1-2hours. The crossover

points between the TL and roads, rivers are as follows:

- Cross National Highway No.1A: 03 times.

- Cross National Highway No.62: 01 time.

- Cross Ho Chi Minh City – Trung Luong Highway: 02 times.

- Cross Provincial highway: 04 times

- Cross soil roads, communal roads: 57 times.

- Cross medium and large rivers and canals: 28 times.

However, most of canals and ditches within the project area are served for irrigation and

irrigation water supply, not to serve the purpose of traffic. Thus, traffic disruption caused by

pulling conductor crossing canals is negligible impact.

e) Impact of outage of existing transmission line for construction

The proposed transmission line has total length of 71.83 km, the route is match together with

the ROW of the existing 220kV Phu Lam – Cai Lay 1 and 2 TLs. Hence, while construction

it should to be arranged certain time to cut of power of related 220kV TL such as Phu Lam –

Long An 1 &2; Long An - My Tho 1 & 2; My Tho – Cai Lay 1&2. Outage of some existing

transmission lines will effect dispatch activities of the power system which may lead to

increasing load for other TLs to ensure load demand in the region. The increased load on

other TLs in the area may lead to overload and cause power failure and electrical accidents,

etc. Besides, in case other transmission lines within the region cannot meet load demand

during construction will lead to interrupted electricity supply for loads in the region and cause

large influence on production activities which have electrical energy demand and economic

activities in the region. However, during construction process there are appropriate

construction plans to minimize the impact of outage of some related TLs as mentioned

aboved and the outage will be coordinated with Load Dipatch Centre to ensure power supply

to the load demand.

f) Impact of pulling conductors across cultivated and residential areas

Pulling activities through the paddy fields and orchards can be damaged trees due to

clearance the route or pulling conductor. However, the pulling activity on the ground is

carried out for fishing cable only. After fishing cables are after putting up the pulleys are

mounted on the towers, then the impact on the ground is no longer available. Fishing cable

has a much lower weight than electric cables and should be pulled manually, thus effects of

pulling is also decreased slightly.

Pulling of fishing cable impact on vegetation on two paths underneath the route only, each

path is about 2-meter wide. The affected crops on pulling route are estimated and assessed in

item Impact due to clearance and levelling (item 3.1.1.3). Besides, the route has one section

traverses residential area of Tan An city of Long An province, section from G9 to G11.

Pulling goes across the local houses may damage their roofs, some parts if their houses and

impact on the locality ’s activities. However, at span on residential areas, pulling activities





will be implemented parallel with dismantling the existing route. Thus, the existing TL is

used as fishing cable to pull new conductor which not used pulling fishing cable on the

ground. Thus, puling conductor passing the local houses is decreased significantly.

In fact, pulling impacts insignificantly on agricultural activities and underneath works.

Besides, pulling timing is short, these activities will be finished within a period of 3 – 4

hours/km. And pulling impacts on plants due to cutting and pruning on pulling route only.

These impacts will be synthesized and negotiated for compensation with the local people

before pulling.

g) Impacts from the remnants of war.

During the war, thousands of tons of bombs and mines used in the districts that Project

passing through. The bomb clearance was done in the period of 1975-1985. More than 30

years after the war, the consequences of toxic chemicals barely exist. Therefore, the impact of

toxic chemicals in the ROW is negligible. However, this issue should still be taken care of at

some places in the ROW to minimize the risk to workers.

However, this project is proposed to construct in the existing ROW of the transmission line

and current status of land use within the ROW is using mainly for agricultural production.

Thus, the remnant explosive within project area is assessed low. And risk of collision with

these remnant explosive may occur at foundation excavation only. SPMB has sent documents

to the Military Headquarters of Long An and Tien Giang provinces to consult on the

detection of mines and explosives in the Project area of Rehabilitation and Upgradding220kV

Phu Lam – Cai Lay No.2 Transmission line and received written feedback about guidance on

demining. Therefore, the risk from unexploded bomb and mine in the War at Project area will

be minimized.

h) The other socio-economic impacts

Impact on business and service activities:

The construction of the TL crossover low-voltage TLs and communication lines may

interrupt information or power provided services. However, the design as well as construction

organization will be considered to ensure safe conditions. Thus, this impact will be

minimized. If there is disruption of the mentioned services above, it is only temporarily effect

during the pulling process, and these effects last about 1-2 hours at each crossover location

only. In addition, excavation and construction foundations in residential areas likely to impact

the water supply lines which affect water service. Therefore, prior to construction period,

construction units have to carry out consultations local authorities and such service agencies

to prepare plan dealing with the unexpected situations.

Disturb the lives of locals:

The Project construction which requires a large number of workers on site, combined with

the utilization of space for the construction site will affect the activities of the people living

along the project such as disturbing accustomed life, affecting law and security in the local

area, causing local pollution in the project area.

Spread epidemics:

Due to poor sanitary conditions and the contacts between locals and construction workers, the

infection can be transmitted from workers to locals and vice versa. However, the level of

disease transmission will not be high because the construction team will be propagated and

guided on disease prevention measures, the construction contractor will ensure sanitary

conditions for workers, and most communes in the project area have clinics.





Conflicts between construction workers and locals:

In many projects in which the number of workers is large, especially workers who are not

locals, conflict has arisen between workers and the locals. Due to differences in cultural

behavior, construction workers may violate local regulations. The estimated total number of

Project’s workers is 200 people (each execution unit in section I has 35 people, each

execution unit in section II has 65 people) of which 30% is local labor, thus this type of

impact would be minimized.

3.1.2.4. Objects and scale of impacts in the construction phase

Basing on the analysis of possible sources of impact, we can fully and accurately identify

natural and socio-economic objects which are likely to be affected by the construction and

installation of the project as follows:

Table 3.19: Objects and scale of impacts in the construction phase

No Objects Reason Scale

1 Air

environment

Diffuse dust from

excavation, grading,

construction and

transportation.

Time: Construction duration (1 - 2 months/

position)

Level: Medium

Scope: Local area (construction site and

transportation roads)

Kind of impact: Direct

Possibility: High

Dust and exhaust

gases from vehicles,

machinery and

generators.


position)

Level: Medium




Possibility: High

Noise from vehicles,

machinery and

generators.


position)

Level: Medium




Possibility: High

2 Surface water

environment

Domestic waste

water of workers


position)

Level: Low

Scope: Local area (camps)


Possibility: High

Construction waste

water (water used for


position)






cleaning machines,

equipments and

water from

foundation’s pit)

Level: Low

Scope: Local area (construction site,

warehouses)


Possibility: High

Domestic and

construction solid

waste


position)

Level: Low


warehouses, camps)

Kind of impact: Indirect

Possibility: High

Disrupt top soil’s

structure leading to

sand entrained by

overflow rainwater


position)

Level: Medium

Scope: Local area (construction site)


Possibility: High

Waste oil Time: Construction duration (1 - 2 months/

position)

Level: Medium


warehouse)


Possibility: Low

3 Soil and

underground

water

environment

Sewage water and

waste water from

construction (water

used for cleaning

machines,

equipments and

water from

foundation’s pit)


position)

Level: Low


camps)


Possibility: High

Domestic and

construction SW


position)

Level: Low


warehouses and camps)


Possibility: High

Disrupt top soil’s

structure leading to







sand entrained by

overflow rainwater

position)

Level: Medium



Possibility: High

Waste oil Time: Construction duration (1 - 2 months/

position)

Level: Medium


warehouses)


Possibility: Low

Landslide Time: Construction duration (1 - 2 months/

position)

Level: Medium



Possibility: Medium

Biological

resources

Diffuse dust, waste

gases from vehicles


position)

Level: Low




Possibility: Low

Socio-economy Flood Time: Construction duration (1 - 2 months/

position)

Level: Low


warehouses)


Possibility: Low

Obstruct local traffic Time: Construction duration (1 - 2 months/

position)

Level: Low


warehouses)


Possibility: Medium

Conflicts between Time: Construction duration (1 - 2 months/






construction workers

and locals

position)

Level: Low


camps)


Possibility: Low

Industrial and traffic

accidents


position)

Level: Medium


camps)


Possibility: Low

3.1.3. Impact Assessment in Operation Phase

3.1.3.1. Sources of impacts in the operation phase

The project’s activity is to transmit power at 220kV-level from 500kV Phu Lam Substation to

220kV Long An Substation and Cai Lay 220kV substation. Therefore, when the

Rehabilitation and Upgradding220kV TL is put into operation, it will help to upgrade the

power supply infrastructure for the local area, make sure the continuous power supply, create

favorable conditions for the production of the local areas, bringing socio-economic benefit

for the Project area. Since there is no production activity generating waste, during the

operation phase the impacts on the natural environment and socio-economy are mostly

positive, the negative impacts in this phase are almost negligible which are described as

follows:

Table 3.20: Sources of environmental impacts in operational phase

No. Activities Sources of impacts Impacts

A. Sources of impacts related to waste

1 Protect the

ROW

Cutting trees that

infringing safe distance

+ SW from vegetation may impact on

soil and water environment

2 Inspection,

maintenance

Replaced damaged

equipment

+ Generate industrial solid waste.

B. Sources of impacts non-related to waste

1 Protect the

ROW

Cutting trees that

infringing safe distance

+ Impact on flora and ecological

environment

2 Transmits

power EMF around the TL

+ Impacts on health due to EMF.

+ Impacts of EMF on communication

systems.

3.1.3.2. Impact Assessment from sources related to waste

a) Solid waste due to cutting and pruning trees within the ROW





In operation phase, to ensure safety for the ROW, the operator unit will be check the ROW

periodically and cut, prune of branches and tops which are infringing safe distance or may be

broken. Cutting and pruning activities will generate a volume of waste has flora origin. This SW is

decomposited easily in a short time, so it is not danger for the environment. However, if such

branches are not collected and appropriate treated, they will affect environmental sanitation.

Especially in rainy season, leaves will be decomposed rapidly causing unsanitary conditions or

entrained by overflow rainwater causing clogged drainage system. In dry season, leaves and

branches are not concerned fire source.

The route has a total length of 71.83 km which traverses the vicinity of Ho Chi Minh City and

Long An and Tien Giang provinces. The route traverses mainly agricultural cultivation which most

of paddy field and orchards. Areas of paddy field and crops have no ability to infringe safe distance

to power conductor towards vertical side. Areas of orchards have ability to infring safe distance

of the route are sections traversing fruit trees and melaleuca growing areas. The whole route

has 17,130 m go across orchards, and 1,950 m go across melaleuca area. However, cutting

and pruning trees within the ROW at stringing section on the existing towers of the Phu Lam

– O Mon 500kV TL from G1 to G7are belonged to the Phu Lam – O Mon 500kV TL project.

Thus, the route has 15,480 m traverse orchards which have potential to infringe safe distance

to the conductor.

In addition, trees have ability to exceed the safe height are focused in the middle area of

tower span where the distance between the wire and the ground is lowest. Thus, the area in

the middle of tower span with a length is approximately half of tower span is the area that

potentially infringing safe height by vegetation. And total length of the route will be

inspected, trim or prune trees regularly is 7,740m. The area needs to trim or prune trees in the

ROW is 16.76ha. The number of trees needed pruning cut tree is estimated to be 8,379. It is

supposed weight trimming branches and tops should cut is 5kg/tree/ every 3 months. Volume

of branches and tops need to cut is approximately 41.9tonnes every 3 months, equivalent to

14tonnes/month. However, area with tree infringing safe distances is mostly rural area so the

tree will be utilized fully for firewood, volume of leaves and twigs remains very low.

b) SW arising due to replacement damaged equipment

During operational phase, the operational staffs will often check to detect the damaged equipment

and replace promptly to prevent incidents; and conduct maintenance and repair periodically TL

when the problem occurred. The repair and replacement equipment on the route will generate a

large amount of industrial equipment from damaged ones.

However, the 220kV TL was designed with working life more than 30 years, in normally

operational conditions, steel towers and conductors may be used over 30 years which do not

required replacement. Some equipment and accessories on the route may be damaged before the

terms due to impacts of weather factors such as insulators, strings, etc. The volume of this SW arise

very low estimated 80kg/month. The equipment and accessories on the route not contain hazardous

material, thus equipment failure should be considered as normal industrial SW. All the damaged

accessories and equipment are collected and transported on the East Power Transmission 2 to serve

inventory. From here, the damaged equipment is classified, stored and transport processed

periodically.

3.1.3.2. Impact Assessment from sources not related to waste

a) Impact on the flora and ecology by cutting and pruning trees within the ROW

Similarly clearance activities in preparatory phase of construction, the cutting and pruning trees

within the ROW will also effect flora leading to ecological impacts in area close pruning. However,

trimming trees which infring safe distance to the route only performed in the fruit-growing areas





within the corridor. Specificly, length of the route passing through the fruit trees need pruning is

15,480m. This is the garden ecosystem with flora is pure fruit species in the Mekong Delta.

Therefore, cutting and pruning activities in the ROW only effect the plant underneath the

route, does not effect the natural ecosystem. In these areas, there are no wild animals. Bird

populations in the project area is the most common birds in the garden. Group of amphibians

and reptiles in the region mostly fairy common species of garden ecology and plant field.

Populations of these species are mostly not effected by cutting and pruning trees activities.

b) Electric field around the TL

The electric field intensity around the TL:

The electromagnetic field is a special existence of matter, characterized by a set of electric

and magnetic properties. The basic parameters indicating the characteristics of the

electromagnetic field are frequency, wavelength and propagation speed.

Around the current – carrying conductor, exists simultaneously an electric field and a

magnetic field. For direct current, these fields do not depend on each other, but for alternating

current, these fields are closely related to each other and form a unified electromagnetic field.

The current-carrying conductor will generate a concentric magnetic field. Amplitude of the

magnetic field is proportional to current’s amplitude and inversely proportional to the

distance from the conductor. Magnetic field of many conductors is stacked into a common

one in the area around.

750kV distribution equipment’s magnetic field intensity is about 20-25A/m. The negative

effects of industrial frequency current’s electromagnetic fields are shown only in the

magnetic field intensity of 150 ÷ 200 Am, so the risk assessment of electromagnetic fields

from high voltage network shall be conducted mainly by the electric field intensity.

Thus, around the 220kV Phu Lam – Cai Lay 2 TL exists an electric field. Electromagnetic

field intensity of the 220kV TL is calculated by the Japanese CRIMAG model. Basing on

tower diagrams and distance from the lowest point of the conductors to the ground,

considering the influence of the heaviest electric field intensity, the influence of the

electromagnetic field under the ROW diagrams are calculated with typical column 220kV

double circuits in positive phase and reverse-phase, the distance from the lowest point of the

wire to calculated ground are from 7 to 10 meters.

Through simulations calculating the electric field intensity in the surroundings under the TL,

we chart the electric field intensity in 1 meter height from the ground, in which:

- Vertical axis: intensity of the electric field E (kV m).

- Horizontal axis: the horizontal distance (m) of the line. Coordinates X = 0 (m) in the

transmission line’s middle.

- Chart lines of safe distance from the wire to the ground (Hat = 7m ÷ 10m).





Figure 3.3: Diagram of EMF distribution under 220kV TL (double circuit, positive phase)

Figure 3.4: Diagram of EMF distribution under 220kV TL (double circuit, reverse phase)

According to the requirements of the Decree 81/2009/ND-CP, electric field intensity should

be ≤ 5kV/m at any point outside the house at 1m height from the ground and ≤ 1 kV/m at

any point inside the house at 1m height from the ground.

According to the designed height of towers of the route, distance from the lowest of

conductor in the maximum sagging state to the ground is not less than 8 m at area has no

people to live and not less than 18 m at residential area. Thus, considering the results

calculated intensity at 1m height when the distance from the conductor to ground H =8m, the

electric field intensity at the edge of ROW < 5 kV/m, reaching a maximum value allowed as

Phân bố cường độ điện trường cách đất 1 m

Đường dây 220kV (2 mạch bố trí thuận pha)

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

-30 -28 -26 -24 -22 -20 -18 -16 -14 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30

X(m)

E(k

V/m

)

Hat = 7m

Hat = 8m

Hat = 9m

Hat = 10m

Phân bố cường độ điện trường cách đất 1 m

Đường dây 220kV (2 mạch bố trí ngược pha)

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

-30 -28 -26 -24 -22 -20 -18 -16 -14 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30

X(m)

E(k

V/m

)

Hat = 7m

Hat = 8m

Hat = 9m

Hat = 10m





stipulated at Paragraph 4, Article 1 of Decree 81/2009/ND-CP that the electric field intensity

at any point outside the house at 1m height from the ground must be ≤ 5kV / m.

For the stringing conductor section on the existing towers of Phu Lam – O Mon 500kV TL (after

stringing this section is mixed three-circuit TL with one circuit 500kV and double-circuit 220kV)

and crossovers with other high-voltage TL, value of the EMF underneath the ROW is value has

electromagnetic interference of all power routes. Value of EMF within the ROW of mixed three-

circuit section and typical crossovers are calculted as below.

Figure 3.5: Diagram of EMF distribution under mixed three –circuit of 500kV and 220kV

TL

Figure 3.6: Diagram of EMF distribution under intersection of 220kV and 110kV TL

At the stringing conductor section on the existing towers of Phu Lam – O Mon 500kV TL, because

the distance from the lowest conductor to the ground is designed vastly large as 25.5 meters and

layouted reverse-phase so the maximum EMF underneath the route at measured position 1meter

above the ground is very low as 0.64 kV/m. The maximum EMF value within the ROW at

crossover with 110kV TL is 0.92 kV/m. Therefore, value of EMF within the ROW of 220kV TL at

this section and crossovers with other high-voltage TL are all smaller than 5 kV/m.





Impact on human health:

Low-frequency electric field affects the charge distribution at the surface of the conductive

muscle and causes electric current in the body. The intensity of the induced current depends

on the intensity of the external magnetic field and the size of the current loop in the body.

When the current is strong enough, it can cause nerve or muscle stimulation. The research on

environmental safety related to transmission system showed that electric and magnetic fields

generated by the high and ultra-high voltage equipments can cause adverse effects for human

health and ecology including:

- Extremely low frequency electromagnetic field.

- Electrostatic induction and electromagnetic induction.

- The propagation of tension on the ground of transmission lines and substations.

- The impact of technical interfere from electromagnetic field and transmission line.

So far, there have been many studies on the impact of low-frequency electromagnetic fields

caused by high-voltage transmission lines, especially the meticulously compiled monograph

published in 2007 by WHO which used 1,093 references of 683 authors, mostly from 1990 to

2007, represents the entire understanding of the impacts from electromagnetic field of high-

voltage transmission lines to human. However, the specific manifestation, level of impact,

and mechanism as well as harm threshold of high-voltage TL’s electromagnetic fields to

human have not yet been confirmed.

Although the results showed that the impacts do exist, the evidence is not clear enough.

Among the studies, impact on cardiovascular function is carefully considered. There are

"Research at the cellular level, Experimental research on animals, Research in labs and on

human body, Epidemiological study on the population." Results show that in all cases there is

no significant risk indicating signs of an increased risk of atherosclerosis or chronic coronary

disease (some cases only show that there is a phenomenon of cardiovascular disorders at the

transmission line workers who contact directly with high voltage current). At the same time,

the research results published concerning the effects of electromagnetic fields on cells,

tissues, organs (including of human) do not demonstrate a danger to human health. Till now,

there has been no convincing or reasonable evidence showing that electromagnetic fields may

cause cancer, have impact on nerve and reproduction, etc.

However, the International Society for Prevention of Radiation (IRPA) and the World Health

Organization (WHO) has recommended:

- Working under ultra-high voltage TL’s electric field have to use protective equipment

and clothing.

- In the absence of adequate findings of harm threshold, contact with the intensity of 10

kV/m should be limited.

According to EVN’s "Electrical safety procedures" issued along with Decision 1186/QD-

EVN dated December 07, 2011, allowing working hour in a day allowed depends on the

electric field intensity as follows:

Table 3.21: Electric field intensity and Working hours allowed in 1 day (24hours)

Electric field

intensity (kV/m) <5 5 8 10 12 15 18 20 25 >25

Allowed working Unlimited 8 4.25 3 2.2 1.33 0.8 0.5 1/6 0





hours in 1 day

Source: Table 1, Appendix 14 - Electrical safety procedures, issued along with Decision

1186/QD-EVN.

So, in the case that the 220kV TL is operated, and maintained well to ensure the safety in the

ROW, the distance from the lowest point of the conductor at the maximum deflection to the

natural ground and safe discharge distance are guaranteed according to Decree 106/2005/ND-

CP, Decree 81/2009/ND-CP, the electromagnetic field of the TL will not affect health of

population at ROW’s either side as well as the electric field intensity is <5 kV/m at any point

outside the edge of ROW at 1m height from the ground.

Impact on other transmission lines:

The 220kV transmission line goes through the agricultural and some residential areas in Ho

Chi Minh City and the provinces of Long An and Tien Giang. According to design, 220kV

TL crosses some TLs in the region as follows:

- Cross the existing 500kV Nha Be – Phu Lam TL: 01 time.

- Cross the existing 500kV Nha Be – O Mon: 01time.

- Cross the existing 220kV TL: 01 time.

- Cross the existing 110kV My Tho – Cai Lay: 01 time.

- Cross the existing medium and low voltage TL: 134 times.

The stringing in the crossover position may affect the operation of other transmission lines. If

safe distance at crossover position is not large enough, TLs will influence each other in the

operation process. However, in the process of design and construction, the crossover position

has been processed to ensure the safety distance according to Electrical Equipment Code so

that the magnetic fields of 220kV TL will not affect other TLs in the region.

Electromagnetic field’s impact on communication systems:

The phenomenon of corona discharge on the surface of conductors and electrical equipments

of high-voltage electrical system causes disturbance to the communication lines and

equipments (radio, television, the measuring circuit, the control signal within its sphere of

influence).

When there is a short circuit incident, the induced voltage on the communication line reaches

a high number endangering the operators and equipment. Also, when there is line-to-earth

short circuit there may be impacts sheath of communication cables, control cables, low

voltage cables because the insulation of these cables is very low (about 1000 - 2000V). If the

impact is too high, insulators may be damaged and lead to incidents on communication

network and signal or low-voltage grid.

Accordingly, affected communication systems include nearby or crossing communication lines and

radio center. However, this was calculated to ensure the current rules so this impact is insignificant.

Effect of corona phenomenon on the TL to the radio equipments and televisions was designed at a

reasonable extent and comply with the IEC and QCVN standards.

3.1.3.3. Objects and scale of impacts in operation phase

As mentioned above, 220kV Phu Lam – Cai Lay No.2 TL’s operation will bring enormous

benefits. Direct beneficiaries of this project are local people and the production activities in

the region. If an incident occurs on the grid production activities in the region will be affected





as well. However, this Project is being constructed complying with the standard of electrical

safety, then the possibility of any incidents is very low.

Table 3.22: Objects and scale of impacts in operation phase

Objects Reason Scale

Ecology Cutting and trimming

trees within the ROW

Time: Operation duration

Level: Low

Scope: Local area (the ROW)


Possibility: High

Socio-economy Impacts of

electromagnetic field


Level: Low



Possibility: Low

Accident, electric

shock, fire incident.


Level: Medium



Possibility: Low

3.1.4. Impacts of Risks and Incidents

3.1.4.1. The risks in the construction phase

a) Labor accidents

Labor accident is a potential risk during the construction phase for any construction work.

For high-voltage work, there are some construction sites have low terrain; and works in

height such as erecting towers, stringing conductor, lifting heavy equipments are dangerous

works which require strictly safe working conditions. Labor accident is not influenced on

environmental components but it may make a huge impact on the project.

Labor accidents may impact directly on the health of laborers. Minor labor accident included

concussions, fainting due to colliding and slipping while working in height and may be

recovered after a period of treatment. Healthy attenuation due to labor accident will lead to

reduced or completely lost working capacity which affects the victim lives, and cause burden

to their families and the society. Especially, while the victims were the main laborers of their

families, then the impact will be more serious.

For the project, labor accidents may delay the progress of project implementation due to lost

labor. Particularly, an occurrence of labor accident will affect the psychology of laborers and

reduce working productivity. Overall, implication on socio-economic due to labor accident is

quite large. Level of impact depends on level of severity of the accident. Therefore, the

project owner should strictly comply with regulations on labor safety to minimize damage for

the project as well as for society.

b) Risk of fire





During construction phase, fire incident is also a potential risk related to the use and storage

of fuel to serve for construction equipment. Fire incidents can cause more damage to people

and property during construction. For high-voltage construction works, fuel is used for the

construction equipment only with no large volume. Thus, in the construction phase, fire

incident (if any) is partial fire and can be controlled in time. These fires may cause some

damage to vehicles or burn directly labor who use burned vehicles.

However, the work is being constructed in west area of Ho Chi Minh city and Mekong Delta,

most of construction sites for new tower foundations and temporary storage yards are located

in paddy field which has no possibility to spread fire. However, the project does have 48

construction positions in orchards. When there is a fire incident at the construction site near

the garden, if the local fire works are not controlled in time, they will ease to spread the

conflagration because the surrounding trees are easily catch fire and spread. Especially in dry

season, dry leaves are a very flammable source. As the fire spreads beyond the scope of the

project, it is difficult to control and it could cause great damage which can not foresee.

Firstly, it will damage of burned trees, then there are works within fire area and in case of

more severe damage, they may injure humans. Therefore, the project owner should strictly

comply with regulations on protection and firefighting, equip fully protection and firefighting

devices to control promptly newly formed fire.

c) Risk of traffic accident

Project location is located towards west of Ho Chi Minh city and Mekong Delta, density of

traffic on the surrounding routes of upgrading section is not high, so impact of traffic accident

is not large. Traffic accident (if any) within project area is identified mainly by roads lead to

construction positions are narrow, while cause due to collision with other vehicles is very

low. Thus, if there is an accident, then it influences mostly on itself. The location of the

storage yard will be selected near the National Highway and Provincial road so the possibility

of traffic congestion is very low. In addition, transit routes from storage yards to tower

foundation locations are narrow and small but the transportation volume to each location is

not large, so the possibility of accident is very low.

However, the route has some tower foundations in the area of fish ponds and rivers corridor.

The transportation by motorized vehicles to these positions may easily to cause accidents by

using the narrow soil road especially in rainy season, soil road is slippery. When accidents

occur during transportation, the amount of material spilled from the accident vehicles can

affect the environment because rain water awashed this material into the surrounding fields,

fish ponds or water environment. The volume of construction equipment at each foundation

position is not large, and the number of vehicles gathered at each location is not large, thus,

impact due to traffic accidents is negligible.

3.1.4.2. The operational phase

a) Risk of fallen high-voltage tower

High-voltage towers on the route of 220kV TL may fall due to lightning, wind, storms, or

weak foundation, especially towers in the area along river can easily be victims of landslides.

Firstly, fallen high-voltage tower will impact the objects around the tower foundation within

an area has a radius equally with the tower height. In the ROW of the TL, there are mostly

rice fields, orchards, fish ponds, thus this risk will cause fallen plants due to crushing by the

weight of the fallen tower. The damage assessed is not large. Particularly, at section where it

traverses residential area of Tan An city, risks of fallen tower (if any) will impact significant

on houses and works of the local people who living around the tower foundation. Towers

which may fall in this area cause severe damage for houses Also, this risk will cause larger





impact on the socio-economy as outages. When the tower falls or any incident of power grid,

safety relay will be switched off automatically to prevent electric shock and discharge

incidents due to circuits touching. The grid will be broken mesh and deactivated during

troubleshooting. This will be disrupted power supply which affects production and other

socio-economic activities in the load area.

However, designing and supervising construction will be implemented well to ensure all

safety standards. Tower foundations are designed basing on topography, geography, and

meteorology-hydrology conditions in the area, thus it is guaranteed to withstand impacts of

natural factors in the region in accordance with the natural law which were recorded within

20 years. Therefore, although the impact of incidents of downed electric towers are high, the

possibility of this incident is very low.

b) Risk of electric shock

Risks of electric shock due to high-voltage works have two kinds. First electric shock due to

direct contact with conductive devices of high-voltage work. Secondly, electric shock due to

induction shock by appearance of voltage which is named electrostatic induction on objects

have the capacity of electric conduction placed near high-voltage equipment.

Direct electric shock may occur because the divide is damaged after its use for a period which

does not guarantee safety standards, the protection device is not successfully operated or

operation workers violate safety rules in repair, preservation, and maintenance of electrical

equipment on the route. The scale of this risk affected by limited in site and direct labor who

caused the incident. This incident is very dangerous which may cause fatal or permanent

injury to people with an electric shock. However, to ensure the safety power grid is equipped

protection relays which are switched off automatically when there is incident. Hence, electric

shock will be minimized.

Inducing electric shock often occurs with households live within the ROW but their houses

are not carried out earthling roof. Inducing voltage in electrostatic induction phenomenon is

quite large but actual current is quite small. Normally, this electric current is not enough to

cause fatal accident but causes panic, fear and discomfort for people

In the designing process, safety issues are concerned carefully, power grid is designed to

ensure safety regulations and support earthing roof for houses within the ROW. Thus, electric

shock will be minimized if people comply with safety regulations.

c) Lightning

The TL may be affected by direct or transmitted lightning. Great intensity of lightning

currents can cut and damage the TL. However, to ensure the grid’s safety, earth wires are

installed in the TL. To protect against direct lightning, 2 earth wires are installed all along the

TL. All of the towers are grounded, in accordance with the soil resistivity of the area that TL

passing through, ensure the grounding resistivity pursuant to current regulations.

The Project has been designed with lightning protection pursuant to QCVN. Normally, this

problem may not occur. On the other hand, the device can be damaged over time or due to

weather conditions, then the problem can occur. So the periodic inspection and test should be

paid attention to after flooding or heavy rainstorms.

d) The risk of natural disasters (earthquakes, floods ...)

In fact in designing the Project was based on the standards of construction safety, electrical

safety and the local series data of nature over the last 20 years. The Project was designed in

high-risk in terms of local natural disaster. So, incidents are not likely to happen except for





unusual circumstances.

3.1.5. Overall impact assessment

For an overview of the environmental impact as well as the impact of the entire project, the

environmental impact assessment of the project was based on methods of listing, grading and

represented in the matrix form. The vertical axis of environmental impact assessment matrix

lists the activities of the project and the horizontal axis lists the environmental aspects

affected by the project activities. The level of impact is shown in the cross-cell between

environmental aspects and the project activities. There has 4 levels of impact from “do not

affect” to “servelyaffect” with the correlative impact score from 0 to 3. The level of impact of

each activity to each environmental aspect is determined basing on the results of the

environmental impact assessment shown above. The overall impact from each project activity

is the average level of impact to each environmental aspect. The results of overall

environmental impact assessment are shown in the table below.

Table 3.23: Overall Project‘s environmental and socio-economic impacts

No Activities

Impact

Air Water Soil Biological

resource Health

Socio-

economy Overall

I Preparation phase

1.2 Selecting location 0 0 0 0 0 1 0.17

1.3 Acquisition land 0 0 0 1 0 2 0.50

II Construction phase

2.1 Excavating; leveling 3 2 2 1 2 2 2.00

2.2 Constructing 2 2 1 1 2 1 1.50

2.3

Transporting equipments

and materials used for

Project (cement, stone,

soil, steel, equipments,

fittings,…).

2 0 1 1 1 2 1.17

2.4 Storing materials and fuel

used for Project. 1 1 2 0 1 1 1.00

2.5 Workers’ lives. 0 2 2 0 0 1 0.83

III Operation phase

3.1 Secure the ROW 0 0 0 1 0 1 0.33

3.2 Operating, repairing and

maintaining the TL 1 0 0 1 1 1 0.67

Notes:

− 0 Do not affect

− 1 Slightly affect

− 2 Moderately affect





− 3 Severely affect

Summary of Project’s environmental and socio-economic impacts shows that the

environmental and socio-economic impacts from activities of Project’s preparation and

operation phases are low and impacts from activities of construction phase are from low to

moderate. These impacts can be limited by measures to control pollution and minimize

environmental impacts which are presented in Chapter 4 of this report.

3.2. COMMENTS ON GRANULARITY AND REALIBILITY OF ASSESSMENTS

To assess "Rehabilitation and Upgrading 220kV Phu Lam – Cai Lay No.2 TL" Project’s

impacts on the environment, the EIA methods described in the preamble are used in this

report. The evaluation methods used are reliable because these scientific methods are widely

used in the EIA for projects in the world and in our country. Some comments on the level of

detail, the reliability of the evaluation are as follows:

1/ Check list

Sources of available information to serve this method are taken from the survey reports,

technical reports, feasibility study and description of construction of the project was carried

out by PECC2 which is also the organization to prepare the EIA report for the project.

Therefore, the information input source is quite complete and detailed to help fully listing out

project activities.

The report lists out activities of the project then identifies and lists out sources as well as the

environmental impacts of the project. Results are showed in tables which help to identify and

classify the different impacts on the environment and specify the direction of research.

Thanks to full and detail information input source combined with the experience of

professionals who have many years of experience in field of power transmission and

environment, then the reliability of this method is quite high.

2/ Matrix

From the evaluated environmental impact correlative with Project’s activities which are

identified by listing method, environmental impacts of the project are listed out

simultaneously with categories of project activities, a matrix is formed with the vertical axis

is the activities of the Project, while the horizontal axis is the environmental impact. Since

then, the causal relationship between the activity and the effects were shown simultaneously,

cells located between the rows and columns of the matrix will be used to indicate possible

impacts. Level of environmental impact from each activity of the project will be identified by

experts of the project. Results are showed in tables, general environmental and socio-

economic impacts of Projects. However, this evaluation method is only semi-quantitative or

qualitative, basing on people's subjective evaluation. Therefore, granularity and the reliability

of this method is assessed at average level.

3/ Rapid Assessment

In the report, it is used a number of WHO’s principles such as diesel’s exhaust gas generation

coefficient, pollutants load in sewage water to calculate pollutants’ concentration in sewage

water; Using some estimated results to quickly assess the sources of solid waste and

hazardous waste generated from activities of the Project. Construction quantities in

construction phase and operational scale in operational phase are main information input

which are used in this method.

This method is widely used around the world to list and identify sources of pollution. This

method is used in many countries and also in Vietnam. Information input for this method is





quite reliable. However, relying on WHO’s pollution coefficient is not really set in

accordance with the conditions of Vietnam. Therefore, this method gives out results that has

granularity and reliability at average level.

4/ Modeling:

The report uses empirical equations, the mathematical model of the authors in the country

and abroad to calculate, forecast load of dust from excavation and landfill; noise level of

equipments depending on distance to noise source; electric field distributed around the TL.

The accuracy of the method depends on many objectives

Many meteorological and specific parameters in project area have not been studied. Thus,

some information input of modeling are chosen by experience, average or reference value at

the same areas, then results of modeling have reliability at average level.

5/ Remote and GIS:

The report is used satellite images in the project area, combined with GIS software (Acview,

MapInfo ...) to assess the current state of vegetation, river and stream systems and

determinate correlation position of the project with other natural and socio-economic objects.

Satellite images are served by this method taken from Google maps. Satellite images in the

project area do not have high-resolution, then image interpretation results should only be used

to aim field methods. This method should be used in conjunction with field results to give

accurate results. Thus, granularity and reliability of this method is assessed at average level.

6/ Experts

Some comments on the sources of pollution, environmental impacts were empirically

evaluated combined with the overall observe between natural, socio-economic conditions and

the Project’s characteristics and size. The results of this method are used for the application

of calculation models, applicable standards and materials in the report. The assessment is

based on the experience of experts with years of work in the field of electrical engineering

and the environment so the reliability of this method is relatively high.

Table 3.24: The reability of assessment methods.

No. Methods Reliability

Low Medium High

1 Listing x

2 Matrix x

3 Rapid assessment x

4 Modeling x

5 Remote and GIS x

6 Expert x





Chapter 4

MEASURES FOR MITIGATING NEGATIVE IMPACTS AND PREVENTING

ENVIRONMENTAL PROBLEMS

The project’s impacts on natural resources, environment and socio-economic development

are evaluated and analyzed in details for various stages of implementation as mentioned in

Chapter 3.

With regard to the project’s negative impacts, in process of preparation, construction as well

as operation, SPMB together with contractors and engineering consulting companies shall

concentrate on establishing methods to minimize and overcome negative impacts for various

phases of the project’s implementation. Details of such methods shall be shown and

mentioned in this chapter in according to the following steps:

- Minimizing and overcoming negative impacts at the preparation phase

- Minimizing and overcoming negative impacts at the construction phase

- Minimizing and overcoming negative impacts at the operation phase.

4.1. MEASUREMENTS FOR PREVENTION AND MITIGATION PROJECT’S

NEGATIVE IMPACT

4.1.1. The Preparation Phase

4.1.1.1. Minimizing impacts of the project location

In order to minimize the impacts, the engineering consulting unit performed surveys and

collected opinions of local communities, especially opinions of people living within the

safety corridors of transmission line to design the optimal project that shall minimize losses

of trees, houses, land, buildings, infrastructure system,… and comply with the local planning

and local policies of socio-economic development.

Accordingly, the Project’s total length is 71.83km passing through t Binh Tan and Binh

Chanh districts - Ho Chi Minh City, Ben Luc and Thu Thua districts and Tan An City - Long

An Province, Chau Thanh, Cai Lay districts - Tien Giang Province. To minimize the impact

of the Project in the section passing residential areas in Ho Chi Minh City and Ben Luc

district, the 2.82km section from busbar of 220kV Phu Lam substation to G1 (tower No.9B)

will be maintained, the 23.63km section from G1 (tower No.9B at Tan Tao ward, Tan Binh

district, HCM City) to G7 (tower No.61 at Nhi Thanh commune, Thu Thua district, Long An

Province) will be strung on the existing towers of Phu Lam – O Mon 500kV TL.

The rehabilitation section’s length is 45.38km starts from G7 (tower No.61 at Nhi Thanh

commune, Thu Thua district, Long An Province) to busbar of Cai Lay SS (Nhi My commune,

Cai Lay district, Tien Giang Province). The expected temporarily requisitioned for area

construction site and permanently requisitioned area for foundations are mostly agricultural

land and a small part of residential land with no houses or other structures. Vegetation in

these areas consists of mainly rice, vegetables, fruit trees, and weeds. The Project’s alignment

has been agreed in these following documents:

- Document No.747/SCT-QLNL dated 27/06/2011 of Department of Industry and Trade

Tien Giang Province agreeing alignment of the Project “Rehabilitation and Upgrading the

220kV Phu Lam Road - Cai Lay 2 TL” – section passing Tien Giang Province.





- Document No. 2071/UBND-CN dated 30/06/2011 of the Long An Province People's

Committee agreeing alignment of the Project “Rehabilitation and Upgrading the 220kV Phu

Lam Road - Cai Lay 2 TL” – section passing Long An Province.

- Document No.1355/UBND dated 14/11/2011 of Binh Tan district agreeing alignment of

the Project “Rehabilitation and Upgrading the 220kV Phu Lam Road - Cai Lay 2 TL” –

section passing Binh Tan district.

- Document No.117/UBND dated 31/01/2012 of Binh Chanh District People's Committee

district agreeing alignment of the Project “Rehabilitation and Upgrading the 220kV Phu Lam

Road - Cai Lay 2 TL” – section passing Binh Chanh district.

The chosen location of the project is the most optimal one to minimize the impacts on living

conditions of local people as well as socio-economic issues at regions that the project shall go

through. The project’s location did not have impacts on the national security and defense,

telecommunication system as well as sensitive regions as mentioned in Item 3.1.1.1 of this

report. Moreover, the 220kV transmission line shall also contribute to improve infrastructure

for regional power supply, ensure stable power supply for production activities, socio-

economic development at the local regions.

4.1.1.2. Minimizing impacts of land acquisition

As mentioned in Chapter 3, the project’s operation shall not inevitably avoid acquisition of

land for construction of tower foundations that may affect on the local people’s use of land.

However, There is no resettlement of households in the Project. The land acquisition only

will affect the farming area of people. 60 houses have to be grounded while 15 thatched

houses have to be grounded and renovated (roofs only). In order to minimize impacts on the

affected households as well as socio-economic issues, SPMB has carried out detailed studies

of areas of acquired land, quantity of households affected by the project, policies and cost of

compensation, support, plans of relocated farming.

a) Legal framework and compensation and support policies

The legality, policies, plans of compensation and support for re-farming, resettlement was

proposed and summarized as follows:

Legal base of Vietnam government

Laws, Decrees and relevant guidelines are applicable to the project as follows:

- Law on land 2003 (approved on 26/11/2003 by the National Assembly);

- Decree No.106/2005/NĐ-CP dated 7/8/2005 providing directions and guidances for

implementation of some articles of Electricity Law on safety protection of HV power;


articles of Decree No. 106/2005/NĐ-CP (Decree 81);

- Decree No.188/2004/ND-CP dated 16/11/2004 on methods to determine prices and

frameworks of land price at various regions and types of land;


articles of Decree No. 188/2004/NĐ-CP;

- Decree No.197/2004/NĐ-CP dated 03/12/2004 on compensation, support and

resettlement in some cases of which land are acquired by the Government (Decree 197);





- Decree No.69/2009/NĐ-CP dated 13/8/2009 providing additional regulations on of land-

use planning, land prices, land acquisition, compensation and support of resettlement (Decree

69);

- Decree No.84/2007/NĐ-CP dated 25/05/2007 providing additional regulations on

issuance of certificate of land use right, sequence and procedure of compensation and support

of resettlement when land is acquired by the State, and settlement of complaints on land

(Decree 84);

- Circular No.116/2004/TT-BTC dated 07/12/2004 issued by the Ministry of Finance

providing directions and guildances for implementation of the Decree 197/2004/NĐ-CP;

- Circular No.14/2009/TT-BTNMT issued by the Ministry of Resources and Environment

dated 01/10/2009 providing regulations on compensation and support of resettlement,

sequences and procedures of land acquisition, land allocation and land lease;

- Decree No.06/2007/TT-BTNMT dated 02/07/2007 issued by the Ministry of Resources

and Environment providing directions and guildances for implementation of some articles of

Decree No. 84/2007/NĐ-CP;

- Decree No.145/2007/TT–BTC dated 06/12/2007 issued by the Ministry of Finance

providing directions and guildances for implementation of Decrees No. 188/2004/NĐ–CP

and 123/2007/NĐ–CP;

- Decree No.57/2010/TT-BTC dated 16/4/2010 issued by the Ministry of Finance

regulating estimation, use and settlement of cost for implementation of compensation and

support of resettlement when land is acquired by the State.

Current decisions of Ho Chi Minh City, Long An and Tien Giang People’s Committees:

- Decision No.35/2010/QD-UBND dated 28/05/2010 of Ho Chi Minh City People's

Committee promulgating the regulation on policies of compensation, support and

resettlement for land acquisition by the State in Ho Chi Minh City;

- Decision No.82/2011/QD-UBND dated 18/12/2011 of Ho Chi Minh City People's

Committee promulgating the regulation on land prices in 2012;

- Decision No.55/2011/QD-UBND dated 20/12/2011 of Long An Province People's

Committee promulgating land prices in 2012;

- Decision No.55/2011/QD-UBND dated 01/03/2010 of Long An Province People's


resettlement for land acquisition by the State in Long An;

- Decision No.46/2011/QD-UBND dated 22/12/2011 of Tien Giang Province People's

Committee promulgating the regulation on land prices in 2012;

- Decision No.02/2009/QD-UBND dated 16/02/2009 of Tien Giang Province People's


resettlement for land acquisition by the State in Tien Giang;

Policies of the World Bank

The proposed sub-project belongs to component 1 of the Transmission Efficiency Project

(TEP) with the donor of the World Bank (WB). Therefore, besides applying compensation

and allowance policy of the Government of Vietnam, resettlement plan of the sub-project is

based on Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF) of TEP. This RPF was prepared basing on

Operational Policy OP/BP 4.12 of the WB on Involuntary Resettlement. The primary

objective of the World Bank policy is to explore all alternatives to avoid or at least minimize





involuntary resettlement. Where resettlement is unavoidable, the living standards of displaced

persons should be restored or improved relative to those conditions that prevailed prior to the

subproject. The policy applies to the taking of land and other assets when land acquisition

results in the loss of shelter, the loss of all or part of productive assets, or access to them, and

the loss of income sources or other means of livelihood.

(Main characteristics of OP 4.12 are detailed in Resettlement Policy Framework of

Transmission Efficiency Project).

The sub-project belongs to component 1 of the project Efficient transmission grid (TEP) with

funding from the World Bank (WB). Therefore, in addition to the compensation policy

applicable, resettlement support of the Government of Vietnam, the compensation

resettlement support was based on the project's resettlement policy framework Efficiency

Project transmission grid. This policy framework is established based on OP/BP 4.12 World

Bank forced resettlement. The first objective of the policy of the World Bank is to research

all the options to avoid or at least minimize involuntary resettlement. In case of force

majeure, the standard of living of the people affected have been restored or improved their

standard of living than before the project. This policy applies to the acquisition of land and

other assets when land acquisition loss of shelter, loss of all or a portion of productive assets

or inability to access them, and the loss of income or other sources of livelihood.

(The main characteristics of the OP 4:12 is already listed in detail in the Resettlement Policy

Framework of Effective Project transmission grid).

Compensation and support policies applied for the project

Compensation for households affected by the project is only considered when proprietary of

trees, land, houses and the other affected properties are certified and confirmed by the local

government. Compensation for the affected properties shall be priced in accordance with the

current price framework issued by the provincial People's Committees.

Policy of compensation for households owning the affected houses:

- Use of land in the ROW of transmission line shall comply with regulations of Decrees

No. 106/2005/NÐ-CP and 81/2009/NĐ-CP.

- Households are only partly affected by the project and the remaining part is not affected,

therefore, the affected part shall be compensated in accordance with the current price

framework issued by the People's Committees.

- Houses and buildings regularly used in the ROW of 220kV transmission line shall meet

the safety conditions as regulated.

In scope of the project, according to results of survey on the affected houses in the ROW,

SPMB shall ground for 60 houses and renovate roofs as well as ground for 15 thatched

houses to ensure safety in compliance with regulations on ROW of 220kV overhead

transmission lines.

Policy of compensation for households owning residential land, agriculture land and trees,

crops:

- Area of the temporarily affected land, land in the ROW temporarily affected during

construction shall not be compensated, however rice, crops and trees shall be compensated in

accordance with prices regulated by the provincial People's Committees based on type, age

and productivity of trees.





- For land in the ROW that is eligible for compensation, although the State shall not

acquire it, its usability is limited and its compensation is regulated in Circular 116/2004/TT-

BTC.

- Pursuant to decision of land requisition issued by the provincial People's Committees, for

land, properties permanently affected at locations of tower foundations, roads used for

construction shall be compensated by the regulated prices. Area of land around location of

foundation temporarily affected shall be hired by contractors, then it shall be returned to the

initial before returning to SPMB and only compensate crops in accordance with the regulated

prices.

Principles of compensation to be applied:

- Because the fact that if houses/structures meet standard, they can be kept in the ROW

and no need resettlement, the Project owner takes the responsibilities to ground

houses/structures in the ROW.

- Plan of compensation, support has to ensure to maintain and further improve the standard

of living of people in comparison with the one prior to the land acquisition.

- Land acquisition must be carefully studied and reduced at the lowest level of impacts on

people's lives.

- Measures to rehabilitate people’s lives include: (i) compensation at cost of replacement,

without depreciation, or the materials that are able to be recycled for constructing houses and

other buildings, (ii) compensation according to cost of replacement for affected agricultural

land agreed by the owner, (iii) compensation at the cost of replacement for affected

residential land agreed by the owner, and (iv) the costs of migration and the other regulated

allowances.

- Measures to rehabilitate the affected people’s lives are performed before the scheduled

date starting the project’s execution in each region respectively.

- Plan for acquisition of land and other assets and measures for support of rehabilitation

must be implemented with participation of the affected people in order to minimize

disturbance. Benefits to be provided to the affected people before the scheduled date starting

the project’s execution in each region respectively.

- Public services or resources being available have to be maintained or improved better

than the one before implementation of the projects.

- Financial and physical resources and materials for rehabilitation should be already

prepared to meet demands as necessary.

Determining price of compensation:

According to Article 8 of Decree 197/2004/ND-CP, land price for compensation is the price

applied to land having the same intention of land use as the acquired land at the time of

decisions of land acquisition issued by the provincial People's Committee yearly announced

on 01 January as prescribed by the Government, not compensating according to the price of

land that shall be changed intention of land use as stipulated by the Law.

At the time making plan of compensation, the relevant agencies under the provincial People's

Committee and the independent monitoring agencies (if any) shall conduct surveys on costs

of replacement for land, trees, buildings and market prices for crops, the adjustment of unit

prices of compensation shall be made by the provincial People's Committee (if necessary) to





ensure that compensation of land is equal to the cost of replacement and compensation for

trees and crops at the market price.

Support:

In addition to direct compensation for the losses, the directly affected people are entitled to

assistance under the provisions. The types of support are performed as follows:

- Support in change of career and creation of new jobs in accordance with Article 22 of

Decree 69/2009/ND-CP dated 13/8/2009 of the Government (for the land to be permanently

acquired).

- Households and individuals owning acquired gardens and ponds at the same parcel of

land containing houses belong to the residential area that is not recognized and certified as

residential land shall be compensated according to the price of agricultural land for perennial

trees plus 60% price of the resident land at such parcel of land.

- Support in rehabilitation of walls, roofs and earthing for households to stay in the ROW

in accordance with Article 6 of Decree 106/2005/ND-CP dated 17/08/2005 detailing and

guiding the implementation of some articles of Electricity Law on safety protection of high-

voltage grid.

Cost for rehabilitation of walls, roof and earthing will be paid by the Project owner.

Implementation of plans of compensation and support

SPMB shall coordinate with councils of compensation, site clearance of the provinces and

districts to successfully implement the State's policy on compensation, site clearance as well

as to ensure that lives of the affected families shall be improved better than the current

conditions based on the spirit of democracy.

Table 4.1: Implementation of compensention plan

No. Description of activities Unit to be taken responsibility

1

Organization and arrangement of meetings with the

effected households, local government, social

organizations (to inform about the project and the

policies, collecting the people’s opinion).

SPMB, the council of

compensation of districts

2 Investigating details and determining the effected

households, area of land and properties

The council of compensation of

districts

3 Informing the affected households about level of

affection


districts

4 Determining prices of compensation – policies of

support


districts

5 Payment of compensation cost SPMB, the council of

compensation of districts

6 Internal supervision of compensation - site clearance

of districts SPMB

7 Independent supervision of compensation – site

Clearance of districts

Fatherland Front Committee of

districts

8 Settlement of claims SPMB, the People's Committee

at various levels





Schedule of remove and hand-over of the site

Informing the affected households:

All people affected by the project’s execution shall be informed of all information relevant to

the benefits and policies of compensation and support including:

- Standards;

- Benefits;

- Methods of compensation;

- Schedule, location;

- Time receiving compensation;

- Guidelines and procedures of compensations and claims during the project’s execution.

Time for last compensation:

- Not less than 03 month prior to starting the site clearance, land acquisition, payment of

compensation for the affected land should be made.

- Not less than 02 month prior to starting land acquisition, compensation for trees and

crops planted on the affected land and all necessary support specified in the project shall be

paid.

- Not less than 01 months before put the project into operation, compensation, support and

removal of houses and buildings in the ROW should be finished,

Clearance and hand-over of the site:

In order to minimize losses of trees and crops, the project shall schedule time of site

clearance immediately after complete harvest. People are allowed to use the entire

agricultural products on their land acquired or temporary borrowed for the project’s

execution.

For people owning land affected by the project’s execution who has received the entire cost

of compensation and support must complete dismantling and removal of all assets on the

affected land, at least 15 days prior to construction.

b) Minimizing impacts on land in the ROW

Firstly, land which utility is limited due to the ROW will be compensated and supported in

accordance with Clause 6 - Article 1 of Decree 81/2009/ND-CP. Accordingly,

houses/structures which do not meet the standards existing in the ROW will be supported

rehabilitation and earthing to meet the safety requirements in the ROW. The area in the ROW

of Phu Lam - Cai Lay 2 220kV TL affected by the Project will be compensated/supported in

accordance with the Resettlement Development Framework. After being compensated and

supported, the affected households may continue to use their land with the limited

functionality under the provisions of the power grid’s ROW . To ensure the safety of land use

in the power grid’s ROW, a number of measures need to be applied as follows:

- Ensure conductor’s height and the maximum deflection in compliance with the

provisions of chapter II.5 of the Rules for Electrical Equipment and provisions in Decree

81/2009/ND-CP, accordingly, in order for houses/structures to exist in the ROW of TL up to

220kV, electric field intensity should be ≤ 5kV/m at any point at 1m height from the ground.

Therefore, the TL is designed with the conductor’s lowest point in maximum deflection to

ground ≥ 8m in unpopulated area and not less than ≥ 18m in populated area.





- Equipt earthing wires and automatic relays to minimize electric shock and ensure the

safety in the ROW.

- The electromagnetic field intensity is checked at the start of project operation and

periodically in accordance with EVN’s regulations to ensure that the electromagnetic field

strength does not exceed the current regulations. Periodically check and penalties for any

violation of regulations of ROW safety protection.

4.1.1.3. Minimizing impacts of clearance and levelling

a) Minimizing impacts of clearance

Minimizing impacts on vegetation and ecology system:

As described in Chapter 3, the process of clearance and ground leveling mainly affects

agricultural ecosystem in the region. The entire project area is agricultural land and

residential land, so the Project will not affect natural ecosystem. However, cutting trees and

clearance will cause economic damage to farmers cultivated in the region. Besides, the

vegetation clearance will affect the ecosystem in the area. To minimize these impacts, some

measures need to be implemented as follows:

- Demarcation, measurement, detailed inventory of affected plants and crops to

compensate the affected people in accordance with the State’s regulations and compensation

policy framework of the Project;

- Construction contractors are not permitted to cut trees outside the ROW;

- Workers are not permitted to hunt birds, reptiles, amphibians and mammals...; raise

workers’ awareness of environmental protection;

- Do not cut down the tree shorter than the height limit in the ROW;

- Use manual methods for vegetation clearance; limit usage of machinery and herbicides to

protect natural ecosystem;

- Protect the vegetation along the rivers, especially the natural vegetation because it is the

home of birds, some species of amphibians, reptiles and aquatic organisms.

Minimizing the impacts of cleared vegetation:

To minimize impact on the environment, the amount of vegetation arising after clearance

should be cleaned and processed. As described in Chapter 3, the Project is implemented

mainly in rural areas, so the cut down vegetation will be used as firewood. Thus, after

clearance, the trees will be trimmed, cut and piled in the open area for the people to collect.

The twigs and leaves have been swept, piled and buried at position approved by the land

owners.

b) Minimizing the impacts of ground levelling

The ground leveling leads to insignificant amount of dust and emission. Besides, the ground

leveling positions are located in the rice fields, gardens far away from the residential area so

the impact of dust and emission is small. For some construction positions near residential

area, construction sites should be shielded and water spray to limit dust diffusion

Apart from the impact of dust and emission, the ground leveling can cause erosion in the

process of leveling, certain impacts to ecological environment and cultivated land. To

minimize this effect, some measures are proposed as follows:

- Negotiate with local people, implement compensation policy at high standard.





- Protect the vegetation around temporary construction sites, especially natural vegetation

near the rivers;

- Reinforcement to avoid erosion if necessary;

- The land which is temporarily occupied for construction activities will be completely

returned to the original purpose.

4.1.2. The construction phase

During construction, impacts on environment are unavoidable. However, the impacts caused

by the construction works shall last for a certain period (12 months). Therefore, the impacts

on environment during construction shall also last for such period.

SPMB and contractors shall provide measures to minimize negative impacts on environment

during the process of project implementation. The following measures shall be applied to the

project:

4.1.2.1. Methods to organize and execute the project construction

- Advanced measures of construction, mechanized operations and construction are applied

in order to shorten the execution time of works. However, a number of works should be

manually executed to minimize impacts caused by mechanical means of construction;

- Groups of construction workers are established for each essential work to manage and

responsible during the process of execution;

- Successive construction method is applied for each foundation of tower, quick execution

in appropriate sequence of construction works to ensure to shorten the construction time,

quickly returning the layout of construction, to ensure traffic safety and minimize negative

effects caused by dust, gases, waste emissions ... in e construction area;

- Safety measures during construction is performed such as appropriate time and sequence

of construction; appropriate arrangement of construction works; reasonable arrangement of

construction layout ...;

- Preservation of raw materials, fuels strictly complies with regulations on transportation

and storage that has propagated to all employees working on the site.

4.1.2.2. Minimizing the air pollution

a) Methods to minimize pollution caused by diffusion dust

A significant amount of dust is caused by the following phases during the process of project

construction and installation:

- Dust generated from digging, construction of works ;

- Dust generated from transportation, gathering materials and equipment.

In order to minimize dust at the working environment and protect the health of workers and

employees as well as residents living around the project area the following measures should

be applied:

- Before starting to execute the construction works, the construction area must be covered

in order to isolate the construction site with the surrounding area, to minimize dust and dirt

spread out around the area and prevented people from entering during construction. Around

location of each tower foundation (including area of basement and layout of temporary

construction) should be shielded with a corrugated iron sheet with the height of 2 m;





- Watering on the sunny days in the area that likely generates dust in order to minimize

diffuse dust. Water spraying shall be repeated in a certain period of time to ensure minimum

moisture of all the surface of the affected area. Control of dust is implemented as a

continuous task throughout the construction process.

- Vehicles transporting materials (soil, sand, stone, cement ...) should be covered to prevent

the diffuse dust and spilled soil, sand, materials and dust.

- Transportation vehicles before leaving the site should be washed to remove dirt on the

wheel that is able to be scattered during transportation. Contractor shall arrange wheel

washing area at entrance of the site.

- Appropriate methods of transportation are applied to minimize dust such as canvas used

to cover materials during transportation.

- Appropriate arrangement of transporting routes, management of local traffic in the area of

construction. Checking means of construction to ensure that construction equipment and

machinery is available in the best technical condition.

- For the storage of construction materials: cement is gathered and stored in warehouses,

sand is preserved outdoor and covered by canvas against rain and diffuse dust; rocks, bricks,

...being less generated dust is preserved outdoors, no methods of preservation applied.

- All materials are gathered or piles of excavated soil will be enclosed or covered to reduce

dust and moisture spread by wind.

b) Methods to minimize pollution caused by emissions

One of the problems of environmental pollution that is evaluated as the most important

during construction is air pollution generated from mechanical equipment such as bulldozers,

excavators, compactors, portable generators and the means of transportation such as trucks,

dump trucks ...

Emissions are mainly generated from combustion of engine oil of mechanical vehicles. Due

to scattered waste generation and unfeasible treatment solution, however, in order to

minimize negative impacts of sources of air pollution mentioned above, the project will

perform reasonable solutions of management, appropriate organization of construction to

efficiently use the fuel, reduce generation of emissions. Measures to prevent and minimize

pollution caused by emissions are proposed as follows:

- Emissions caused by means of transportation, machinery, equipment must be inspected

based on Vietnam standards for CO, hydrocarbons and dust (QCVN 6438-2001). In theory, this

method is feasible. However, the current reality shows that registry for equipment, machinery

and automobiles are still limited, especially for machinery, equipment and vehicles being used.

Therefore, to apply these measures to the project, SPMB ensures that the requirement of

emissions for machinery / construction equipment shall be proposed in the bidding documents

of project (request for certificate issued by the Registration Department on approval of

emission);

- Vehicles are not permitted to transport more than the amount specified by the manufacturer,

limit the operation of engine during the period waiting for loading or unloading materials;

- Construction means are only operated within period of working time, mechanical vehicles

that are too old should not be further used to minimize air pollution since old vehicles can

generate emissions in excess of permitted levels;

- Periodic inspection and maintenance of motor of vehicles, using gasoline fuel with low





sulfur content (DO oil with a sulfur content ≤ 0.25% proposed to use), using right fuel is

required and designed by manufacturer to reduce pollution;

- For vehicles for transporting fuels, large tonnage materials, management and organizational

measures applied to these vehicles should be appropriate to avoid congestion that can cause air

pollution.

c) Methods to minimize noise pollution

In order to minimize impacts of noise, measures of time management is the most convenient.

Accordingly, the project's activities should be only performed on the daytime and limited

activities on the night. Do not use construction machinery was obsolete because they will

cause huge noise pollution.

Measures to prevent noise are more positive and flexible than methods of soundproof and

completely eliminated noise. However, these methods are relatively expensive and not

feasible in the cases that noise source is construction equipment and machinery (bulldozers,

earth excavators, trucks, concrete mixer trucks ...).

Thus, to minimize noise in the working environment and protect the health of construction

workers as well as people living around the project area, it is necessary to perform the

following measures:

- Used means of construction and transportation are still in period of inspection, and their

operation at designed capacity;

- Arrange reasonable schedule of works so as to avoid the noise generated from a lot of

machines at the same time that can cause cumulative impacts;

- Regulate on speed of transportation means in the construction site;

- Regular maintenance and periodic inspection of vehicles of transportation to ensure

environmental standards and regulations as regulated and ensure good operating machinery;

- Pay attention to reduce works of construction (such as poles, cutting building materials ...)

that can cause the noise at night to avoid the noise affecting the residents around ;

- Machinery and equipment shall be arranged to operate so as to minimize the collision

during loading of building materials;

- In addition, SPMB shall also create favorable working conditions for workers, and

reasonable arrangement of working and rest time. Equipping armed with ear plugs to workers

who directly operate the machinery generating the large noise and workers who work in areas

with many equipment causing noise, minimizing impacts on health caused by noise.

4.1.2.3. Minimizing negative impacts on water environment

During construction and installation of transmission line, sources of water pollution are

mainly sewage water of workers on the site, sewage of construction and overflown rainwater

in the construction area.

a) Sewage water

As described in Chapter 3, amount of sewage arising from 200 people in the entire project is

16 m3/day. The sewage is mainly from 4 construction sites, the average amount sewage in

one construction site at section II is 5,2 m3/day and section I is 2,8 m

3/day. The number of

workers in each site is 65 people in section II and 35 people in section I, 30% of which is

local people, thus, the real sewage will be lower than calculation. The construction time is

around 12 months. Density of pollutants in sewage water exceeds a lot of times in





comparison with the standard of sewage water (QCVN 14:2008 / MONRE). Thus, the

sewage must be collected to ensure sanitation for the area.

In each construction site, construction contractor shall arrange and install mobile toilets to

collect domestic sewage. Besides, construction contractor shall install faucets and washing

facilities for workers. About each 2 months, the construction contractor will hire Urban

Environmental Services handle the waste. Mobile toilet and composite septic tank are

commonly used in the construction site area in Vietnam, as shown below:

Figure 4.1: Mobile toilet and composite septic tank

Domestic sewage is collected via mobile toilet, suspended solids and other pollutants are

retained in the septic tank. The septic tanks perform two functions simultaneously, sediment

and decomposition. After running through septic tank, most polluted components have been

eliminated from water.

Typically, the processing performance of septic tank reaches 60 - 80%. Thus, after sewage is

treated through septic tanks, the average concentration of contaminants is still 2 times higher

than QCVN 14:2008/MONRE. However, the amount of domestic sewage in one construction

site is not two much (2.8 to 5.2m3) and distributed in four positions including:

- Section I: From Phu Lam 500kV SS to 220kV Long An SS

Sub-section 1.1: from starting point to G5, at Tan Nhut commune, Binh Chanh

district, HCM City;

Sub-section 1.2: from G5 to Long An SS, at Thanh Duc commune, Ben Luc district,

Long An Province;

- Section II: from 220kV Long An SS to 220kV Cai Lay SS

Sub-section 2.1: from Long An SS to G14, at Binh Thanh commune, Thu Thua

district, Long An Province;

Sub-section 2.2: from G14 to ending point, at Nhi My commune, Cai Lay district,

Tien Giang Province.

Sewage’s ingredients are mostly organic, without harmful ingredients. The amount generated

at each construction site is not too much in the time of 12 months. Building sewage treatment

system which meets the standard of QCVN 14:2008/MONRE is impractical. Besides,

construction sites are mostly in rice fields, gardens, so after being processed through the

septic tank, domestic sewage causes insignificant impact on the environment. Fields and

orchards around the construction sites are capable of absorbing and decomposing the

remaining organic matters in the sewage without affecting the environment.

b) Construction sewage

D 1

,5 m





As described in Chapter 3, the sewage of construction derived mainly from draining off

groundwater into holes of foundation and cleaning equipment, machinery, trucks for

construction, especially concrete mixer. Construction sewage is generated only at four

positions with very small amount at each segment , about 0.47 to 0.75 m3 in Section I and

1.65 to 2.63 m3 in Section II of generation of sewage is within 1-2 months for a construction

site, total construction time of 12 months. Therefore, system of sewage treatment is not

economically feasible to establish and unable to gather at a station of treatment.

However, to minimize impacts of construction on environment, SPMB shall require

contractors perform preliminary sewage treatment before discharging into receiving sources.

Sewage from drainage of foundation holes and cleaning of construction means shall be flow

through system of filtering holes before discharge into receiving sources. Dimensions of

filtering holes are approximately 4 x 2 x 0.5 m (length x width x depth) containing water

drained from foundation holes and dirty water after cleaning machinery, construction means

to remain residues, soil, sand prior to discharging into receiving sources. Figure of sewage

treatment as follows:

Figure 4.2: Figure of sewage treatment of construction

Sewage from drainage at holes of foundation and cleaning of construction and transportation

means are mainly contaminated by soil, suspended solids which easily settle. After going

through filtering system, the sewage shall be treated to obtain QCVN 40:2011 / MONRE

before being discharged into receiving sources. This method shall reduce amount of soil, sand

adhered on the wheel of transportation vehicles. This way is feasible and easy to perform in

the construction areas. After water is poccessed through the filtering, there is still a small

amount of tiny residue. However, construction sewage’s ingredients are mostly dust and diry,

without harmful ingredients. The amount generated at each construction site is not too much

in the time of 12 months. Therefore, building sewage treatment system which meets standard

of QCVN 14:2008/MONRE is impractical. In addition, small amount of sewage will not

significantly affect the environment, residues can continue to be deposited in the ditch

leading to the receiving sources.

At low areas, groundwater may seepage into foundation hole. In this case, groundwater

should be regularly pumped out. For construction areas not contaminated by alum, water

pumped from holes will be highly turbid due to mud in holes. This kind of sewage does not

cause a significant impact on the environment because mud is easily deposited in the

drainage ditch. However, in order to minimize the impact to surrounding rice fields and

gardens, construction contractors may arrange temporary drainage ditches around the

foundation holes to carry water pumped from the holes to rivers or big canals avoiding runoff

into rice fields and gardens without the consent of people.

For construction areas contaminated by alum, digging of foundation holes may cause leakage

of alum resulting in sewage from drainage at foundation holes contaminated by alum. In this

case, powered lime shall be supplemented into the filtering system to neutralize alum

contaminated water before discharged into the receiving sources.

Sewage drained from foundation holes and

cleaning of construction means

Filtering holes

Receiving source





In addition, to minimize amount and impacts of sewage, some applied methods is proposed as

follows:

- Contractors should make use of every arised water for cleaning and maintenance of

machinery and equipment in construction process;

- It is necessary to save water in concrete mixing, minimizing water loss into the

environment;

- During construction, requirements of safety on machinery and equipment of construction

should be strictly complied, minimizing leakage of oil;

- In case sewage drained from holes of foundation and cleaning of construction means has

effects on fishs, crops,… contractors shall have to negotiate with the people and local

government for compensation.

c) Overflow rainwater

In order to minimize impacts of overflown rainwater on environment, SPMB shall require

contractors to perform the measures as follows:

- The most feasible and effective measure proposed herewith is to require contractors to

arrange construction time in dry season, limiting construction works on rainy days,

performing successive construction method for each location of foundation holes and

returning the site as soon as completion of construction to minimize overflow rain sweeping

soil, sand and waste on the construction site that may cause pollution of environment;

- Materials should not be gathered close to irrigation canals to avoid scattered soil, rock

that shall cause congestion, reduce drainage of rains;

- The areas for gathering building materials, waste must be carefully covered to avoid

being swept into rain water causing congestion of drainage.

- Digging canals used for drainage of rain water around the construction sites to adjust the

flows of overflow water and to limit the overflow of rain water through the construction areas

that can sweep soil, sand on the site and to prevent land erosion, eboulement.

- Contractor is required to pay attention to the direction for drainage of rain water in the

project area, creating temporary drainage of rain water to avoid stagnation of rain water and

increase the ability of residue deposition before discharging into receiving resources

- After construction, the site must be clean, neat to ensure drainage of water, prevent

stagnation of water.

4.1.2.4. Methods of management, collection and treatment of SW, HW

a) Domestic SW

Domestic SW arising during construction mainly is excess food, food packings, towels ...

with non-toxic components, small weight (21 - 39 kg/ day for each location of foundation

construction). Measures to control domestic SW are proposed as follows:

All domestic waste generated at each location of construction is fully collected and gathered

into containers with a capacity of 20 liters. The amount of waste collected per day will be

given to where processes the domestic waste at locally available system of garbage

collection. Contractors shall agree with local units purchasing waste to collect and process.

In addition, to fully collect waste, some measures of management should be implemented as

follows:





- Rules of hygiene and protection of environment for workers are established, propagating

awareness of environmental protection for workers;

- Training workers on regulations and measures of environmental protection during

construction.

c) Construction SW

Construction SW generated during construction are mainly debris, crushed concrete,

damaged electrical equipment and wiring, shredded steel, package of cement ... will be

collected daily. The waste to be reused shall be separately collected to use for other purposes,

the waste not to be reused shall be gathered and transported to processing area.

- Waste to be recycled and re-used is damaged electrical equipment and wires, steel scrap,

cement packing, will be gathered to sell to local scrap collectors.

- Debris, crushed concrete will be gathered and used to slope a bank for foundation or used

for leveling (if necessary).

- For soils obtained from digging of foundation shall be reused to backfill holes of

foundation as well as reinforce, this soil mass is distributed along the lines at each foundation

location, then the soil mass at each location (125 tower foundations) is not much. In fact,

almost the other projects of power grid often must purchase additional soil for backfilling.

In addition, in parallel with construction activities, existing routes will be removed. These

activities will generate a large amount of solid waste (debris from the concrete foundation).

According to calculations, the total amount of debris will be 503.5 tons in Section I and

3,437.3 tons in Section II which scattered along the existing line. The amount generated in

each position ranges from 2.8 to 284 tons and can be fully utilized for leveling. Therefore, the

Project owner will sign a contract to collect the entire amount of debris and gather in

permitted area to store and use when needed.

d) Minimizing pollution of hazardous waste:

HW of the project is mainly waste oil, oil contaminated rags arising from maintenance

activities, maintenance of machinery and construction equipment. To control waste oil and oil

contaminated rags, the project will coordinate with the contractor implementing the following

measures:

- Repairs of construction vehicles, machinery is not required to perform within the project

area. Maintenance of equipment, mechanical vehicles must be made by specialized units

around the project area, the waste oil will be collected by these units;

- As for the incidents, minor repairs are necessary to perform at the project area, waste oil

and oil contaminated rags must be gathered and stored in appropriate containers placed at the

project area;

- During construction, the project area will be equipped with two 100 liter - containers for

storing waste oil and two 60 liter - containers for storing oil contaminated rags;

- Due to the weight of HW being very low, hazardous waste will be stored in appropriate

containers placed in a safe location of the closed warehouse containing materials in the

construction area. At the end of construction, the contractor will contract with units being

capable of recycling or disposal of hazardous waste for collection and treatment of the entire

hazardous waste at the project’s warehouse. The collection, transportation and treatment of

hazardous waste are carried out by competent organizations and licensed by the relevant state

agencies to practice management of hazardous waste.





4.1.2.5. Minimizing negative impacts on land and groundwater

a) Minimizing pollution of soil and underground water

Soil and groundwater environments impacted by sewage, overflow rain water, SW

uncontrolled and scattered on-site that is be absorbed into the soil shall cause pollution of

groundwater. Especially during construction, soil structure is broken, and some SW arising

from the works of construction and installation and other waste remaining on the surface will

be easily swept away and penetrated into the soil and groundwater when happening rain.

Therefore, measure to minimize impacts on soil and groundwater during construction is

reduction of the overflow rain water on construction site by digging temporary canals of

drainage around the construction area to let rain water discharge into the receiving sources.

Contractors have to collect SW and waste oil and not let them scattered on the ground.

b) Minimizing impacts on uses of land and landscapes

Construction shall make change of landscapes at construction areas. To minimize these

effects, the construction areas and warehouses will be covered to ensure beauty of landscape

around the areas. After completion of construction, the site will be returned to the initial

stage.

4.1.2.6. Minimizing eboulement and soil erosion

The project topography is quite flat, thus the risk of soil erosion is very low. However, at

locations of tower foundations close to water ways, method to digging foundation holes being

different from technical requirements or failed to take measures to reinforce wall of

foundation holes shall easily lead to the risk of eboulement.

Therefore, during digging the foundation holes, especially the holes close to canals,

contractors shall have to implement reinforcement measures against eboulement as follows:

- During construction at locations close to rivers and canals, the contractor shall perform

methods to reinforce the banks with wood or iron columns to prevent emolument and soil

erosion;

- When opening of foundations, it is necessary to protect foundation holes with cajuput,

bamboo and regular water drainage (for locations immersed in water or groundwater

existence) should be performí;

- Embanking dikes, edges to prevent erosion and eboulement around the construction

areas, embanking dikes around locations of foundations within areas of shrimp ponds;

- In case of having roads or any sites temporarily used for construction damaged or

degraded, contractors shall have responsibilities to recover them to the initial stage.

4.1.2.7. Minimizing the impacts on traffic in the surrounding area

During construction, transportation of materials and equipment will increase traffic density in

the region. In order to minimize impacts on environment as well as traffic incidents,

contractor will perform a number of measures proposed as follows:

- SPMB and construction contractors has to arrange time, traffic management during

transportion of materials and equipment to avoid traffic pressure in a fixed rout that shall

deteriorate roads as well as affect people’s activities in the region;

- Transportation at rush hours with the high density of traffic should be minimized;

- Installation of direction signs at construction area;





- Coordinating with the commune People’s Committee to rearrange the traffic at

construction area if necessary;

- No gathering materials, pulling cables in areas of high traffic density;

- Avoid obstructing traffic, arrangement of workers to direct traffic when vehicles stop on

the road to loading and unloading materials and equipment;

- If road are damaged, deteriorated due to construction of the project, the construction

contractor shall have responsibility to repair and return to the initial.

Also, the cable pulling passing through roads shall have impacts on traffic operations in the

crossover positions. Measures to minimize these impacts are proposed as follows:

- Before pulling cable passing roads, SPMB will inform the competent authorities to

suspend traffic, pay attention to guard duty;

- All river and road-crossing spans must have scaffold to ensure the appropriate height for

transportation, avoid traffic interruption during stringing process;

4.1.2.8. Plan to de-energize for construction

The transmission line’s total length is 71.83 km having the same ROW the existing 220kV

Phu Lam - Cai Lay 1 and 2 TLs, so it is necessary to de-energize the existing TLs to construct

the Project leading to blackout or overloading other TLs. Therefore, the Project owner

should allocate certain time to cut relating 220kV TLs such as: Phu Lam - Long An 1 &2;

Long An - My Tho 1 & 2, My Tho - Cai Lay 1 & 2 to minimize the impact of power supply

interruption.

The estimated construction time is from the first quarter of 2014 to second quarter of 2015. In

this period, Phu Lam - O Mon 500kV TL and 500kV My Tho shall have been put into

operation.

To minimize the time of blackout, except for unavoidable foundations or some foundations at

steering angles, new foundations are designed not to coincide with old foundations. Thus, it is

just necessary to de-energize when constructing the unavoidable foundations or some

foundation at steering angles. The estimated time is about 5-6 months in the end of

construction phase. Preliminary de-energize plan is as follow:

Section G1 – G7 (24km): stringing double circuit on Phu Lam – O Mon 500kV TL (estimated

construction time 2.5 months).

- Clearance.

- De - energize the double circuit 220kV Phu Lam – Cai Lay TL in 1 month, construct

foundations and erect tower 9B (G1).

- De - energize 500kV Phu Lam – O Mon in 1.5 months, stringing double circuit 220kV

from G1 to G4 and single circuit from G4 to G7.

Section G7 –220kV Long An SS (3.5km): upgrading from single circuit to double circuit

(estimated construction time 2.5 months).

- Clearance.

- Construct all foundations (except for foundations coinciding with existing foundations).

- De - energize the double circuit 220kV Phu Lam – Cai Lay TL in 1 month, construct and

erect towers coinciding with existing foundations.

- Remove and recapture all the existing 220kV TL





- Stringing conductor on the section from G7 to 220kV Long An SS.

Section 220kV Cai Lay SS - 500/220kV My Tho SS (7.4km) (estimated construction time 3.5

months).

- Clearance.

- Construct all foundations (except for 5 foundations coinciding with existing

foundations).

- Plan to de-energize the first and second circuit of 220kV Cai Lay - My Tho in 2 months.

The third and fourth circuits of this TL still operate.

- Construct all the foundations in this section.

- Erect 5 foundations coinciding with existing foundations.

- Remove and recapture all the existing 220kV TL.

- String conductor on the whole section.

Section 500/220kV My Tho SS - 220kV Long An SS (35km) (estimated construction time 10

months).

- Clearance.

- Construct all foundations (except for foundations coinciding with existing foundations).

- Plan to de-energize the first and second circuit of 220kV Long An - My Tho in 4

months. The third and fourth circuits of this TL still operate).

- Construct and erect all foundations.

- Upgrade 2 bays in Long An SS.

- Remove and recapture all the existing 220kV TL.

- String conductor on the whole section.

4.1.2.9. Minimizing impacts of stringing conductor

Using fish cable to pulling cable will affect the agricultural activities will affect agricultural

activities on the ground in two 2m wide tracks. On stringing passing the populated area, the

process can affect houses and people's daily life. To minimize these impacts, a number of

measures can be taken as follows:

- Before stringing, it is necessary to investigate and detailed inventory area and crops

affected by stringing in order to negotiate and compensate for affected people.

- In stringing process, trees are only pruned if really necessary, the pruning should be

negotiated and compensated for affected people.

- If damage or loss occurs in stringing process, the Project owner must compensate for the

damages basing on the price claimed by the State regulation and the agreement with the

affected people.

4.1.2.10. Minimizing impacts of worker concentration

a) Methods to ensure the local safety and securities

To minimize negative impacts on the socio-economic development due to gathering workers

at the construction site, contractor shall apply the following measures:





- Optimal arrangement of construction process, distribution of works so that density of

workers at the site is minimum;

- Local labor is hired at maximum as possible, local people is hired to perform unskilled

works to reduce workers from other areas;

- Adequate living conditions for workers is ensured such as toilets, drinking water to keep

environment around the project area;

- Declaring temporary residence for workers to the local police;

- Establishing safety and sanitation team, this team is responsible for the sanitation and

safety issues and train for workers;

- Arranging mobile toilets with septic tanks at each camp area and where centralized many

workers;

- Arranging first-aid bag in camps;

- Propagating and training workers about the relationship with the local people;

- Coordinating with local authorities and local security in order to ensure security;

- Workers are required to respect the local customs and practices, not participate or cause

social evils.

b) Methods to minimize the spread of infectious diseases

To prevent spread of infectious diseases such as diseases infected through water,

intermediary factors (insects), HIV/AIDS, and other social diseases, ... between workers and

local people and vice versa, the following measures are applied:

- Ensuring the living conditions such as accommodation, safe electricity supply, sanitary

water supply at camps in the construction phase;

- Medicine cabinet will be placed at the construction area to timely provide medical

services, health care, first aid, ... for the sick workers or accident labor;

- Training workers on measures to prevent infectious diseases, and kill factors causing

deceases such as flies, mosquitoes, grubs, ...;

- Organizing training courses on safety for construction workers;

- Education of morality and behaviors, management of workers to minimize drinking,

gambling, theft, fights between workers with workers and with local people.

4.1.2.11. The other methods to minimize the impacts on social economics

a) Methods to minimize the interruption of activities and services

- Contractors must collect opinions in advance and have plans to deal with unexpected

situations for local authorities about the consequences of a particular service corrupted or

interrupted during construction;

- Coordinate with units of related services (such as water supply, electricity,

telecommunication, etc. ...) to set the appropriate construction schedule;

- Provide information on schedule of works as well as the expected interruptions for the

Commune People’s Committees and households around the project area (at least 5 days

before the operation);





- Any damage to the utility system is to be reported to the local authorities and repaired as

soon as possible.

b) Methods/ procedures applied to the accidental discovery

If constractor discovered archaeological areas, historic sites, monuments and objects,

including graveyards or individual graves during digging or construction, the constructors

will:

- Stop the construction activities in such area;

- Description of such area;

- Protect the area to prevent such objects from any loss or damage. In the case of

removable artifacts or sensitive relics, arrangement of a night guard until the local

government or the Department of Culture and Information takeover is necessary;

- Informing consultants of construction supervision, the consultants shall have

responsibility to inform the local government or the agencies being responsible for the

cultural assets of Vietnam (within 24 hours or sooner);

- Local authorities or the related agencies will be responsible for the protection and isolate

the area before deciding which the next procedure is. This would require a preliminary

evaluation of the findings. The meaning and significance of these findings should be

evaluated according to various criteria related to cultural heritage, including aesthetic value,

historical value, or the value of scientific research, the value social and economic;

- The construction work can resume only after being permitted from the local authorities

being responsible for the safety of heritage.

4.1.3. The Operation Phase

When the project is constructed, renovated, upgraded and put into operation, the site

temporary used for construction shall be returned to the initial stage, there is not any waste to

cause environmental pollution during operation. Main factors effecting the environment

during operation of 220kV transmission lines are electric field around conductors and

failures. Impacts caused by the electric field in this project are evaluated as small if the

transmission line is carefully maintained, operated and managed in compliance with technical

requirements and electrical safety, ensure the height of conductors and distance of

discharging safety according to Decree 106/2005/ND-CP, Decree 81/2009/ND-CP and

guidelines of electrical equipment. Therefore, in order to effectively operate the project and

ensure requirements of electrical safety, the proposed measures in the operation phase as

follows:

4.1.3.1. Control waste generated in the operation phase

a) Control solid waste generated by pruned trees in the ROW

According to Chapter 3 the volume of the tree branches need pruning in ROW is about 14

tons/month. However, trees exceed safety height are mostly in agricultural area so the tree

will be fully utilized as firewood, the volume of remain leaves and twigs is very small.

During operation phase, the operators will periodically check the ROW and prune trees which

height exceed safety limit. Cut down branches have to be piled in open area for people to

take . The twigs and leaves should be swept, piled and buried in locations approved by the

land owners or collected and transported and handled at local waste processing area.

b) Control solid waste generated by replacing damaged equipments





These 220kV transmission lines are designed with 30 years lifetime. So, in normal operation

conditions as designed, the number of damaged equipment must be replaced very small.

According to equipment management procedure, after replaced, damaged equipments must

be collected and transported to the operation agency's warehouse to inventory.

After replaced, damaged equipment is considered as normal industrial solid waste and will be

collected immediately and transported to Power Transmission Company No.4’s warehouse.

Here, the equipments which can be reused will be recovered and used for other projects or

other purposes. The damaged equipments which can not be reused will be classified, stored

and periodically transferred to the collected units.

4.1.3.2. Methods to protect safety of power grid

a) Right of way

According to Clause 4 of Decree No.106/2005/NĐ-CP dated 17/08/2005 providing specific

regulations and guidelines on implementation of some clauses in the Law of electricity

concerning protection and safety of HV power grids, width of ROW of 220kV overhead

transmission lines determined by two vertical plates and distance between conductors and the

ground is 6m at the static condition.

Average length of crossarm of towers on the transmission line is 9.65m , average width of

ROW of the transmission line is 21.65m (6 + 9,65 + 6). Total area of the ROW for the entire

transmission line 982,325.66 m2. People and animal can move or act normally under the

ROW. Trees ands structures under the ROW shall be complied with requirements on the

distance regulated in Decree no. 106/2005/NĐ-CP and Decree 81/2009/NĐ-CP. Do not allow

houses, buildings under to be constructed in the ROW of 500kV overhead transmission lines

b) Signs, signals

All towers must have nameplates, signs of circuit separation in order to facilitate operation,

management and repair and avoid confusion, and warning signs to inform people going

through the transmission line that may cause danger in people lives. Nameplates and warning

signs made of galvanized steel with thickness of 2mm are bolted on towers. Installing

warning signs must comply with the provisions of Appendix 3 “Signs of electrical safety in

electrical safety procedures” issued in Decision No. 1186/QD-EVN dated 7/12/2011.

Besides, in order to warn people and traffic vehicles on traffic roads and rivers, the warning

signs are also required to install for spans going through such roads and rivers according to

regulations of relevant authorities.

Towers and spans of 50m or higher shall be painted the white, red alternating. There are 62

towers higher than 50m, the highest one 65.5m.

c) Management and operation of transmission line

In accordance with Item 1, Clause 10 of Decree no.106/2005/NĐ-CP, unit of management

and operation shall take responsibilities as follows:

- Check ROWs of the HV power grids under scope of management to timely detect

violations on safety of HV power grids. When a violation is found, it is requested to stop the

violations and report, coordinate with the locally competent agencies of the State to make a

report dealing with such violation.

- Checks, repair and maintenance of the transmission line based on regulations, not

operating overloading.





- Listing and monitoring violations happening at the ROWs of HV power grids under

scope of management and reporting the related agencies of the state on electricity.

According to Item 2, Clause 10 of Decree no. 106/2005/NĐ-CP, operators, repairing and

maitenance workers of the power grid shall have to perform and comply with safety required

in regulations and guidelines of electrical equipment.

According to Item 3, Clause 10 of Decree No.106/2005/NĐ-CP, cutting, pruning trees ensure

safety for HV power grids performed by unit of operation and management and have to

inform the owner prior to 5 working days.

4.1.3.3. Preventing impacts of electromagnetic field (EMF)

Some methods to minimize impacts of an electric field based on technical factors such as

supplement of technical standards of design to improve the height of towers, minimize the

gap between towers, change the distribution of phases so that minimized electric - magnetic

field strength, or arrange multiple circuit on a tower... Under the provisions of Decree no.

81/2009/ND-CP, electric field strength ≤ 5 kV / m at any point outside houses and at height

of one meter, and ≤ 1 kV / m at any point inside houses and at height of one meter. As

calculated in Chapter 3, at the lowest point of conductor of 8m calculated from the ground,

electric field strength at height of 1 meter from the ground at the max edge of the corridor is

4.5 kV/m at max. Electric field strength under the transmission line, outside of the corridor

shall not effect on health of people living under the safe corridor. However, do not excluding

cases that failures or damages during operation can result to excess in regulated electric field

strength. In order to prevent these impacts, some methods should be performed as follows:

- During construction, unit of operation shall check the min. distance between conductors

and objects below the conductors in compliance with regulations (Clause 51 of Laws of

electricity and Regulations of electrical equipment) in order to ensure safety for people’s

health;

- In order to ensure fully safety for workers of operation, repair in compliance with

procedures of operation and safe requirements;

- Periodically taking measurements, checks of discharging safe distance at points parallel

or crossing to roads and rivers so that propose methods to minimize failures and ensure safety

during operation as regulated in Clause 3 of Decree No.106/2005/NĐ-CP and Decree no.

81/2009/NĐ-CP;

- Periodically taking measurements, checks of electric field strength (ensure ≤ 5 kV/m) at

any point outside houses and at height of one meter, and ≤ 1 kV / m at any point inside

houses and at height of one meter, ≤ 5 kV/m at edge of the corridor), or taking measurements

when people claim to find abnormalities on electric - magnetic field, damage status of the

earthing system resulting in proposing methods to improve, prevent and minimize in time;

- Prohibit all activities conducted under the ROW if using equipment, tools, and vehicles

capable of violating distance of charging safety at various voltage levels. In special cases, due

to urgent request of defense and security, there must be an agreement with unit of operation

and management on safety measures required.

- Unit of operation and management shall have responsibilities in organization,

supervision of environment, electrical safety during operation;

- Costs for prevention of electromagnetic fields in the project belong to operating costs of

the unit assigned to operate the project.

b) Prevention the impacts of electromagnetic field for households in the ROW





To ensure safety as well as limiting electric shock for households living in the ROW, the

Project owner will support roof earthing for existing households in the ROW, roof earthing

model is shown in detail in Figure 4.3 below;

Coordinate with local authorities to propagate knowledge about the ROW to local people

through loudspeaker, posters,...

Figure 4.3: Roof earthing model

c) Prevention impacts of electromagnetic fields in flood season

The Project is designed basing on the frequency of max tide which is calculated on the

statistics at the meteorological stations in the region. Therefore, technically operational

activities of the Project will not be affected by flood in the area. However, during flood

season , in some low areas, floodwater could reach the foundations and some areas in the

ROW are flooded. In flooded areas, high water and high air humidity may cause incidents

related to the electromagnetic field. The accidents of electric discharges, electric shock may

occur if safety regulations are not complied. In order to avoid the impacts of electromagnetic

field in flood season , safety regulations must be fully complied; besides, it is necessary to

have the participation of communities around the TL in protection the ROW as well as

prevention the impacts of the electromagnetic field. Some measures should be taken to

prevent the impacts of electromagnetic fields in flood season as follows:

- Operation agency cheks, maintains the TL before flood season to ensure the earthwires

and insulators in good condition, and ensure conductors’s height meeting standards;

- Regularly monitor the ROW in flood season to detect and fix problems;

Ghi chú:

Đối với nhà có 2 mái tôn, mỗi mái đặt một bộ tiếp địa;

Nếu 2 mái tôn cách điện với nhau, phải liên kết chúng bằng 2 bộ liên kết (chi tiết 2);

Đối với nhà có vách tôn, tại vị trí cố định dây tiếp địa vào vách, dây tiếp địa phải được

cắt bỏ phần vỏ cách điện và kẹp phần ruột dẫn cố định vào vách tôn;

Cọc tiếp địa phải được đặt ở vị trí không gây trở ngại cho người sử dụng nhà ở, công

trình, và nhô lên khỏi mặt đất 0,1 – 0,15 m;





- Information on hydrometeorological flood level forecasting must be updated regularly to

timely response and warned people living around TL;

- Coordinate with local authorities to propagate knowledge about measurements to prevent

electrical accidents in flood season to local people through loudspeaker, posters,...

4.1.3.4. Minimizing effects on telecommunications and low voltage cables

Currently, the technical design of the Project ensures safety requirements to minimize

impacts caused by the other projects. SPPMB has had solutions to ensure requirements and

distance of safety at positions crossing to the current telecommunication lines and

transmission lines. The project has not affected on communication systems and medium and

low voltage power grids in the region. Some measures performed to restrict further impacts

on communication cables and low voltage power cables are proposed as follows.

- Diameter of conductors and distance between phase conductors is appropriately chosen

to minimize electric field strength on the conductor surface;

- Radio equipment, electronic equipment with much disturbance stability and testing

voltage should be chosen;

- Remotely and locally protection methods should is performed (such as ropes, shielding

sheets, protection boxes, shielding nets,…);

- Digital technology for transmission of signals is used;

- Metal covered cables, fiber optic cables are used for transmission of signals;

- Min. distance of safety from super high voltage transmission lines to communication

lines is complied.

Currently, communication and postal networks in our country has been modernized. Most

inter-communal and inter-provincial communication networks were replaced with the digital

microwave networks with much disturbance stability, large scale. Some of communication

lines used fiber optic cables.

4.1.3.5. Minimizing impacts on ecological environment

In order to minimize impacts of the transmission line on environment during operation,

cutting trees to ensure safety for the corridor is required to comply with regulations in Decree

no. 106/2005/NĐ-CP, not cutting tree outside the ROW.

Propagate and recommend local people to plant trees which height do not exceed safety limit

prescribed in Decree No.106/2005/ND-CP to minimize pruning trees affecting local people’s

income.

Protect vegetation along canals, especially natural vegetations during cutting trees to protect

the ROW of HV transmission lines due to the majority of vegetations being where

immigration of water birds, bird dust, some species of amphibians, reptiles and aquatic

organisms.

4.2. MEASUREMENTS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PROBLEMS, PREVENTION AND

RESPONSE TO RISKS, INCIDENTS

4.2.1. The Preparation Phase

During site clearance, in order to limit encroachment into areas outside of the corridor, the

following measures are required to perform:

https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/#13ea3e74695db0c2__Toc333008087





- Prohibit the use of defoliants, herbicides to clear trees belong to the ROW and the project

area;

- Prohibit cutting trees outside of the ROWs;

- In the case of finding cultural relics in the project area, it is required to stop the

construction works and will have to change the current position. When detecting heritage,

monuments, relics, it is required to suspend works and report the competent authorities.

Examine and demine objects left behind in the war (bombs, mines, ...) prior to construction:

These activities are made in the ROW and locations where they have not been cleared and

disarmed until now. SPMB shall cooperate with the specialized technical agency under the

Ministry of Defense to implement. The area of de-mining is calculated as follows:

The area of demining for foundations:

Sm = Svv + Smtc = 38,282.2 + 74,796.28 = 113,624.48 m2

Trong đó:

Sm: The area of demining for foundations

Svv: The permanently acquisited land area

Smtc: The temporarily acquisited land area

The area of demining for cable pullings and temporary warehouses:

St = Spq + Skb Srd = 63,784.00 + 3,829.29 + 1,600.00 = 69,213.29 m2

In which:

St: The area of demining for cable pullings and temporary warehouses

Spq: The area of clearance

Skb: The area of temporary warehouses

Srd: The area of cable pullings

The demining area above is temporarily calculated. During the implementation process, the

demining area will be accurate thanks to the consultation of Expert from Defense Ministry.

4.2.2. The Construction Phase

4.2.2.1. Methods of labor safety during construction

a) Establish basic rules and organizations to control labor safety on construction sites

The organization of labor safety during construction is regarded as the organization of

production in construction. During the construction, if delayed, it will be to blamed and

disciplined. But when labor safety is not appropriately appreciated during construction,

accidents to workers, site manager shall not be only disciplined, but also can be prosecuted

under the law if they are serious accidents, therefore the organization of safety in construction

is extremely important.

System of protection and safety on site is a collection of technical and organizational

measures to ensure absolute safety for machinery, equipment, and materials for the project

before impacts of the environment and society.

SPMB and contractors shall pay much attention to labor safety from beginning of the project.

The contractors shall establish a committee of labor safety prior to commencement of works.

The Committee will guide workers to regulations of labor safety, checking workers’ health to





appropriately arrange works in the sites. During execution of digging, erection and cable

pulling etc. .. it is very easily to occur accidents, therefore, everyone in the site must be in

compliance with the procedures and regulations on labor safety.

Training regulations on the site, especially regulations of labor safety applied to workers such

as safety regulations on working at the height, regulations on the use of electricity, machinery

... must be disseminated to every worker on the site. Committee of labor safety shall usually

inspect and monitor methods of labor safety on the site, periodically review.

The dangerous areas shall have to have dangerous warning signs, signboards and safety

barriers that are on red light at night. The guard has to be continuously performed during

period of cable pulling.

Periodically check maintenance of machinery, equipment and specialized cable... prior to

using.

b) Methods of labor safety at foundation holes

- All employees working under the foundation holes must be equipped with adequate labor

protection;

- It must measures to reinforce the foundation holes at dangerous locations during

construction;

- The committee of labor safety shall send a representative to directly monitor safety

during the construction process.

c) Methods of labor safety for lifting equipment

Carefully check technical specifications of lifting equipment to ensure safe operation, in case

of having any parameter deviated from the technical requirements, it is required to suspend

operations.

Before operating lifting equipment, it should carefully check all relevant works. During

operation, the guards and site manager must be presented. Do not stand directly below, or

brake at the point of falling straight during lifting.

d) Methods of labor safety for tower installations and stringing

- During construction, it is required to comply with methods of safety in construction of

HV overhead transmission lines (accompanied with procedure of electricity safety

promulgated in Decision No. 1186/QĐ-EVN) and other safety regulations issued by the

State;

- Periodically checking health for workers who works at the height, completely equipping

tools of labor protection;

- Carefully checking tools prior to carry, these tools must be clean and easy to work;

- Not be worked at height as it is getting dark, foggy, windy (at wind level 5 or higher)

weather;

- During cable pulling through traffic roads, canals, transmission lines, telecommunication

lines, guards are required to be continuously presented on the site;

- At locations pulling cable through obstacles, warning signs and red lights are required

installed in the project site.

e) Safety in using electricity

- All connection points must be sealed, not open;





- All devices and equipment is not permitted to excess in the regulated level ;

- As disassembled, the power supply is necessary to be cut or use insulation materials.

f) Cure for accidents

Mainly based on principles of labor safety, but in fact, there are cases happening labor

accidents, contractors must also have emergency measures in time. When the accidents

occurred, aid organizations on the site, victims shall be quickly taken to hospital, phone

number of your nearest hospital shall be stored to call an ambulance as necessary. In addition,

medicine cabinets must be equipped to aid individuals.

g) Methods to protect workers’ health

In order to ensure workers’ health at the site during construction, the following methods

should be performed:

- Supplying clean water for workers;

- Having medical cabinets and the staff being responsible to care health of workers;

- Training labor safety and prevention of normal decease for workers;

- Equipping tools of labor protection for every construction works, carefully checking

labor tools prior to beginning construction ;

- Periodically organizing health checks, vaccination to prevent decease for workers. It

should control sources arising deceases to have methods to promptly limit.

4.2.2.2. Methods of fire fighting and prevention

Methods of fire fighting and prevention are required to fully comply requirements during

construction. There are rules, warning signs to prohibit fire use in the required places.

Prohibition of arc welding, gas welding in areas where have gasoline, flammable substances.

Prohibit from use of electricity for improper cooking is required to comply.

Contractors must issue regulations on fire fighting and prevention and necessary equipment

as specifed by Police of fire fighting and prevention.

Building fences to isolate dangerous areas such as flammable substances (warehouse of

gasoline, oil,…) and areas for welding steel.

Propagding and training all rules of fire fighting and prevention for workers regulated by the

State.

4.2.2.3. Traffic safety

During construction, there are a lot of vehicles used for transporting equipment, materials to

the site as well as the area gathering materials, equipment. In order to ensure labor safety in

the site, some methods shall be applied as follows:

- Vehicles of transportation must comply with requirements of safety, and are inspected

and certified by the competent authority. Under driving the vehicles, drivers must conform

the traffic laws, directions of operators within the project;

- Transportation in rush hours is limited;

- SPMB and contractors have to appropriately arrange time, direction distribution for

transportation of equipment, materials to invoid traffic congestion at the area;

- Coordiating with the communal People’s Committee to rearrange the traffic as

necessary;





- On the roads into the project area, there must be direction, warning signs for vehicles;

- On the roads into the project area, there must be direction, warning signs for vehicles at

winders and dangerous points.

4.2.3. The Operation Phase

4.2.3.1. Prevention of collapsed towers, broken conductors

In order to ensure absolute safety for the project, the methods to prevent collapsed towers and

broken conductors must be made at the design and construction phases. Accordingly, units of

design and construction must comply with the safety regulations in construction. Design

based foundation and must comply with the regulations on safety in construction. Design of

foundations and towers must response to technical specifications of electricity sector and

their locations are far away from the river banks, slopes, areas at danger of eboulement.

Surveys of geology, meteorological conditions, and hydrological areas must be sufficiently

and carefully performed in compliance with technical requirements prior to construction.

- Pursuant to “Standard of load and effect QCVN 2737-95”, the transmission line is

under the windy area II-A with the max. wind stress at basic height: 8.3 daN/m2, the ground

form: type B;

- Methods to strengthen foundations at locations that have the groundwater artery or of

which geology is not guaranteed in regulations of construction and electricity sectors;

- During construction, units of engineering consultants and suerpervision consultants ensure

that construction of foundations shall be performed in compliance with quality and quantity of

materials, construction procedures as required in the technical design approved;

- Joints, bolts of steel towers shall be carefully checked prior to operation;

- Designs of foundations, towers based on results of geological surveys at the project area

and the around areas;

- Periodically checking quality of construction, promptly repair failures of foundations of

towers;

- In case of broken conductors or towers, relays shall automatically switch and system of

protection and alarming shall be operated. Accordingly, operational staffs shall be quickly

come to the failure location to fix the failure; concurrently, operational unit will combine with

Southern Region Load Dispatch Centre to dispatch electric grid and transfer to other

transmission lines to minimized impacts due to power failure while recovering the incident.

4.2.3.2. Prevention of electric discharge

Earthing system is equipped to the transmission line to ensure in compliance with the

normative of electric equipment 11-BC-19-2006, periodic checks to promptly detect and repair

the earthing system as well as devices installed on the transmission line. Regular inspection

to find and correct the safety limits on discharge gap.

4.2.3.3. Minimizing risks of electric shock

During the technical design, safety issues was carefully considered, thus the risks of failures

is very low if fully compliance with safety regulations. When failures occur, relays will

automatically switches to prevent people from electric shock. In addition, the transmission

line shall be also protected by the earthing system.

All towers of the transmission lines are grounded consistent with resistivity of ground belong

to the transmission line, the earthing resistance in compliance with the current norms Based





on results obtained from the survey and measure, the value of resistivity of ground measured

at a certain times of year is < 20(.m). According to the calculation results of towers on the

transmission lines, the earthing system was designed at the beam shape with the conductor

type 12.

The Project owner will support roof earthing for households in the ROW which are far away

11m from the centre line toward both sides to minimized inducing current for metal material

in the households.

4.2.3.4. Prevention of lightening

In order to prevent direct ligntening on conductors, earthwires shall be installed on the entire

transmission line.

The angle between the earth wires and conductors at the top of tower shall have to ensure less

than 20o as regulated in the Normative 11 QCVN-19-2006 (Clause II.5.63). In addition, the

design of towers was calculated to ensure distance between conductors and earthwires at

various spans in accordance with the Normative 11 QCVN-19-2006 (Clause II.5.64).

In order to limit amplitude and slope of propagating waves, the earthwires is directly connected

to the earthing system of the transmision line by connecting earthwires to towers at every

locations of tower.

4.2.3.5. Safety in management, operation and maintenance

The management, operation and repair of the power grid under the scope of project includes:

periodic repair, maintenance and prompt repair of failures on the transmission line shall be

directly performed by unit of operation management.

To minimize negative impacts, failures of the power grid to ensure safety operation of the

power grid and reduce accidents during management and operation, repair. The management,

operation, repair of HV transmission lines is in compliance with safety methods specified in

Chapter VII, Procedure of electric safety promulgated in Decision Decision No. 1186/QD-

EVN on 07/12 / 2011 of CEO of EVN.





Chapter 5

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

AND MANAGEMENT PLAN

5.1. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAM

SPMB is the Project owner, to be responsibility to implement, follow and monitor

implementing of minimize negative impacts on environment measures in construction and

operational phases. Project owner establishes an environmental management group and it is

responsibility for implementing enviromental monitoring in construction phase. The

organization manages and operates, will be responsibility for implementing Environmental

Management and Monitoring Plan in operation period.

Table 5.1: Implementation Arrangement

Role Responsibility Organization

Project

Owner

Responsible for overall project management,

including guide and conduct environmental

management plan implementation

Southern Power Project

Management Board

(SPMB)

Specific responsibility and contact for environmental

issues.

Responsible for detail implementation. Activities are

included:

- Planning and implementation of environmental

management activities during construction

- Coordinating with other parties in relation to

environmental management activities.

- Supervising and providing budget for monitoring

activities.

- Reporting on environmental information to

concerned parties

Project

Operator

Responsible for operation of the project including

environmental management and monitoring

activities in operation phase.

Power Transmission

Company No.4

Consultant Responsible for consulting, preparation EIA report

and submit to MONRE for appraisal and approval.

Power Engineering and

Consulting Joint Stock

Company No.2

(PECC2)

Construction

Supervision

Responsible for supervision of Construction

Contractors during construction, including

implementation of environmental management

activities under the EIA

Supervisors of SPMB

Construction

Contractors

- Applying construction-phase mitigation measures.

- Ensuring safety of construction workers and local

Contractor chosen by

SPMB





Role Responsibility Organization

people during construction.

5.1.1. Legal basis

The legal basis for the environment management and monitoring program are presented in

Section 0.2.1 (the Introduction).

5.1.2. Implementation Organizations

Organization:

To implement the proposed management and pollution control program in the following table

5.2, the PMU will establish a safety and envinronment unit for the whole Project, in which,

there is at least one staff in charge of environmental and safety issues. The function of this

unit is to perform the following tasks assigned by investors

- Ensure project activities complying with the standards/ regulations and the provisions of

Vietnam law on Environment protection;

- Coordinate with local people and related agencies and authorities of districts where the

project traverses of Ho Chi Minh City and Long An Province and Tien Giang Province to

address environmental and safety issues;

- Carry out inspection and monitoring of environmental issues, safety and environmental

problems of the entire Project;

- Plan for environmental management (EMP), environmental safety and incidents for

construction and operation;

- Conduct internal observation and monitoring of the environment.

The relevant agencies such as consultants, contractors, project operation agencies will be

responsible for the implementation of EMP as well as environmental protection work in the

preparation, construction and operation phases.

Personnel for environment sanitation:

PMU will require the construction contractor to establish environmental sanitation team with

at least 04 workers with the following functions and duties.

- Clean and collect waste in construction areas and warehouses and transport to allowed

positions;

- Coordinate with the environment services companny in collecting and transporting waste

from construction areas to treatment area.

5.1.3. Environmental Management Plan

The following Table 5.2 will list main impacts and mitigation measures during three phases

(pre-construction, construction and operation) of the project.





Table 5.2: Environmental Management Plan of the project

Project’s

phases

Project’s

activities

Impacts on

environment

Measures to

protect

environment

Estimated cost

(VND)

Estimated

duration

Responsibility Monitoring

Preparation

Choosing

project areas

Location of the

project was studied

and designed

optimistically to

minimize the loss of

tree, houses,

construction works,

and infrastructure

systems

Choosing an

optimal alignment

to minimize

impacts on

ecological

environment and

the locals lives.

The Project has

approximately

23km used the

existing towers of

Phu Lam – O Mon

500kV TL, and 48

km will be

constructed within

the existing ROW

of 220kV Phu Lam

– Cai Lay No.2TL.

Included in design

cost

Done Consultant

Company

Project

Owner;

DoNRE of

provinces/

city;

District/

Ward/

Commune PC

where the

route crossing

by

Land

acquisition

Compensation by

cash at

replacement price

that was regulated

by People’s

Committee at

provincial-level.

Depends on

compensation unit

price for land and tree

of provinces in year

that carried out the

project

In process Project Owner DoNRE;

Compensation

Council of

provinces/

districts;

People’s

Committee of





Project’s

phases

Project’s

activities

Impacts on

environment

Measures to

protect

environment

Estimated cost

(VND)

Estimated

duration


Details of

compensation will

be determined by

Compensation

Council at

provincial/ district

level of the locals

where the Project

traverses.

Alignment of the

route is proposed

to construct in the

same ROW of

existing Phu Lam –

O Mon 500kV TL

and 220kV Phu

Lam – Cai Lay

No.2, thus affected

land will be

minimized.

Permanent

acquisition land for

tower foundations

is 39,088.75 m2

Temporary

affected land is

districts,

communes;

Project

affected

people.





Project’s

phases

Project’s

activities

Impacts on

environment

Measures to

protect

environment

Estimated cost

(VND)

Estimated

duration


80,255.57 m2

Construction

Elevating,

excavation, and

backfill tower

foundation

Diffuse dust; dust,

and exhausted gas

from engine of

mechanical

construction vehicle

cause air pollution

Shield construction

sites and the

surrounding areas

of tower

foundations.

Watering where

may generate dust

in sunny days.

Tilt trucks to

prevent material

drop out on road.

VND

5,000,000/month

included in

construction cost

During

construction

phase

Project

Owner;

Construction

Contractors.

Project

Owner;

DoNRE;

District/

Ward/

Commune

PC; local

people in the

surrounding

construction

sites.

Construction waste

water and overflow

rain water on

construction sites

cause pollution of

water and receiving

source.

Lead construction

waste water to silt

pits before

discharge into

receiving sources,

save water during

construction

process, minimize

the amount of oil

leaking.

Arrange

construction period

in dry season,

organize

VND20,000,000

included in

construction cost

During

construction

phase

Project

Owner;

Construction

Contractors.

Project

Owner;

DoNRE;

District/

Ward/

Commune

PC.





Project’s

phases

Project’s

activities

Impacts on

environment

Measures to

protect

environment

Estimated cost

(VND)

Estimated

duration


successive

construction

method. Shield

construction

material piles.

Dig gully around

construction sites.

Construction solid

waste entrainment

due to overflow rain

water cause soil and

water pollution.

Collect

construction solid

waste and reusable

kinds will be

utilize.

Scraps of iron and

steel, and cement

bags will be

collected and sell

for purchased scrap

units.

Construction waste

water will be lead

to silt pits before

discharge into

receiving sources.

VND10,000,000

included in

construction cost

During

construction

phase

Project

Owner;

Construction

Contractors.

Project

Owner;

DoNRE;

Ward/

Commune PC

and the local

people.

Noise of mechanical

construction

Limit to construct

items which may

cause noisy at

VND 2,000,000

included in

During

construction

Project

Owner;

Construction

Project

Owner;





Project’s

phases

Project’s

activities

Impacts on

environment

Measures to

protect

environment

Estimated cost

(VND)

Estimated

duration


vehicles. night and rest

periods of the

surrounding

people.

Equip ear plugs for

workers who

directly operate

devices have great

noise

construction cost phase Contractors. DoNRE;

District/

Ward/

Commune

PC; and the

local people.

Impact on soil

surface structure

cause landslide and

erosion.

Consolidate canal/

ditch bank when

construction near

canal and ditch.

Consolidate

foundation pit by

melaleuca piles.

VND 30,000,000

included in

construction cost

During

construction

phase

Project

Owner;

Construction

Contractors.

Project

Owner;

DoNRE;

District/

Ward/

Commune

PC; and the

local people.

Transport raw

material and

equipment

Diffuse dust on road

and dust from

construction material

transportation;

Exhausted gas from

engine of mechanical

construction vehicle;

Tilt trucks to

prevent material

such as sand, stone,

cement drop out on

road.

Arrange material

transportation in

off-peak hours.

VND 40,000,000

included in

construction cost

During

construction

phase

Project

Owner;

Construction

Contractors.

Transportation

Unit.

Project

Owner;

DoNRE;

District/

Ward/

Commune

PC; and the

local people





Project’s

phases

Project’s

activities

Impacts on

environment

Measures to

protect

environment

Estimated cost

(VND)

Estimated

duration


Material transport

vehicle must to

have certificate of

registry of

functional agency

on the way

transportation

of material

Negative impacts on

traffic and

transportation

infrastructure;

Risk of traffic

accident.

Limit

transportation in

rush hours.

Install signs at

construction sites.

Combine with

local authorities to

divert traffic in

rush hours.

Restore traffic

ways if there is

any damage.

30.000.000VNĐ

included in

construction cost

During

construction

phase

Project

Owner;

Construction

Contractors

Transportation

Unit.

Project

Owner;

DoNRE;

District/

Ward/

Commune

PC; and the

local people

on the way

transportation

of material

Maintain, repair

machinery,

equipment and

truck

Hazardous waste

(refused oil)

Minimize repair

truck and

machinery at site;

Equip 02

containers to store

refused oil and

wiper at site;

Rent functional

VND 30,000,000

included in

construction cost

During

construction

phase

Project

Owner;

Construction

Contractors

Transportation

Unit.

Project

Owner;

DoNRE;

District/

Ward/

Commune

PC; and the

local people





Project’s

phases

Project’s

activities

Impacts on

environment

Measures to

protect

environment

Estimated cost

(VND)

Estimated

duration


unit to collect and

treat.

near

construction

site.

Activities of

construction

workers

Domestic waste

water may cause

pollution for soil and

land environment

Domestic solid waste

may cause pollution

for soil and land

environment

Situation of social

security.

Equip mobile

toilets at

construction sites

and camps.

Collect domestic

solid waste and

rent functional unit

at the locality to

collect.

Register temporary

residence for

workers with the

local authorities.

VND

7,000,000/month,

included in

construction cost

During

construction

phase

Project

Owner;

Construction

Contractors

Project

Owner;

DoNRE;

District/

Ward/

Commune

PC.

Risks and

incidents

Labor accident.

Explosion incident.

Traffic accident.

Propagandize site

regulations,

especially labour

safety regulation.

Equip warning

signs and signal

lights at night.

Compose fire

fighting and

VND 10,000,000

included in

construction cost

During

construction

phase

Project

Owner;

Construction

Contractors

Project

Owner;

District/

Ward/

Commune

PC.





Project’s

phases

Project’s

activities

Impacts on

environment

Measures to

protect

environment

Estimated cost

(VND)

Estimated

duration


prevention rules

and fence to

separate danger

area that may easy

to fire and

explosive.

Do not allow

trucks for material

construction to

transport in rush

hours.

Access roads to

construction sites

have equipped road

signs.

Operation

Safety protect

safe the ROW

Land acquisition;

Cutting and

trimming trees

within the ROW;

Combine with

Compensation

Council of

provinces/ districts

to carry out well

compensation and

land acquisition.

Cutting and

trimming trees will

be carried out in

accordance with

VND20,000,000/year,

included in

operational cost.

During

operational

phase

Operation unit DoNREs;

District/

Ward/

Commune PC





Project’s

phases

Project’s

activities

Impacts on

environment

Measures to

protect

environment

Estimated cost

(VND)

Estimated

duration


regulations of the

State

Electromagnetic

field

Regular effects of

artificial

electromagnetic

fields radiation may

reduce health of the

local people,

especially children

and fetus.

Electromagnetic will

impact on nervous

system, circulatory

system, and

endocrine organ, etc.

Impacts on other

transmission lines:

- Crossover with the

existing 500kV Nha

Be – Phu Lam TL:

01time;

- Crossover with

220kV TL: 02 times;

- Crossover with

medium and low

voltage TL: 06

Regularly check

the minimum

suspension height

under current

regulations

Measure

electromagnetic

within the ROW

and where have

complaints.

Use shielding

measures for

communication

equipment and low

voltage power

cable.

VND20,000,000/year,

included in

operational cost.

During

operational

phase

Operation unit Department in

charge of

safety,

environmental

management

of operation

unit; District/

Ward/

Commune

PC.





Project’s

phases

Project’s

activities

Impacts on

environment

Measures to

protect

environment

Estimated cost

(VND)

Estimated

duration


times.

Impact on

communication

system: cause

interference of

devices such as

television, radio,

mạch đo lường

(crossover with

communication line

03 times).

Incidents The incidents of

electric shock, fire,

lightning and other

natural disaster

affect directly to the

operator and

residents in the

affected areas and

the operation of the

TL.

Regularly inspect

and remedy the

defects of the

grounding system

Lightning

conductor will be

hang along the

route and grounded

by connecting

them to tower shaft

at all towers of the

transmission line

VND

10,000,000/year,

included in

operational cost

During

operational

phase

Operation unit Department in

charge of

safety,

environmental

management

of operation

unit;

Fire Fighting

and

Prevention

Police;

Note:

Implementation cost is estimated based on average price. The above cost may change depending on Project excution timing and unit price of each

province/ city.





5.1.4. The equipments and technologies used in environment management and

monitoring program

As mentioned above, all activities of the Project in not only construction phase but also

operational phase will not cause significant environmental issues. Environmental control

measures are mainly internal management in construction site and safety grid measures in

operational phase. In both construction and operational phases, the Project will not

constructed any environmental treated Works. The following equipments will be used for

environment management and monitoring of the project.

- Containers for solid waste will be put in areas that workers gather, and at the

construction site

- Containers for waste oil and hazardous waste will be put in warehouses gathering

materials and waste.

5.1.5. Disclosure of project information

Once EIA report was approved, the Project owner will establish, approve and disclose

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) at CPC headquarters to inform people for

monitoring.

EMP shall be made on the basis of environmental management programs proposed in the EIA

report, including the following main contents:

- The organization and operation of the department responsible for Project’s

environmental protection;

- Plans to educate and raise people’s awareness of Project’s environmental protection;

- Responsibilities of Project owner and construction contractors in implementing solutions

and measures to minimize negative impacts, prevent and solve the environmental problems in

the construction phase of the project;

- Plans to monitor waste sources, ambient environment monitoring and other

environmental monitoring during the construction and operation phase.

5.2. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN

The monitoring of plays an important role in environmental management and environmental

impact assessment of the project on the environment during construction and operational

phases. By changes of environmental quality, it will be useful to redefine forecasts in the EIA

report or level of deviation between estimation and reality.

Project owner will coordinate with environmental protection agencies to supervise the

environmental quality annually.

To ensure that project activities during pre-construction, construction and operational phases

do not pollute the environment and evaluate the effectiveness of pollution, to control

measures. A program to monitor environmental quality will be applied during construction

and operational phases and managed, and monitored of MoNRE, and DoNRE of Ho Chi

Minh city, Long An province, and Tien Giang province.

5.2.1. Monitoring in construction phase

In construction phase, the Project owner has to observe the implementation of not only

mitigation measures but also environmental impacts as mentioned above.

The project is proposed to begin construction in twelve months, thus during construction





phase the project owner has to carry out quality monitoring of physical environment

component in the surrounding area.

a) Ambient air:

Monitoring positions:

+ KK1: Cai Lay 220kV substation ( N: 10°24'22.8" E: 106°07'31.3")

+ KK2: Than Binh hamlet, Than Cuu Nghia commune, Chau Thanh district, Tien Giang

province (N: 10°25'29.0" E: 106°19'24.7")

+ KK3: 220kV Long An Substation, Binh Cang 1 hamlet, Binh Thanh commune, Thu

Thua district, Long An province (N:10°34'16.1" E: 106°25'29.6")

+ KK4: Hamlet No.6, Thanh Duc commune, Ben Luc district, Long An province (N:

10°38'11.6" E: 106°27'53.5")

+ KK5: Police Office of Tan Tuc township, B2/36, Group 2, Tan Tuc township, Binh

Chanh district, Ho Chi Minh city (N: 10°41'28,9" E: 106°34'22.5")

+ KK6: 500kV Phu Lam Substation (N: 10°44'23.2" E: 106°36'00.5")

- Frequency of sampling and analysis: 06 months/time.

- Monitoring indicators: dust, SO2, NO2, CO, and noise.

- Standard for comparison:

QCVN 05:2009/MoNRE: ambient air quality - National Technical Regulation on

ambient air quality;

QCVN 26:2010/MoNRE: National Technical Regulation on noise.

b) Surface water:

Monitoring positions:

+NM1: Moi Hamlet, Long Dinh Commune, Chau

Thanh District, Tien Giang Province N: 10°24'14.6" E: 106°15'16.3"

+NM2: Tan An 2 bridge (Vam Co Tay river) N: 10°33'21.0" E: 106°24'30.2"

+NM3: Ben Luc bridge (Vam Co Tay river) N: 10°38'21.7" E: 106°28'31.6"

+NM4: Bến đò (Cho Dem canal) N: 10°41'25.2" E: 106°34'02.7"

+ NM5: Ba Hom bridge (Nuoc Len canal) N: 10°45'24.3" E: 106°35'15.6"

Frequency of sampling and analysis: 06 months/time.;

Monitoring indicators: pH, độ đục, SS, DO, BOD5, COD, Coliform.

Standard for comparison: QCVN 08:2008/MoNRE - National Technical Regulation on

surface quality.

c)Monitoring of waste





- Monitoring positions: Areas where workers gathering, construction sites, warehouse and

waste yard.

- Content:

Domestic waste: monitoring the volume, measures to collect and process.

Construction solid waste: monitoring quantity, methods of collection and treatment.

Hazardous waste: monitoring quantity, components of hazardous waste, and methods

of storage and handling, and collection frequency.

- Frequency of sampling and analysis: 06 months/time.;

- Applied regulations

Decree No.59/2007/ND-CP dated April 09, 2007 of the GoV on solid waste

management;

Circular No.12/2011/TT-BTNMT dated April 14, 2011 of MoNRE on hazardous

waste management.

Table 5.3: Estimated cost of monitoring environmental quality in construction phase

Kinds of samples

Unit price

(VND1,000

/sample)

Number of

sample per

monitoring

time

Amount

(VND1,000 per

monitoring time)

a) Ambient air 2,550 06 15,300

b) Surface water 2,950 05 14,750

c) Cost for sample preservation 200 11 2,200

Total 32,250

Total cost for sampling and analysis: VND32,250,000 per time (not included cost for

transportation and waste monitoring)

Cost for prepare report : VND4,000,000 per time.

Total cost for environmental quality observation for monitoring activity is VND32,250,000

per time.

Monitoring expense may vary depending on each monitoring intermittent.

5.2.2. Monitoring in Operational Phase

As assessed in chapter 3, there is no waste or emissions generated in the operation phase of

the Project which can pollute the environment. A characteristic impact in this phase is the

electromagnetic field.

To ensure safety in the Project’s operation phase to the environment and humans, and timely

detection of environmental problems for appropriate treatment measures, monitoring power

grid’s ROW and electromagnetic field intensity should be done.

a) Monitoring the electromagnetic field intensity

The monitoring program of the electromagnetic field intensity is proposed as follows

- Monitoring parameter: electromagnetic field intensity





- Monitoring positions:

+ 01 position at switchyard of 220kV Phu Lam Substation.

+ 01 position near Cai Lay 220kV substation

+ 01 position at traffic way near construction site.

+ 02 positions at populated residential area along two sides of the ROW.

+ 02 crossovers with 500kV TL, 220kV TL and 110kV TL

- Frequency of sampling: each 06 months.

- Monitoring content:

+ Measuring the electromagnetic field intensity at monitoring positions, assessing the

impacts of electric field around the TL in accordance with Point d, Clause 4, Article 1 of

Decree No.81/2009/ND-CP.

+ Monitoring when it is complaint of the affected people in project area.

b) Monitoring the ROW

- Monitoring parameter: safety of the ROW.

- Monitoring positions: the whole ROW.

- Frequency of monitoring: 06 months/ time.

- Monitoring content:

Check the line’s deflection to ensure the distance from the lowest point of the

conductor at the maximum deflection to the natural land surface shall not be less than

specified in Decree No.81/2009/ND-CP.

Check the safe discharge distance to ensure compliance with the provisions of Article

3 of Decree No.106/2005/ND-CP;

Check trees inside and outside the ROW to ensure compliance with the provisions of

Article 5 of Decree No.106/2005/ND-CP.

Check houses, structures within the ROW to ensure compliance with the provisions of

Article 6, Decree No.106/2005/NĐ-CP and Item 4, Article 1, Decree No.81/2009/ND-

CP. The distance from any of dwelling houses and projects to the closest 220kV TL to

the static must not be shorter than 6meters.





Chapter 6

PUBLIC CONSULTATION

According to Item 8, Clause 20 of Laws on Environmental Protection approved by National

Assembly of the Socialist Republic of Vietnam Vietnam on 29/11/2005 and effected on

01/07/2006, and Circular No.26/2011/TT-BTNMT of Ministry of Resources and

Environment issued on 18/7/2011 providing guidelines of some clauses of Decree

No.29/2011/NĐ-CP on 18/4/2011 of the Gorverment providing regulations on evaluation of

environmental strategic, evaluation of environmental impacts, commitment to environmental

protection, the Project Owner sent written document and summary documentations on

investment and construction of transmission line, negative impacts on environment during

period of construction, installation and operational phases, and proposed methods to

minimize negative impacts of the project to the People’s Committee (PC) and the Fatherland

Font Committee (FFC) of 23 communes within Ho Chi Minh City, Long An Province and

Tien Giang Province.

The Project owner held public consultation with the local authorities and project affected

people within the project area. Consultation form is sending written document and summary

report of the project to each commune/ ward.

Written document about asking opinions of public consultation are delivered by Power

Transmission Company No.4 and Power Engineering & Construction J.S.C No.2 delivered

to:

1. Tan Tao Ward People’s Committee, Binh Tan district, Ho Chi Minh city (Document

No.007144/TTĐ4-ĐTXD&KTAT dated November 23, 2012);

2. Tan Nhut Commune People’s Committee, Binh Chanh district, Ho Chi Minh city

(Document No.07109/TTĐ4-ĐTXD&KTAT dated November 22, 2012);

3. Tan Tuc Commune People’s Committee, Binh Chanh district, Ho Chi Minh city


4. Thanh Phu Commune People’s Committee, Ben Luc district, Long An province


5. Thanh Duc Commune People’s Committee, Ben Luc district, Long An province


6. Nhi Thanh Commune People’s Committee, Thu Thua District, Long An Province


7. Binh Thanh Commune, Thu Thua district, Long An province (Document


8. Huong Tho Phu Commune, Tan An city, Long An province (Document


9. Ward 6 People’s Committee, Tan An city, Long An province (Document

No.002256/TTD94-ĐTXD&KTAT ngày 01/04/2013)


No.07117/TTĐ4-ĐTXD&KTAT ngày 22/11/2012);







12. Khanh Hau Ward People’s Committee, Tan An city, Long An province (Document


13. Tan Huong Commune People’s Committee, Chau Thanh district, Tien Giang province

(Document No.002255/TTD94-ĐTXD&KTAT dated April 01, 2013)

14. Tan Ly Tay Commune People’s Committee, Chau Thanh district, Tien Giang province


15. Tan Ly Dong Commune People’s Committee, Chau Thanh district, Tien Giang province

(Document No 002253/TTD94-ĐTXD&KTAT dated April 01, 2013)

16. Tan Hiep Township People’s Committee, Chau Thanh district, Tien Giang province


17. Than Cuu Nghia Commune People’s Committee, Chau Thanh district, Tien Giang

province (Document No.07140/TTĐ4-ĐTXD&KTAT dated November 23, 2012);

18. Tam Hiep Commune People’s Committee, Chau Thanh district, Tien Giang province

(Document No.002251/TTD94-ĐTXD&KTAT dated April 01, 2013);

19. Long Dinh Commune People’s Committee, Chau Thanh district, Tien Giang province


20. Nhi Binh Commune People’s Committee, Cai Lay district, Tien Giang province


21. Diem Hy Commune People’s Committee, Chau Thanh district, Tien Giang province


22. Tan Hoi Commune People’s Committee, Cai Lay district, Tien Giang province


23. Nhi My Commune People’s Committee, Cai Lay district, Tien Giang province

(Document No.07110/TTĐ4-ĐTXD&KTAT ngày 22/11/2012);

6.1. OPINIONS OF PEOPLE’S COMMITTEE

1/ Thanh Duc CPC, Ben Luc district, Long An province petitions with the Project Owner:

- In construction phase, it must to ensure electrical safety and minimize impacts on natural

and socio-economic environment;

- Simultaneously, the project owner and construction contractors have to coordinate with

the local authority to address questions and petition of the local people.

2/ Binh Thanh CPC, Thu Thua district, Long an Province: consistent with assertion of

building the Project.

3/ Diem Hy CPC, Chau Thanh district, Tien Giang province:

- Construction works of the project do not impact on lives of the local people, ensure living

conditions for project affected people;

- Consistent with mitigation measures for environmental impacts on the local people’ lives

within project area;





- SPMB has to check regularly the implementation of measures to minimize environmental

impacts and comply with the provisions of law.

4/ Ward 2 PC, Tan An city, Long An province:

- For negative impacts of the project on natural and socio-economic environment: impact

directly on living conditions of households when construction phase of the project

generates other impacts on the environment;

- Petition with the Project Owner: In construction phase, it must to ensure electrical and

environmental safety, minimize environmental impacts; and to coordinate with the local

authority to address questions and petition of the local people.

5/Nhi Thanh CPC, Thu Thua district, Long An province: consistent with assertion of the

Project.

6/ Khanh Hoi Ward PC, Tan An city, Long An province: consistent with assertion of the

Project.

7/ Huong Tho Phu Ward PC, Tan An city, Long An province:

- Improve and upgrade solutions to protect the environment;

- Petition with the Project Owner: The Project Owner has to monitoring and check

regularly restoration status of mitigation measures impacts on the environment

8/ Ward 4 PC, Tan An city, Long An province

- For negative impacts of the project on natural and socio-economic environment:

The Project will affect a part of house and farm of the local people such as loss of

land, fruit trees, etc.

Increasing noise, dust, exhausted gas, domestic solid waste, construction solid waste,

density of vehicles from main road to construction sites, and issues of environmental

sanitation.

- Petition with the Project Owner:

In construction progress, it must to have shield measures and warning boards to

remind kinds of vehicles moving from main road to construction sites to reduce traffic

congestion, ensure safety for road users and the local people;

If the alignment is mainly traverse land of the local people, then the Project Owner

and construction contractors have to coordinate with representative of residential and the

local authorities to negotiate with the local people to support and compensation

compliance with regulations of the state (if any);

Minimize noise from machineries, equipment or activities of worker in out of

working time (if work overtime) to avoid causing inconvenience to living conditions of

the local people;

Disseminate rules for on-site workers to be conscious of keeping hygiene on eating

and other activities not only for working site but also the surrounding area (to avoid the

local people within construction sites complain about activities of workers);

Ensure stability the security situation and social order and safety;

Restore original status after finished construction.





9/ Than Cuu Nghia CPC petitions with the Project Owner: The Project Owner has to

monitoring and check regularly the implementation of measures to remedy and minimize

environmental impacts and comply with the provisions of law.

10/ Long Dinh CPC, Chau Thanh district, Tien Giang province: consistent with assertion of

the Project.

11/ Tan Hoi CPC, Cai Lay district, Tien Giang province:


construction works of the project do not impact on lives of the local people, ensure living


- For measures to minimize environmental impacts: consist with mitigation measures for

environmental impacts of the project on lives of the local people within project area;


regularly the implementation of measures to remedy and minimize environmental impacts

and comply with the provisions of law.

12/ Nhi My CPC, Cai Lay district, Tien Giang province:


construction works of the project do not impact on lives of the local people, ensure living


- For measures to minimize environmental impacts: consist with mitigation measures for

environmental impacts of the project on the local people’s lives within project area;


regularly the implementation of measures to remedy and minimize environmental impacts

and comply with the provisions of law.

Regarding to public consultation, the Project Owner has received feedback by written

document of twelve People’s Committee at commune-level. Besides sending written

document, the Project Owner also organized direct public consultation with the local

authorities and project affected people in July and August, 2013. During consultation process,

the Project Owner presented detail contents of the transmission line construction investment,

negative impacts on environment during construction and operational phases; simultaneously,

mentioned mitigation measures for negative impacts are proposed to apply in construction

and operational phases. Because the project was held directly public consultation with

leaderships and affected people, all feedback and conclusions of local authorities are recorded

by minutes of meetings and these conclusions are considered as their opinion for community

consultation.

6.2 FEEDBAKCS OF THE PROJECT OWNER

The Project Owner commits to execution of environmental protection during the period of

construction as mentioned in the EIA report sent to the local agencies, as well as

recommendations that the Project Owneer received from the commune People’s Committees,

details as follows:

- Minimize impacts on environmental pollution, impacts on environment and minimized

loss of crops of the local people during construction phase;

- Carry out grounding for sheet metal roof, ensuring safe conditions for the housing to be

persisted in the ROW;





- Appropriate compensation and support for project effected households;

- Comply with mitigation measures as mentioned in EIA report;

- Recovery of negative impacts on environment caused by construction of the project,

protection of environment to ensure that activities relevant to construction of the project shall

not effect on people’s health.





CONCLUSION, PROPOSALS AND COMMITMENT

1. CONCLUSION

1.1. “Rehabilitation and Upgradding Phu Lam – Cai Lay No.2 220kV Transmission Line”

project has total length of 71.83km included (i) maintaining the current status of section

from Phu Lam 220kV Substation to G1, length of 2,824 m; (ii) stringing wire on existing

towers of Phu Lam – O Mon 500kV TL section from G1 to G7, length of 23,627 m; (iii)

renovate from single circuit to doulble-circuit section from G7 to Cai Lay 220kV Substation,

length of 45,378m. The route has starting point at 220kV switchyard of 220kV Phu Lam

substation of Group 5 – Tan Tao ward – Binh Tan district – Ho Chi Minh city. The ending

point with connect to 220kV switchyard of 220kV Cai Lay Substation. The route pass

through Binh Tan and Binh Chanh district – Ho Chi Minh city, Ben Luc, Thu Thua districts

and Tan An city – Long An province; Chau Thanh and Cai Lay districts – Tien Giang

province. The upgrading the Phu Lam - Cai Lay 2 220kV TL is really necessary. Firstly, to

ensure safety in operation management. In the long run this route will be one of the center

route to transmit power from Thermal centers in the south west to the national network

system, ensure supply power stability and security, strengthen the power grid system is

region 2 domain western and South East accordance with the National electricity

development Planning in period 2011-2020 considering 2030.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report has predicted and fully assessed the impacts of

Rehabilitation and Upgradding Phu Lam – Cai Lay No.2 220kV TL project on the environment

at each phase. At each phase, the Project would cause some negative impacts to the socio-

economy and environment if there was no measures to prevent, control, treat as well as

appropriate environmental protection.

Main impacts in pre-construction phase are land acquisition at tower foundations and effect

on land use within the ROW. Impacts on socio-economy due to compensation, land

acquisition of the project are assessed insignificant because permenantly affected land at each

tower foundation is quite small in comparison with production land of affected people.

Households have affected houses within the ROW have to move out the remaining land that

out of the ROW and continually cultivate on the land within the ROW. The Project Owner

will compensate for households are affected production land or residential land to arrange

arable land and stabilize lives themselves.

- The main impacts of the construction phase of the project:

Causing air pollution at tower foundations due to dust and emissions from construction

activities and transport in the construction process;

Causing water pollution by domestic waste water, construction waste water and

overflown rainwater through the Project’s area in the construction phase;

Causing environment pollution due to construction solid waste and domestic waste

generated during construction phase;

Social issues due to gathering construction workers.

These impacts are considered as negligible or moderate and can be minimized if construction

contractors comply with construction methods approved by the Employer prior to

construction. Besides Project owner has to commit to well apply the content outlined in the

Project’s Environmental Management Plan (Chapter 5).





- The main impacts of the Project’s operation phase:

Impact on people's health and communication system by electromagnetic fields

generated during Project’s operation;

Increasing risks of environmental incidents (fires, explosions, ...).

These impacts are considered as not possible to happen because designers always adhere to

the regulations and safety standards of electrical engineering. Additionally, Project owner

commits to fully apply content outlined in the Project’s Management Plan Environmental

(Chapter 5).

Due to responsibilities in environmental protection in the project area, the project owner

and construction contractors will invest sufficient funds for environmental protection during

the construction and operation phase, commit to strictly stich to the measures to prevent,

control, and treat pollution set out in the EIA report to ensure the standards, Vietnam

environmental standards as outlined in report.

2. PROPOSALS

Characteristics of transmission line projects do not cause significant impact on environmental

components. Main impacts of this project are land acquisition at tower foundations, restricted

land use capacity within the ROW, impact of electromagenic field around the route and other

actitivities affect safety of the route. Because the transmission line spreads through three

provinces, then compensation and clearance and protection of ROW will have many

difficulties. Therefore, the Project Owner proposes People’s Committee at all levels where

the transmission line traverses to support us in compensation and clearance such as detail

measurement survey, facilitate for us to contact with project affected people in negotiation

and support us legal and regulation on compensation and resettlement of the locality. Besides,

in operational phase, we also propose the local People's Committee to support us in the

propagation and dissemination of knowledge of safe corridors for high-voltage grid to

communities living near areas where the route passing by.

3. COMMITMENT

To minimize negative impacts on the environment from activities of the project, the Project

Owner would commit to invest fund for implementation of mitigation measures included:

Commitments during the pre-construction phase

- Construct the transmission line route completely the agreed alignment which is consists

Ministries, Agencies and People’s Committee of provinces where the route traverses;

- Measurement, detailed inventory of affected land, trees, and buildings; and

implementation of compensation and assistance to recover land in accordance with the

provisions of regulation of the State and agreement with affected people.

Commitments during the construction phase

- Organize labor and sanitation to minimize environmental pollution caused by workers

and machinery/construction equipments;

- Organize transportation to limit the impacts on traffic on National, Provincial Highways

and routes running through the project area as well as not to damage these roads;

- Commit not to use vehicles exceed the carrying capacity of roads and spray water to

limit dust on roads to construction sites near the locals’ houses;





- Collect and handle solid waste generated in the construction phase in accordance with

the provisions of the State;

- Implement measures to reduce the impact of noise during the construction phase;

- Manage, educate workers in relationship with local people;

- Carry out fully environmental monitoring program during construction phase;

- Recovery and reimbursement of temporary sites after finished construction and

compensate for damages (if any) due to construction acitivities of the Project;

- Project owner commits with Environmental management agencies of the Governmemnt

and local authorities to take responsibility on environmental issues in the construction phase.

Commitments in the operation phase

- Implement measures to ensure the safety of the power grid, ensuring distance from the

lowest point of electrical conductors in the maximim sagging state to the natural ground is

not less than specified value that regulated in Decree No.81/2009/ND-CP and ensure clear

height of the route at waterway span and road traffic in accordance with regulations of

Directorate for Roads of Vietnam and Vietnam Inland Waterway Administration;

- Arrange fully warning signs at river span and road blank; and power grid corridor signs

and warning signs at towers;

- Project owner commits to fully implement the content given in the environmental

management and monitoring program;

- Project owner commits to compensate if environmental incidents occurred during

construction and operation of the Project.

Project owner commits to ensure adequate financing for the procurement, installation and

operation of environmental treatment programs, management and monitoring of environment,

environmental safety training. These funds are included in investment cost of the Project

Project owner bears all responsibility in compensation to local people if they cause damage

and take responsibility if n egative impacts on the natural environment, local socio-economic

development caused.

Project owner commits solely responsibility under Vietnamese law if violate the

International Convention, Vietnam Regulations and Standards and if environmental pollution

caused.





REFERENCE

Vietnamese Documents:

- Statistic Year Book in 2011, and in 2012 of Long An province, Tien Giang province and

Ho Chi Minh city.

- The documents and the current environmental and socio-economic data in the project

area were surveyed and collected by PECC2 and specialized firms, December, 2012.

- PGS.TSKH. Nguyễn Xuân Nguyên, Waste water and wastewater treatment technologies,

Publisher of Engineering Science, 2003.

- Lê Trình, Monitoring and control of water pollution, Publisher of Science and

Technology, 1997.

- Lê Trình, Environmental Impact Assessment - Methods and Applications, Publisher of

Science and Technology, 2000.

- Ph.D Nguyễn Văn Phước, Curriculum of Solid waste management.

- Vietnamese National Technical Regulation on environment:

Standard in working environment of Ministry of Health in Decision

No.3733/2002/QĐ-BYT;

- National Technical Regulations on environment:

QCVN 05:2009/MONRE: ambient air quality - National Technical Regulation on

ambient air quality;

QCVN 06:2009/MONRE: ambient air quality - National Technical Regulation on

hazardous substances in the ambient air;

QCVN 08:2008/BTNMT - National technical regulation on surface water;

QCVN 09:2008/BTNMT - National technical regulation on underground water;

QCVN 14: 2008/BTNMT: National technical regulation on sewage water;

QCVN 26:2009 / MONRE: National technical regulation on noise;

- The initially investigated data, the current data of geographical location and socio-

economic situation in the region.

English document:

- WHO, Rapid Environment Assessment, 1995.

- WHO, Management of Environment, Geneve, 1990.

- Petts, J. va Eduljce, G. 1994, Environment Impact Assesment for Waste water treatment

and Disposal facilities, John Wiley and Son.

- Handbooks of emission, Non Industrial and Industrial source, Neitherlands.

Source of document and data created by the project owner:

- The results of surveying and analysing of environmental air, surface water, underground

water quality; terrestrial ecosystems and aquatic systems in the project area in December,

2012;

- The assessment tables of level of environmental impacts during project implementation.





The above document and date were collected and ensured objectivity and exactness 100% by

PECC2.